Home Blog Page 43

Earth & Wood Buildings/Hidden Cities/Great Hopewell Road/Graded Ways

Cities, Highways and Roads of the Book of Mormon

“And it came to pass that there were many cities built anew, and there were many old cities repaired. And there were many highways cast up, and many roads made, which led from city to city, and from land to land, and from place to place. And thus passed away the twenty and eighth year, and the people had continual peace.”3 Nephi 6:7-9 

Alma 48:8 “Yea, he had been strengthening the armies of the Nephites, and
erecting small forts, or places of resort, throwing up banks of earth round about to enclose his armies, and also building walls of stone to encircle them about, round about their cities and the borders of their lands, yea, all round about the land.” (See blog here about stone walls in North America)

Why This Subject?

Many advocates of the Mesoamerican theory claim there is a lack of large cities, and remnants of highways in the Heartland Model They also say the lack of large buildings made of stone in North America show that the events of the Book of Mormon happened in Mesoamerica. The Nephites didn’t use stone except for one mention in Alma 48:8 which mentions a wall of stone. Nephites used earth and wood for most buildings. After reading this blog you will have many evidences that cities, villages, roads, and highways were prevalent in the Heartland of North America. We will discuss roads, highways, cities, and building materials to help you research more about the Nephites who lived in the Heartland of North America.

Building = Big Town of Bare Earth

Dr. Roger Kennedy, the former director of the Smithsonian’s American History Museum, addressed a misperception about earth mounds, noting that earth mounds are actually buildings.

Build and building are also very old words, often used in this text [his book] as they were when the English language was being invented, to denote earthen structures. About 1150, when the word build was first employed in English, it referred to the construction of an earthen grave. Three hundred and fifty years later, an early use of the term to build up was the description of the process by which King Priam of Troy constructed a “big town of bare earth.” So when we refer to the earthworks of the Ohio and Mississippi Valleys as buildings no one should be surprised.The Mormons and the Mounds by Jonathan Neville MHA Presentation June 2017 St. Louis, Missouri

Buildings of Cement and Wood and Dirt

“And I did teach my people to build buildings, and to work in all manner of wood.” (2 Nephi 5:15) “And the people who were in the land northward did dwell in tents, and in houses of cement, and they did suffer whatsoever tree should spring up upon the land that it should grow up, that in time they might have timber to build their houses, yea, their cities, and their temples, and their synagogues, and their sanctuaries, and all manner of their buildings.” (Helaman 3:9)

“Everyone knows that Mesoamerica features impressive cities and structures made of stone and cement. I’ve visited many of them. Back in the day, many of these sites were completely open, with no guards or even fences. You could climb all over them, and I have.

Mayan culture is fascinating, and we’re learning more and more about it all the time. My kudos to all the Mesoamerican archaeologists and linguists who are helping us understand that culture. But it has nothing to do with the Book of Mormon.

The M2C [Mesoamerican 2 Hill Cumorah Theorists] intellectuals want people to believe that two brief references in the Book of Mormon describe the massive Mayan stone-and-cement structures throughout Mesoamerica.

Naturally, the Mayans built with stone and cement. In a jungle, wood structures don’t last long.Which explains how we know the Nephites did not live in a jungle. The Nephites built with wood and cement, not stone and cement.” Jonathan Neville Blog Here

City doesn’t have to be large

“A city need not have a large population. “Many ancient cities had only modest populations, however (often under 5,000 persons).”[i] When Lehi left Jerusalem, the city had a population of only about 25,000 people.[ii]

Roger Kennedy discussed the terms “city” and “building” this way.

Our English noun city comes from the Latin… city carries from its demographic root the implication of intention. A city was the consequence of a purpose. Perhaps it is not so much a noun as the outcome a verb; not a location but a phenomenon. A city was where a relatively large number of citizens congregated… In the Middle Ages, in the British Isles, a city became a place in which a potent religious leader such as a bishop was headquartered.[iii]

The cities described by the text fit Kennedy’s concept quite well. There is no requirement for massive stone temples and palaces. Such are never mentioned in the text. The only palace described in the text was Noah’s, and it was made “of fine wood,” not stone (Mosiah 11:9).” Jonathan Neville Moroni’s America page 131

[i] Michael E. Smith, “Ancient Cities,” The Encyclopedia of Urban Studies (R. Hutchison, ed., Sage, 2009): 24. Available at http://bit.ly/Moroni75.

[ii] John W. Welch and Robert D. Hunt, “Culturegram: Jerusalem 600 B.C.,” Glimpses of Lehi’s Jerusalem (Foundation for Ancient Research and Mormon Studies (FARMS), Provo, Utah 2004): 5.

[iii] Kennedy, Ancient Cities, p. vii.

“Ancient people almost never built of stone

The Nephites vastly preferred wood to any other building material, and only worked in cement when they were forced to by shortage of timber. Indeed, they refused to settle otherwise good lands in the north if timber for building was lacking (Helaman 3:5). Where they reluctantly settled in unforested areas they continued to “dwell in tents, and in houses of cement,” while they patiently waited for the trees to grow (Helaman 3:9). Since cement must be made of limestone [see. p. 63], there was no lack of stone for building in the north. Why then did they not simply build of stone and forget about the cement and wood? Because, surprising as it may seem, ancient people almost never built of stone. Even when the magnificent “king Noah built many elegant and spacious buildings,” their splendor was
that of carved wood and precious metal, like the palace of any great lord of Europe or Asia, with no mention of stone (Mosiah 11:8-9). The Book of
Mormon boom cities went up rapidly (Mosiah 23:5; 27:6), while the builders were living in tents. And these were not stone cities: Nephite society was even more dependent on forests than is our own” – Hugh Nibley, An Approach to the Book of Mormon, 2nd Edition, Chapter 29,
Building Materials, Salt Lake City: Deseret Book Co. [1964].
As quoted in Annotated Book of Mormon page 349

Joseph Smith on Buildings

Lucy Mack Smith said, “During our evening conversations, Joseph would occasionally give us some of the most amusing recitals that could be imagined: he would describe the ancient inhabitants of this continent; their dress, mode of travelling, and the animals upon which they rode; their cities, and their buildings, with every particular; he would describe their < mode of > warfare, as also their religious worship. This he would do with as much ease, seemingly, as if he had spent his whole life with them” – Lucy Mack Smith, “Lucy Mack Smith, History, 1845,” p. 87, The Joseph Smith Papers, accessed Feb. 5, 2019.

“HIDDEN CITIES” IN NORTH AMERICA

“The Lord told us, in reply that he would make it known to the people that the early inhabitants of this land had been just such a people as they were described in the book, [of Mormon] and he would lead them to discover the ruins of great cities…” – David Whitmer, Interview with James H. Hart (Richmond, Mo., 21 August 1883), as printed in Deseret Evening News, Salt Lake City, Utah [Tue, Sep 4, 1883], page 2; emphasis added.

Roger G. Kennedy, Director Emeritus, Smithsonian National Museum of American History, author, “Hidden Cities, The Discovery and Loss of Ancient North American Civilization,” The Free Press, New York, [1995], stated, “Very, very few of us were conscious of these immense cities of a place like Monk’s Mound and Cahokia, opposite St. Louis, which is bigger in its footprint than the Great Pyramid at Giza [city in Egypt]. We didn’t know that.”

Dr. Kennedy coined the phrase, “Hidden Cities,” because he states, “I use the term because these were very big places. There were more people, that we now know, in Cahokia, across from St. Louis, than there were in London or Rome. There were major population centers in what is now Nashville and Cincinnati and Pittsburgh and St. Louis. Few realize that some of the most complex structures of ancient archaeology were built in North America, home of some of the most highly advanced and well organized civilizations in the world.” In his book, Hidden Cities, he writes: “Eighteenth century pioneers passing over the Appalachians into the Ohio Valley wrote often of [the] feeling of being freed of encumbrances, of fresh beginnings. Judging from what they said, and from what has been said of them subsequently, most of them shared the misconception that they were entering an ample emptiness intended to be theirs alone.

“In fact… [t]he western vastness was not empty. Several hundred thousand people were already there, and determined to resist invasion….Even along the headwaters of the Ohio, on the banks of mountain brooks, there were signs of ancient habitation…As the streams grew larger, so did the buildings. “In the Ohio and Mississippi valleys, tens of thousands of structures were built between six and sixty-six centuries ago. Some, as large as twenty-five miles in extant, required over three million person hours of labor” – Roger G.Kennedy, Hidden Cities, 1-2. City of Cahokia by William R. Iseminger Courtesy of Cahokia Mounds State Historic Site

Ancient Hopewell Road

“Although Cahokia, the great Mississippian-era city in Illinois, qualifies as a city under almost any definition, archaeologists generally do not regard the large Hopewell earthworks as “cities.” Roger, however, was expansive in his definition: “by city we mean a place in which a large number of people gather for common purposes.” Therefore, he was perfectly justified in encompassing Ohio’s Fort Ancient, the Newark Earthworks, Mound City and Serpent Mound within his marvelous narrative.

In 1990, I was a relatively new curator at the Newark Earthworks State Memorial. Roger, with characteristic flair, referred to me in his book as “chatelaine” for the earthworks. (I still wish I could make that my official job title!) Roger and his film crew interviewed me at the Munson Springs site, a Paleoindian camp site between Granville and Newark, as well as at the Newark Earthworks. We also enlisted a troop of local boy scouts and experimented with (mostly) aboriginal tools to see how long it would take to build the earthworks. (It turns out a motivated team of young men can move a lot of earth in a surprisingly short period of time!) Roger became interested in the idea of the Great Hopewell Road, which I was then only beginning to formulate; and he decided we needed to rent a helicopter and fly the route. So he arranged for the helicopter and we did just that. It was August, so we didn’t see much through the morning haze except a profusion of vegetation,but Roger became convinced that a Hopewell Road did, indeed, connect Newark and Chillicothe and even extended on to Portsmouth! I have never been willing to go that far literally or figuratively, but I agree that if there was a Great Hopewell Road connecting Newark and Chillicothe, there should be other Hopewell roads connecting other great Hopewell earthwork sites.” “Ohio History Connection

Hopewell Road Documentary, Introduction

Introduction Video Here:
This is the introduction to Searching for the Great Hopewell Road by American Public Television. It gives a brief overview of the highly advanced ancient civilization, called by archaeologists today the Hopewell Mound Builders, that existed in the heartland of North America between about 300 B.C. and abruptly ended near 400 AD. To purchase the DVD documentary, please visit our bookstore at www.BookofMormonEvidence.org

The Great Hopewell Road Intro Video

LiDAR Imaging of the Great Hopewell Road

Great Hopewell Road

The Great Hopewell Road is thought to connect the Hopewell culture (100 BCE-500 CE) monumental earthwork centers located at Newark and Chillicothe, a distance of 60 miles (97 km) through the heart of Ohio, United States. The Newark complex was built 2,000 to 1800 years ago.[1]

In 1862, brothers Charles and James Salisbury surveyed the first 6 miles (9.7 km) of this road, noting it was marked by parallel earthen banks almost 200 feet (61 m) apart and led from the Newark Earthworks. They said that the road extended much farther south from Newark in the direction of Chillicothe. Other 19th-century investigators, such as Ephraim G. Squier and Edwin H. Davis, also documented the walls of the road near Newark. The 2.5-mile section from the Newark Octagon south to Ramp Creek is now known as the “Van Voorhis Walls”.[1]

In the 1930s, the area was surveyed by plane, revealing traces of the road extended for 12 miles (19 km) toward the Hopewellian center of present-day Chillicothe. Additional examination of the area with the new sensing technology of LiDAR (Light Detection And Ranging) adds confirmation to this finding and suggests a way to gain more evidence. This technology showed the road was lower than the surrounding land, sunk between the walls.[1]

Dr. Brad Lepper, the present-day champion of the Great Hopewell Road, claims that traces of the road remain at four additional places along the 60-mile (97 km) line connecting Newark and Chillicothe. Parts of the road can be seen from the air and with infrared photography. There is precedent for such a sacred road at other complexes.[2] More “ground truthing” needs to be performed but the evidence is suggestive.[1]

The first 2.5 mi south of the parallel-walled roadway of the Newark Earthworks is known as the Van Voorhis Walls. It is a confirmed earthwork. This portion of the earthwork terminates a Ramp Creek, in Heath, Licking County, Ohio. South of there, the projected path of the Hopewell Road passes through fields toward Millersport, Licking County, Ohio. Evidence from early accounts and 1930s aerial photography suggests that the Hopewell Road may continue south of Ramp Creek, and a cultural resource management study provides equivocal, yet suggestive evidence of the earthwork south of Ramp Creek. In 2016, an analysis of previous studies found enough evidence of the Great Hopewell Road south of Ramp Creek, to indicate that archaeologists should continue to search for evidence of it.Great Hopewell” Wikipedia/Hopewell road


“Graded Ways”

Understanding the roads and highways spoken of in the Book of Mormon, it would be helpful to know what term for those words are used in the history and archaeology of today that may help us study them. I just discovered that perfect wording used in the 1800 text of those archaeologists. They called a highway or road a “graded way.” It also seems the ancient mound builders would settle in places that seemed as naturally graded ways where they could slightly modify and take advantage of their usage.

Archaeological History of Ohio: The Mound Builders and Later Indians By Gerard Fowke Page 271

CHAPTER VIII
GRADED WAYS, TERRACES, EFFIGIES, AND ANOMALOUS STRUCTURES.

A. —GRADED WAYS.

ON page 209 is a description of the possibly artificial grade at the Turner Group. So far as known, no other passageway is formed by making a fill to connect plains of different levels.

But at several places in Ohio gentle inclines through a depression, from a higher terrace to a lower, or to a stream, are attributed to the Mound Builders, who are supposed to have cut them out for roadways, throwing the earth to either side. Squier and Davis have the following reference to them.

View of Graded Way Near Piketon, Ohio.

There is a singular class of earthworks, occurring at various points at the West, * * the purposes of which to the popular mind, if not to that of the antiquarian, seem very clear. These are the graded waysascending sometimes from one terrace to another, and occasionally descending towards the banks of rivers or water-courses. The one at *Marietta, is of the latter description; as is also that at Piqua, Ohio. One of the former character occurs near Richmonddale, Ross county, Ohio; and another, and the most remarkable one, about one mile below Piketon, Pike county, in the same State. A plan and view of the latter is herewith presented. [ See figure 75 (S. & D., 88, plate XXXI, No. 1) ]. It consists of a graded way from the second to the third terrace, the level of which is here seventeen feet above that of the former. The way is ten hundred and eighty feet long by two hundred and fifteen feet wide at one extremity, and two hundred and three feet wide at the other, measured between the bases of the banks. The earth is thrown outward on either hand, forming embankments varying upon the outer sides from five to eleven feet in height; yet it appears that much more earth has been excavated than enters into these walls. At the lower extremity of the grade, the walls upon the interior sides measure no less than twenty-two feet in perpendicular height.

Piketon Pike County Ohio

It is, of course, useless to speculate upon the probable purpose of this work. At first glance, it seems obvious; namely that it was constructed simply to facilitate the ascent from one terrace to another. But the long line of embankment extending from it, and the manifest con nection which exists between it and the mounds upon the plain unsettle this conclusion.” — S. & D., 88-9.

A. AT MARIETTA.

Of the four mentioned by them, that at Marietta has been most often described; but only because more people have seen it. Among the earlier notices, these may be found:—

“A causeway forty yards wide, and from ten to twelve feet high, rounded like a turnpike road, leads from it to the river.” — Cuming, 106.

In a numbered sketch, made in 1785, of the Marietta works, is given:—

“No. 6, Conveyed away from the town to the then locality of the river, which is supposed at that time to have run along the edge of the second bottom. These walls are now twenty feet high, and the graded road between them was one hundred feet wide, and beautifully rounded like a modern turn-pike.” — Stebbins, 329.

“The entrances at the middle are the largest, particularly that on the side next the Muskingum. From this outlet is a covert way, formed of two parallel walls of earth, 231 feet distant from each other, measuring from centre to centre. The walls at the most elevated part on the inside are 21 feet in height and 42 feet in breath at the base, but on the outside average only five feet high. This forms a passage about 360 feet in length, leading by a gradual descent to the low grounds, where it probably at the time of its construction reached the margin of the river. Its walls commence at sixty feet from the ramparts of the fort, and increase in elevation as the way descends towards the river; and the bottom is crowned in the centre in the manner of a well-formed turnpike road.” — Harris, 149.

The account by Squier and Davis is more complete.

The “ Via Sacra,” or graded way, at Marietta (top picture) “is six hundred and eighty feet long by one hundred and fifty wide between the banks, and consists of an excavated passage descending regularly from the plain, upon which the works just described are situated, to the alluvions of the river. The earth, in part at least, is thrown outward upon either side forming embankments from eight to ten feet in height. The centre of the excavated way is slightly raised and rounded, after the manner of the paved streets of modern cities. The cross-section gh [see figure 15] exhibits this feature. Measured between the summits of the banks, the width of the way is two hundred and thirty feet. At the base of the grade, the walls upon the interior are twenty feet high. From this point there is a slight descent, for the distance of several hundred feet to the bank of the river, which is here thirty-five or forty feet in height. [There is an] entire absence of remains of antiquity upon the beautiful terraces to which this graded passage leads. They may nevertheless have been once as thickly populated as they are now; and this passage may have been the grand avenue leading to the sacred plain above, through which assemblies and processions passed, in the solemn observances of a mysterious worship.”— S. & D., 74.

The plan given does not represent the squares as ” exact “. Whittlesey is less romantic in his explanation of its probable use:—

‘”The grade at Marietta leads from a strong work down to the Muskingum River, and had an evident purpose, that of access to water. It is principally an excavation and not an embankment.” — Whittlesey, Works, 9.

There is no doubt that this work is artificial; but it was never made for the sole purpose of being used as a roadway or means of passage between the two terraces. It is wide enough for a hundred men to walk abreast in it, and leads out on a strip of bottom land but little if any wider than itself and which could never have been much wider. It is more than likely that earth was obtained here for making mounds and embankments in the vicinity. Very probably it originated in a pathway to the river, which was gradually widened by removal of earth for the works. If this was the case, another path led from the lower terrace to the water. The stream may have been reached, however, through the ravine which discharges almost in a line with the upper side of the “Via Sacra “.

It is to be observed that the earliest recorded measurement gives the height of the walls on each side of the cut, as only five feet. The scale of “twenty feet” for the inside, includes the undisturbed earth of the side-slopes. These walls, which long ago disappeared, were probably built of earth taken up from the surface of the upper terrace, as was the case at Piketon.

The water of the Muskingum is now at a much higher level than it was formerly, owing to the dam near the mouth; but if ever as low as denoted by Squier and Davis, it is very clear that the graded way was made without any reference to the stream.

B. AT RICHMONDDALE.

No such work exists in the vicinity of this village; nor is there any visible evidence of aboriginal occupation about there, except a few mounds scattered over the high terrace to the north. None of the latter are within a mile of Richmonddale; and there is no conceivable reason why a “graded way” should be made, when there is no place for it either to begin or end. Probably the authors allude to some one of the numerous ravines in which no water now flows on account of changes of slope carrying drainage in other directions.

C. AT PIQUA.

The reference to this is based upon Major Long’s observations early in the century. It is evident we have here to deal only with a natural ravine or gulley, on one side of which an embankment has been made.

At Piqua, “near the bank of the river, there are remains of a waterway; these remains consist of a ditch dug down to the edge of the river, the earth from the same having been thrown up principally on the south side or that which fronts the river; the breadth between the two parapets is much wider near the water than at a distance from it, so that it may have been used either for the purpose of offering a safe passage down to the river, or as a sort of harbor in which canoes might be drawn up; or perhaps, as is most probable, it was intended to serve both purposes. This waterway resembles, in some respects, that found near Marietta, but its dimensions are smaller. The remains of this work are at present very inconsiderable, and are fast washing away, as the road which runs along the bank of the river intersects it, and, in the making of it, the parapet has been leveled and the ditch filled up.” — Long, St. Peter’s, 52.

D. AT PIKETON.

The work at Piketon has long been cited as the most remarkable instance of this form of aboriginal industry. Figure 76 from the original drawing by Squier and Davis, and reproduced in a hundred publications since their time, has always been given as a correct representation. The actual work is shown in figure 77, in plan and section, from a recent careful survey. It will be seen that there is no ” crown ” to the roadway, as their cross-section shows, except that which is due to the construction of a turnpike passing through it; and the error and exaggeration, in various other respects, of their “plan and view” will be apparent at a glance. In itself the work is of no special interest or importance, and the details are trivial: but they show a negligent, slip-shod manner which casts doubt on more important work, and should be gone into with some minuteness, because these perverted accounts have done much toward impressing readers with erroneous ideas of the people who are credited with its formation. Compare the “view” with the sections.

Figure 76 and 77

The depression is not in any degree artificial but is due entirely to natural causes. Formerly, when Beaver creek was at a much higher level than its present bed, at least a part of its waters found their outlet through this cut-off or thoroughfare. Its length, following the curve from the creek bank to the lower terrace at the other end, is 2225 feet; at the narrowest part it measures 120 feet across. The elevation of the upper terrace above the lower is 22 feet—not 17. The greatest base measure of either wall is 69 feet; one of them is 636 feet, the other 761 feet, in length along the top. The east wall has been cultivated until not more than three feet high; the west wall is untouched, and only a few rods of it have an elevation of more than six feet. Instead of tapering to a point at the south end, the west wall is higher there than anywhere else, having the appearance of a mound with an elevation of nine feet. No earth was carried up out of the depression; that composing the walls was gathered on the surface and piled along the brink of each bank, a part of it being allowed to spread down the sides in order to produce a steeper slope. Both walls change direction at more than one point; and so far from extending its entire length on the upper terrace, the east wall descends the slope and terminates near the bottom. The measure of ” 1080 feet” so frequently found in other parts of Squier and Davis’s descriptions, as well as here, will not apply to any part of the “graded way” unless the line be carried out into the open fields. If the walls were leveled and all the earth in them spread out evenly, it would not make a difference of more than two feet in the elevation of the space between them.

The early mistakes in regard to this work are repeated and exaggerated by McLean. Whittlesey says:—

“The great excavated road at Piketon also descended to water.” — Whittlesey. Works, 9.

While, as we have seen, it is not “excavated” by human labor, it undoubtedly once “descended to water,” though not in the sense he means to convey. It is cut through the fourth or highest terrace, and terminates on the third, at the end toward the river, which then flowed at that level. When Beaver creek carved out its present channel, the old thoroughfare remained practically unchanged for an unknown number of centuries, until the Mound Builders came along and built their little walls on either side, all unconscious of the trouble they were making for future archaeologists.

E. ABOVE WAVERLY.

Colonel Whittlesey falls into a worse error concerning another old ” cut-off “. This was made by the Scioto, after the third terrace was formed. It would be difficult indeed to ” discover the spot to which the earth was transported “, as it has gone toward making low bottoms farther down the river. He describes it as an excavation in Big Bottom, “near the line between Pike and Ross counties. The design appears to have been to form a cut or passage from the bottom land above Switzer’s Point to the bottom land below. Only a very small portion of the earth removed is now to be seen; having been transported to some spot which I did not discover. At the northeast end of the east bank is a mound. A little to the west and northwest is a natural ridge which appears to have been trimmed by art, and to have been used in connection with the lower portion of the western line of the embankment. The mass of earth removed here is greater than at Piketon.” — Whittlesey, Works, 7.

F. NEWARK.

There is also a grade, partly in excavation and partly in bank, from a portion of the Newark works in Licking county, leading to a branch of Licking or Pataskala river.” — Whittlesey, Works, 9. This has been described under the Newark enclosures.

G. NEAR BOURNEVILLE.

Atwater alludes to the “graded way to the spring” at the ellipse described on page 217.— Atwater, 149.

It never appears to occur to these writers that the existence of springs, and of an easy approach to them, may have determined the location of earthworks. They seem to proceed upon the assumption that the builders made their enclosures at random, and then set to work to make the locality habitable.

H. AT MADISONVILLE.

The ancient roadway near Madisonville, is cut along the face of a steep hill extending from the creek to the top of the hill. It is upward of 1,600 feet in length, having an average width of twenty-five feet.” — Howe, II, 23, condensed.

The only “ancient roadway” at this place is an old wagon road, now overgrown with trees and partially destroyed. It is not at all like any prehistoric work, either in its position or its construction. It begins in a ravine and ends at the top of the hill near a pioneer farmhouse; and there are no aboriginal remains anywhere near it.

I. NEAR CARLISLE.

McLean describes with much minuteness a “graded way,” about two miles west of Carlisle in Butler County. This is raised instead of sunken. He traces it from the top of a hill, down the slope, across a bottom or “upper terrace” to the bank of Twin creek, giving numerous measurements. Here it stops; but he imagines it as formerly extending across the “second terrace,” which was probably a “swamp” at one time and needed this “causeway” in order to enable the Mound Builder to reach the fort from which the “graded way” proceeds. He attempts to establish a chronology, by supposing all this “swamp” to have been carried away by erosion, to the level of the “second terrace,” which he places thirty-one feet below the “upper terrace.” No definite number of years is given, because there is no measure of erosion, and so

“The question is, ‘how long has it taken Twin Creek to cut the thirty-one feet?'”— McLean, 134.

The site of this professed artificial roadway is on a hillside overlooking the valley of Twin creek, and on the bottom land at its foot. Two nearly parallel deep ravines, a few hundred feet apart, form a headland with steep, almost precipitous, sides. Around the margin of this and across the rear end of it an embankment is carried. On the side toward the creek it curves inward to surround the head of a small ravine which affords an easy approach from the bottom land below; consequently there is no need for a “graded way,” and none was ever made. The ridge described as such is entirely a natural formation, due to erosion. The upper portion preserves the ordinary slope of the ground, as may be understood from his measurement which gives an incline of more than twenty degrees. This does not sound large, but makes a pretty stiff climb, nevertheless. That part of the “way” along the foot of the hill is due to the approach of the ravine on one side toward a shallow washout on the other. What McLean calls the continuation of this “graded way” across the bottom, or “upper terrace,” is nothing but the ridge formed by an old fence row and by the earth thrown up in making a turn with a plow at the end of the field; it is visible only in some places, as he says, and never had any existence where it is not now to be seen. His “second terrace” is nothing but the shore of the creek, and is subject to overflow with every hard rain — unless, indeed, he means the low bottom beyond the creek. This may once have been a “swamp,” as he suggests; but if so it existed before the stream was formed, and extended to the hills several hundred yards away. If the Mound Builder was here at that time, he saw the retreat of the ice-sheet; for it was very shortly after that time that Twin creek began its task of “cutting down the thirty-one feet.”

In a word, it may be said that with the single exception at Marietta, the alleged “excavated graded ways” are natural depressions, possibly slightly modified, which happened to be where they were needed; or the place was taken possession of because the grade was there. The few pathways which are actually artificial have escaped notice by reason of their insignificance. Where a group of works or a village-site is located on a terrace immediately above a very steep slope, steps were no doubt cut in the bank, or perhaps a narrow passage way dug, to facilitate ascent. The depression thus begun would deepen and widen with every storm, until finally a trough with considerable width and easy slope would be eroded, which can be distinguished from one entirely natural only by the fact that no water from the upper plain drains into it. Such gullies may be observed at the present day along the banks of any stream whose banks are of soft, loose earth, up and down which persons are accustomed to pass frequently. They are not uncommon where prehistoric village-sites were located on a bank with a tolerably steep slope; but, as stated, their origin is overlooked.

The nearest approach to a “graded way” that is to be found in the Scioto Valley, is a ravine of this kind just north of the circle at High Banks. The river bluff, about sixty feet high at this point, is so steep as to be very difficult of ascent. A pathway was made by the inmates or builders of the circle, in order to reach the water. This is now a large gully. In the loose sand and gravel forming the bluff, rains would rapidly erode the sides and bottom of such a path, and in a comparatively short time cut it down to an easy slope.

Passageways similar to this could be cited, but no other is so large.

Source:
https://books.google.com/books?pg=PA271&lpg=PA271&dq=Graded+Ways+archaeology&sig=ACfU3U1QvrYt6vWdkNSpotMN1GikcIuoLw&id=m_QSAAAAYAAJ&ots=1n2ms4q3CP&output=text

MarriettaWorks Description below.

The works occupy the high, sandy plain, at the junction of the Muskingum and Ohio rivers. This plain is from eighty to one hundred feet above the bed of the river, and from forty to sixty above the bottom lands of the Muskingum. Its outlines are shown on the map. It is about three fourths of a mile long, by half a mile in width; is bounded on the side next the hills by ravines, formed by streams, and terminates on the side next the river in an abrupt bank, resting upon the recent alluvions. The topography of the plain and adjacent country is minutely represented on this map.

The works consist of two irregular squares, (one containing forty acres area, the other about twenty acres,) in connection with a graded or covered way and sundry mounds and truncated pyramids, the relative positions of which are shown in the plan. The town of Marietta is laid out over them; and, in the progress of improvement, the walls have been considerably reduced and otherwise much obliterated; yet the outlines of the entire works may still be traced. The walls of the principal square, where they remain undisturbed, are now between five and six feet high by twenty or thirty feet base; those of the smaller enclosure are somewhat less. The entrances or gateways at the sides of the latter are each covered by a small mound placed interior to the embankment; at the corners the gateways are in line with it. The larger work is destitute of this feature, unless we class as such an interior crescent wall covering the entrance at its southern angle.

Within the larger enclosure are four elevated squares or truncated pyramids of earth, which, from their resemblance to similar erections in Mexico and Central America, merit a particular notice.59 Three of these have graded passages or avenues of ascent to their tops. The principal one is marked A in the plan, and an engraving more clearly illustrating its features is herewith presented, Fig. 17. It is one hundred and eighty-eight feet long by one hundred and thirty-two wide, and ten high. Midway upon each of its sides are graded ascents, rendering easy the passage to its top. These grades are twenty-five feet wide and sixty feet long. The next in size is marked B in the plan, and is one hundred and fifty feet long by one hundred and twenty wide, and eight feet high. It has three graded passages to its top, viz. upon the north, west, and east. Those at the sides are placed somewhat to the north of the centre of the elevation. Upon the south side there is a recess or hollow way, instead of a glacis, fifty feet long by twenty wide. This elevation is placed upon an easy swell or ridge of land, and occupies the most conspicuous position within the enclosure, every part of which is commanded from its summit. A few feet distant from the northern glacis, is a small conical mound, surrounded with shallow excavations, from which the earth for its construction, and, perhaps, for the construction in part of the pyramidal structure, was taken. To the right of the elevation, and near the eastern angle of the enclosure, is a smaller elevation one hundred and twenty feet long, fifty broad, and six feet high. It had graded ascents at its ends, similar in all respects to those just described. It is now much obliterated. Near the northern angle of the work is another elevation, not distinctly marked. The two larger squares are covered with a close turf, and still preserve their symmetry. Indeed, no erections of earth alone could surpass them in regularity. They are perfectly level on the top, except where some uprooted tree has displaced the earth.

*The Ancient Ohio Trail
THE SACRA VIA

Old maps show (left) the Sacra Via as a long, broad ramp with high earthen walls on both sides, leading up from the Muskingum River to Marietta’s large rectangular enclosure. Its monumental scale survives today as a park, a hundred and fifty feet wide. Such grand “graded ways” were often part of Ohio earthwork complexes.

The ramp was carefully engineered: its width crested in the center like a modern highway, its twenty-foot-high walls were lined with clay. This grand thoroughfare would have weathered floods well, and certainly would have impressed visitors arriving at the earthworks by boat. Its central axis is aligned with the winter solstice sunset; a mound probably marked the spot on the cliff top across the river.

WE CAN HAVE PEACE THIS SECOND, IF WE SURRENDER

0

“WE CAN HAVE PEACE THIS SECOND, IF WE SURRENDER.”

“AND this was the faith of Moroni, and his heart did glory in it, not in the shedding of blood, but in doing good: in preserving his people, yea, in keeping the commandments of God, yea, and resisting iniquity. Yea, verily, verily I say unto you, if all men had been, and were, and ever would be, like unto Moroni, behold, the very powers of hell would have been shaken forever, yea, the devil would never have power over the hearts of the children of men. Behold, he was a man like unto Ammon, the son of Mosiah, yea, and even the other sons of Mosiah, yea, and also Alma and his sons, for they were all men of God.” (Alma 48:16-18)

What do Moroni, George Washington, Ronald Reagan, Tim Ballard and Jim Caviezel offer the World?

A Free Nation, a World of Liberty, the Spirit of Christ, Confidence and Honor, and with those desires and traits they inspire us to stand up for our God and put down all that is evil, for what we as a world are facing today in Oct 2021 is a World War.

It is not a war between the black and the white, nor country against country. It is not a war by means of a normal war with marked armies on both sides. It is not a war between Liberal and Conservative, nor against tradition and progression, but is is a war of right vs wrong, good vs evil and above all it is a war between Jesus Christ the Savior of the world, and Satan, the fallen angel. This may not be the second coming, but surely if not, then it is a precursor to His final reign. What side are we on? The side that will win is the righteousness of the Lord God. Are we on his side?

Let us listen to the words of some of today’s and yesterday’s hero’s. Can we hear the similarity between each? Yes it is a cry for freedom vs tyranny and love vs hate and indeed the evil of Satan and the glorious goodness of God.

“If all men had been, and were, and ever would be, like unto Moroni”

This image has an empty alt attribute; its file name is moroniww.jpg

Moroni’s- Title of Liberty

11. And now it came to pass that when Moroni, who was the chief commander of the armies of the Nephites, had heard of these dissensions, he was angry with Amalickiah.

12. And it came to pass that he rent his coat; and he took a piece thereof, and wrote upon it—In memory of our God, our religion, and freedom, and our peace, our wives, and our children—and he fastened it upon the end of a pole.

13 And he fastened on his head-plate, and his breastplate, and his shields, and girded on his armor about his loins; and he took the pole, which had on the end thereof his rent coat, (and he called it the title of liberty) and he bowed himself to the earth, and he prayed mightily unto his God for the blessings of liberty to rest upon his brethren, so long as there should a band of Christians remain to possess the land—

14 For thus were all the true believers of Christ, who belonged to the church of God, called by those who did not belong to the church.

15 And those who did belong to the church were faithful; yea, all those who were true believers in Christ took upon them, gladly, the name of Christ, or Christians as they were called, because of their belief in Christ who should come.

16 And therefore, at this time, Moroni prayed that the cause of the Christians, and the freedom of the land might be favored.

17 And it came to pass that when he had poured out his soul to God, he named all the land which was south of the land Desolation, yea, and in fine, all the land, both on the north and on the south—A chosen land, and the land of liberty.

18 And he said: Surely God shall not suffer that we, who are despised because we take upon us the name of Christ, shall be trodden down and destroyed, until we bring it upon us by our own transgressions.

19 And when Moroni had said these words, he went forth among the people, waving the rent part of his garment in the air, that all might see the writing which he had written upon the rent part, and crying with a loud voice, saying:

20 Behold, whosoever will maintain this title upon the land, let them come forth in the strength of the Lord, and enter into a covenant that they will maintain their rights, and their religion, that the Lord God may bless them.

21 And it came to pass that when Moroni had proclaimed these words, behold, the people came running together with their armor girded about their loins, rending their garments in token, or as a covenant, that they would not forsake the Lord their God; or, in other words, if they should transgress the commandments of God, or fall into transgression, and be ashamed to take upon them the name of Christ, the Lord should rend them even as they had rent their garments.

22 Now this was the covenant which they made, and they cast their garments at the feet of Moroni, saying: We covenant with our God, that we shall be destroyed, even as our brethren in the land northward, if we shall fall into transgression; yea, he may cast us at the feet of our enemies, even as we have cast our garments at thy feet to be trodden under foot, if we shall fall into transgression.

23 Moroni said unto them: Behold, we are a remnant of the seed of Jacob; yea, we are a remnant of the seed of Joseph, whose coat was rent by his brethren into many pieces; yea, and now behold, let us remember to keep the commandments of God, or our garments shall be rent by our brethren, and we be cast into prison, or be sold, or be slain.

24 Yea, let us preserve our liberty as a remnant of Joseph; yea, let us remember the words of Jacob, before his death, for behold, he saw that a part of the remnant of the coat of Joseph was preserved and had not decayed. And he said—Even as this remnant of garment of my son hath been preserved, so shall a remnant of the seed of my son be preserved by the hand of God, and be taken unto himself, while the remainder of the seed of Joseph shall perish, even as the remnant of his garment.

25 Now behold, this giveth my soul sorrow; nevertheless, my soul hath joy in my son, because of that part of his seed which shall be taken unto God.

26 Now behold, this was the language of Jacob.

27 And now who knoweth but what the remnant of the seed of Joseph, which shall perish as his garment, are those who have dissented from us? Yea, and even it shall be ourselves if we do not stand fast in the faith of Christ.

28 And now it came to pass that when Moroni had said these words he went forth, and also sent forth in all the parts of the land where there were dissensions, and gathered together all the people who were desirous to maintain their liberty, to stand against Amalickiah and those who had dissented, who were called Amalickiahites.

29 And it came to pass that when Amalickiah saw that the people of Moroni were more numerous than the Amalickiahites—and he also saw that his people were doubtful concerning the justice of the cause in which they had undertaken—therefore, fearing that he should not gain the point, he took those of his people who would and departed into the land of Nephi.

30 Now Moroni thought it was not expedient that the Lamanites should have any more strength; therefore he thought to cut off the people of Amalickiah, or to take them and bring them back, and put Amalickiah to death; yea, for he knew that he would stir up the Lamanites to anger against them, and cause them to come to battle against them; and this he knew that Amalickiah would do that he might obtain his purposes.

31 Therefore Moroni thought it was expedient that he should take his armies, who had gathered themselves together, and armed themselves, and entered into a covenant to keep the peace—and it came to pass that he took his army and marched out with his tents into the wilderness, to cut off the course of Amalickiah in the wilderness.

32 And it came to pass that he did according to his desires, and marched forth into the wilderness, and headed the armies of Amalickiah.

33 And it came to pass that Amalickiah fled with a small number of his men, and the remainder were delivered up into the hands of Moroni and were taken back into the land of Zarahemla.

34 Now, Moroni being a man who was appointed by the chief judges and the voice of the people, therefore he had power according to his will with the armies of the Nephites, to establish and to exercise authority over them.

35 And it came to pass that whomsoever of the Amalickiahites that would not enter into a covenant to support the cause of freedom, that they might maintain a free government, he caused to be put to death; and there were but few who denied the covenant of freedom.

36 And it came to pass also, that he caused the title of liberty to be hoisted upon every tower which was in all the land, which was possessed by the Nephites; and thus Moroni planted the standard of liberty among the Nephites.
Alma 46:11-36

George Washington’s- “Title of Liberty”

George Washington’s Address to the Inhabitants of Canada (14 September 1775)

Friends and Brethren,
The unnatural Contest between the English Colonies and Great-Britain, has now risen to such a Height, that Arms alone must decide it. The Colonies, confiding in the Justice of their Cause, and the Purity of their Intentions, have reluctantly appealed to that Being, in whose Hands are all human Events. He has hitherto smiled upon their virtuous Efforts—The Hand of Tyranny has been arrested in its Ravages, and the British Arms which have shone with so much Splendor in every Part of the Globe, are now tarnished with Disgrace and Disappointment.—Generals of approved Experience, who boasted of subduing this great Continent, find themselves circumscribed within the Limits of a single City and its Suburbs, suffering all the Shame and Distress of a Siege. While the trueborn Sons of America, animated by the genuine Principles of Liberty and Love of their Country, with increasing Union, Firmness and Discipline repel every Attack, and despise every Danger…Come then, my Brethren, unite with us in an indissoluble Union, let us run together to the same Goal.—We have taken up Arms in Defence of our Liberty, our Property, our Wives, and our Children, we are determined to preserve them, or die.

We look forward with Pleasure to that Day not far remote (we hope) when the Inhabitants of America shall have one Sentiment, and the full Enjoyment of the Blessings of a free Government…Incited by these Motives, and encouraged by the Advice of many Friends of Liberty among you, the Grand American Congress have sent an Army into your Province, under the Command of General Schuyler; not to plunder, but to protect you; to animate, and bring forth into Action those Sentiments of Freedom you have disclosed, and which the Tools of Despotism would extinguish through the whole Creation…I invite you therefore as Friends and Brethren, to provide him with such Supplies as your Country affords; and I pledge myself not only for your Safety and Security, but for ample Compensation. Let no Man desert his Habitation—Let no one flee as before an Enemy. The Cause of America, and of Liberty, is the Cause of every virtuous American Citizen; whatever may be his Religion or his Descent, the United Colonies know no Distinction but such as Slavery, Corruption and arbitrary Domination may create. Come then, ye generous Citizens, range yourselves under the Standard of general Liberty—against which all the Force and Artifice of Tyranny will never be able to prevail.
[G. Washington; emphasis added]

Source: The Papers of George Washington, Revolutionary War Series, vol. 1, 16 June 1775?–?15September 1775, ed. Philander D. Chase. Charlottesville: University Press of Virginia [1985], 461–463.(https://founders.archives.gov/documents/Washington/03-01-02-0358)
George Washington by Rembrandt Peale (1788-1860)

Ronald Reagan- A Time for Choosing (aka The Speech)

Air Date 27, Oct 1964 Los Angeles, CA (57 years ago)

Thank you and good evening. The sponsor has been identified, but unlike most television programs, the performer hasn’t been provided with a script. As a matter of fact, I have been permitted to choose my own words and discuss my own ideas regarding the choice that we face in the next few weeks.

I have spent most of my life as a Democrat. I recently have seen fit to follow another course. I believe that the issues confronting us cross party lines. Now, one side in this campaign has been telling us that the issues of this election are the maintenance of peace and prosperity. The line has been used, “We’ve never had it so good.”

But I have an uncomfortable feeling that this prosperity isn’t something on which we can base our hopes for the future. No nation in history has ever survived a tax burden that reached a third of its national income. Today, 37 cents out of every dollar earned in this country is the tax collector’s share, and yet our government continues to spend 17 million dollars a day more than the government takes in. We haven’t balanced our budget 28 out of the last 34 years. We’ve raised our debt limit three times in the last twelve months, and now our national debt is one and a half times bigger than all the combined debts of all the nations of the world. We have 15 billion dollars in gold in our treasury; we don’t own an ounce. Foreign dollar claims are 27.3 billion dollars. And we’ve just had announced that the dollar of 1939 will now purchase 45 cents in its total value.

As for the peace that we would preserve, I wonder who among us would like to approach the wife or mother whose husband or son has died in South Vietnam and ask them if they think this is a peace that should be maintained indefinitely. Do they mean peace, or do they mean we just want to be left in peace? There can be no real peace while one American is dying some place in the world for the rest of us. We’re at war with the most dangerous enemy that has ever faced mankind in his long climb from the swamp to the stars, and it’s been said if we lose that war, and in so doing lose this way of freedom of ours, history will record with the greatest astonishment that those who had the most to lose did the least to prevent its happening. Well I think it’s time we ask ourselves if we still know the freedoms that were intended for us by the Founding Fathers.

Not too long ago, two friends of mine were talking to a Cuban refugee, a businessman who had escaped from Castro, and in the midst of his story one of my friends turned to the other and said, “We don’t know how lucky we are.” And the Cuban stopped and said, “How lucky you are? I had someplace to escape to.” And in that sentence he told us the entire story. If we lose freedom here, there’s no place to escape to. This is the last stand on earth.

And this idea that government is beholden to the people, that it has no other source of power except the sovereign people, is still the newest and the most unique idea in all the long history of man’s relation to man.

This is the issue of this election: whether we believe in our capacity for self-government or whether we abandon the American revolution and confess that a little intellectual elite in a far-distant capitol can plan our lives for us better than we can plan them ourselves.

You and I are told increasingly we have to choose between a left or right. Well I’d like to suggest there is no such thing as a left or right. There’s only an up or down: [up] man’s old — old-aged dream, the ultimate in individual freedom consistent with law and order, or down to the ant heap of totalitarianism. And regardless of their sincerity, their humanitarian motives, those who would trade our freedom for security have embarked on this downward course.

In this vote-harvesting time, they use terms like the “Great Society,” or as we were told a few days ago by the President, we must accept a greater government activity in the affairs of the people. But they’ve been a little more explicit in the past and among themselves; and all of the things I now will quote have appeared in print. These are not Republican accusations. For example, they have voices that say, “The cold war will end through our acceptance of a not undemocratic socialism.” Another voice says, “The profit motive has become outmoded. It must be replaced by the incentives of the welfare state.” Or, “Our traditional system of individual freedom is incapable of solving the complex problems of the 20th century.” Senator Fulbright has said at Stanford University that the Constitution is outmoded. He referred to the President as “our moral teacher and our leader,” and he says he is “hobbled in his task by the restrictions of power imposed on him by this antiquated document.” He must “be freed,” so that he “can do for us” what he knows “is best.” And Senator Clark of Pennsylvania, another articulate spokesman, defines liberalism as “meeting the material needs of the masses through the full power of centralized government.”

Well, I, for one, resent it when a representative of the people refers to you and me, the free men and women of this country, as “the masses.” This is a term we haven’t applied to ourselves in America. But beyond that, “the full power of centralized government” — this was the very thing the Founding Fathers sought to minimize. They knew that governments don’t control things. A government can’t control the economy without controlling people. And they know when a government sets out to do that, it must use force and coercion to achieve its purpose. They also knew, those Founding Fathers, that outside of its legitimate functions, government does nothing as well or as economically as the private sector of the economy.

Now, we have no better example of this than government’s involvement in the farm economy over the last 30 years. Since 1955, the cost of this program has nearly doubled. One-fourth of farming in America is responsible for 85% of the farm surplus. Three-fourths of farming is out on the free market and has known a 21% increase in the per capita consumption of all its produce. You see, that one-fourth of farming — that’s regulated and controlled by the federal government. In the last three years we’ve spent 43 dollars in the feed grain program for every dollar bushel of corn we don’t grow.

Senator Humphrey last week charged that Barry Goldwater, as President, would seek to eliminate farmers. He should do his homework a little better, because he’ll find out that we’ve had a decline of 5 million in the farm population under these government programs. He’ll also find that the Democratic administration has sought to get from Congress [an] extension of the farm program to include that three-fourths that is now free. He’ll find that they’ve also asked for the right to imprison farmers who wouldn’t keep books as prescribed by the federal government. The Secretary of Agriculture asked for the right to seize farms through condemnation and resell them to other individuals. And contained in that same program was a provision that would have allowed the federal government to remove 2 million farmers from the soil.

At the same time, there’s been an increase in the Department of Agriculture employees. There’s now one for every 30 farms in the United States, and still they can’t tell us how 66 shiploads of grain headed for Austria disappeared without a trace and Billie Sol Estes never left shore.

Every responsible farmer and farm organization has repeatedly asked the government to free the farm economy, but how — who are farmers to know what’s best for them? The wheat farmers voted against a wheat program. The government passed it anyway. Now the price of bread goes up; the price of wheat to the farmer goes down.

Meanwhile, back in the city, under urban renewal the assault on freedom carries on. Private property rights [are] so diluted that public interest is almost anything a few government planners decide it should be. In a program that takes from the needy and gives to the greedy, we see such spectacles as in Cleveland, Ohio, a million-and-a-half-dollar building completed only three years ago must be destroyed to make way for what government officials call a “more compatible use of the land.” The President tells us he’s now going to start building public housing units in the thousands, where heretofore we’ve only built them in the hundreds. But FHA [Federal Housing Authority] and the Veterans Administration tell us they have 120,000 housing units they’ve taken back through mortgage foreclosure. For three decades, we’ve sought to solve the problems of unemployment through government planning, and the more the plans fail, the more the planners plan. The latest is the Area Redevelopment Agency.

They’ve just declared Rice County, Kansas, a depressed area. Rice County, Kansas, has two hundred oil wells, and the 14,000 people there have over 30 million dollars on deposit in personal savings in their banks. And when the government tells you you’re depressed, lie down and be depressed.

We have so many people who can’t see a fat man standing beside a thin one without coming to the conclusion the fat man got that way by taking advantage of the thin one. So they’re going to solve all the problems of human misery through government and government planning. Well, now, if government planning and welfare had the answer — and they’ve had almost 30 years of it — shouldn’t we expect government to read the score to us once in a while? Shouldn’t they be telling us about the decline each year in the number of people needing help? The reduction in the need for public housing?

But the reverse is true. Each year the need grows greater; the program grows greater. We were told four years ago that 17 million people went to bed hungry each night. Well that was probably true. They were all on a diet. But now we’re told that 9.3 million families in this country are poverty-stricken on the basis of earning less than 3,000 dollars a year. Welfare spending [is] 10 times greater than in the dark depths of the Depression. We’re spending 45 billion dollars on welfare. Now do a little arithmetic, and you’ll find that if we divided the 45 billion dollars up equally among those 9 million poor families, we’d be able to give each family 4,600 dollars a year. And this added to their present income should eliminate poverty. Direct aid to the poor, however, is only running only about 600 dollars per family. It would seem that someplace there must be some overhead.

Now — so now we declare “war on poverty,” or “You, too, can be a Bobby Baker.” Now do they honestly expect us to believe that if we add 1 billion dollars to the 45 billion we’re spending, one more program to the 30-odd we have — and remember, this new program doesn’t replace any, it just duplicates existing programs — do they believe that poverty is suddenly going to disappear by magic? Well, in all fairness I should explain there is one part of the new program that isn’t duplicated. This is the youth feature. We’re now going to solve the dropout problem, juvenile delinquency, by reinstituting something like the old CCC camps [Civilian Conservation Corps], and we’re going to put our young people in these camps. But again we do some arithmetic, and we find that we’re going to spend each year just on room and board for each young person we help 4,700 dollars a year. We can send them to Harvard for 2,700! Course, don’t get me wrong. I’m not suggesting Harvard is the answer to juvenile delinquency.

But seriously, what are we doing to those we seek to help? Not too long ago, a judge called me here in Los Angeles. He told me of a young woman who’d come before him for a divorce. She had six children, was pregnant with her seventh. Under his questioning, she revealed her husband was a laborer earning 250 dollars a month. She wanted a divorce to get an 80 dollar raise. She’s eligible for 330 dollars a month in the Aid to Dependent Children Program. She got the idea from two women in her neighborhood who’d already done that very thing.

Yet anytime you and I question the schemes of the do-gooders, we’re denounced as being against their humanitarian goals. They say we’re always “against” things — we’re never “for” anything.

Well, the trouble with our liberal friends is not that they’re ignorant; it’s just that they know so much that isn’t so.

Now — we’re for a provision that destitution should not follow unemployment by reason of old age, and to that end we’ve accepted Social Security as a step toward meeting the problem.

But we’re against those entrusted with this program when they practice deception regarding its fiscal shortcomings, when they charge that any criticism of the program means that we want to end payments to those people who depend on them for a livelihood. They’ve called it “insurance” to us in a hundred million pieces of literature. But then they appeared before the Supreme Court and they testified it was a welfare program. They only use the term “insurance” to sell it to the people. And they said Social Security dues are a tax for the general use of the government, and the government has used that tax. There is no fund, because Robert Byers, the actuarial head, appeared before a congressional committee and admitted that Social Security as of this moment is 298 billion dollars in the hole. But he said there should be no cause for worry because as long as they have the power to tax, they could always take away from the people whatever they needed to bail them out of trouble. And they’re doing just that.

A young man, 21 years of age, working at an average salary — his Social Security contribution would, in the open market, buy him an insurance policy that would guarantee 220 dollars a month at age 65. The government promises 127. He could live it up until he’s 31 and then take out a policy that would pay more than Social Security. Now are we so lacking in business sense that we can’t put this program on a sound basis, so that people who do require those payments will find they can get them when they’re due — that the cupboard isn’t bare?

Barry Goldwater thinks we can.

At the same time, can’t we introduce voluntary features that would permit a citizen who can do better on his own to be excused upon presentation of evidence that he had made provision for the non-earning years? Should we not allow a widow with children to work, and not lose the benefits supposedly paid for by her deceased husband? Shouldn’t you and I be allowed to declare who our beneficiaries will be under this program, which we cannot do? I think we’re for telling our senior citizens that no one in this country should be denied medical care because of a lack of funds. But I think we’re against forcing all citizens, regardless of need, into a compulsory government program, especially when we have such examples, as was announced last week, when France admitted that their Medicare program is now bankrupt. They’ve come to the end of the road.

In addition, was Barry Goldwater so irresponsible when he suggested that our government give up its program of deliberate, planned inflation, so that when you do get your Social Security pension, a dollar will buy a dollar’s worth, and not 45 cents worth?

I think we’re for an international organization, where the nations of the world can seek peace. But I think we’re against subordinating American interests to an organization that has become so structurally unsound that today you can muster a two-thirds vote on the floor of the General Assembly among nations that represent less than 10 percent of the world’s population. I think we’re against the hypocrisy of assailing our allies because here and there they cling to a colony, while we engage in a conspiracy of silence and never open our mouths about the millions of people enslaved in the Soviet colonies in the satellite nations.

I think we’re for aiding our allies by sharing of our material blessings with those nations which share in our fundamental beliefs, but we’re against doling out money government to government, creating bureaucracy, if not socialism, all over the world. We set out to help 19 countries. We’re helping 107. We’ve spent 146 billion dollars. With that money, we bought a 2 million dollar yacht for Haile Selassie. We bought dress suits for Greek undertakers, extra wives for Kenya[n] government officials. We bought a thousand TV sets for a place where they have no electricity. In the last six years, 52 nations have bought 7 billion dollars worth of our gold, and all 52 are receiving foreign aid from this country.

No government ever voluntarily reduces itself in size. So, governments’ programs, once launched, never disappear.

Actually, a government bureau is the nearest thing to eternal life we’ll ever see on this earth.

Federal employees — federal employees number two and a half million; and federal, state, and local, one out of six of the nation’s work force employed by government. These proliferating bureaus with their thousands of regulations have cost us many of our constitutional safeguards. How many of us realize that today federal agents can invade a man’s property without a warrant? They can impose a fine without a formal hearing, let alone a trial by jury? And they can seize and sell his property at auction to enforce the payment of that fine. In Chico County, Arkansas, James Wier over-planted his rice allotment. The government obtained a 17,000 dollar judgment. And a U.S. marshal sold his 960-acre farm at auction. The government said it was necessary as a warning to others to make the system work.

Last February 19th at the University of Minnesota, Norman Thomas, six-times candidate for President on the Socialist Party ticket, said, “If Barry Goldwater became President, he would stop the advance of socialism in the United States.” I think that’s exactly what he will do.

But as a former Democrat, I can tell you Norman Thomas isn’t the only man who has drawn this parallel to socialism with the present administration, because back in 1936, Mr. Democrat himself, Al Smith, the great American, came before the American people and charged that the leadership of his Party was taking the Party of Jefferson, Jackson, and Cleveland down the road under the banners of Marx, Lenin, and Stalin. And he walked away from his Party, and he never returned til the day he died — because to this day, the leadership of that Party has been taking that Party, that honorable Party, down the road in the image of the labor Socialist Party of England.

Now it doesn’t require expropriation or confiscation of private property or business to impose socialism on a people. What does it mean whether you hold the deed to the — or the title to your business or property if the government holds the power of life and death over that business or property? And such machinery already exists. The government can find some charge to bring against any concern it chooses to prosecute. Every businessman has his own tale of harassment. Somewhere a perversion has taken place. Our natural, unalienable rights are now considered to be a dispensation of government, and freedom has never been so fragile, so close to slipping from our grasp as it is at this moment.

Our Democratic opponents seem unwilling to debate these issues. They want to make you and I believe that this is a contest between two men — that we’re to choose just between two personalities.

Well what of this man that they would destroy — and in destroying, they would destroy that which he represents, the ideas that you and I hold dear? Is he the brash and shallow and trigger-happy man they say he is? Well I’ve been privileged to know him “when.” I knew him long before he ever dreamed of trying for high office, and I can tell you personally I’ve never known a man in my life I believed so incapable of doing a dishonest or dishonorable thing.

This is a man who, in his own business before he entered politics, instituted a profit-sharing plan before unions had ever thought of it. He put in health and medical insurance for all his employees. He took 50 percent of the profits before taxes and set up a retirement program, a pension plan for all his employees. He sent monthly checks for life to an employee who was ill and couldn’t work. He provides nursing care for the children of mothers who work in the stores. When Mexico was ravaged by the floods in the Rio Grande, he climbed in his airplane and flew medicine and supplies down there.

An ex-GI told me how he met him. It was the week before Christmas during the Korean War, and he was at the Los Angeles airport trying to get a ride home to Arizona for Christmas. And he said that [there were] a lot of servicemen there and no seats available on the planes. And then a voice came over the loudspeaker and said, “Any men in uniform wanting a ride to Arizona, go to runway such-and-such,” and they went down there, and there was a fellow named Barry Goldwater sitting in his plane. Every day in those weeks before Christmas, all day long, he’d load up the plane, fly it to Arizona, fly them to their homes, fly back over to get another load.

During the hectic split-second timing of a campaign, this is a man who took time out to sit beside an old friend who was dying of cancer. His campaign managers were understandably impatient, but he said, “There aren’t many left who care what happens to her. I’d like her to know I care.” This is a man who said to his 19-year-old son, “There is no foundation like the rock of honesty and fairness, and when you begin to build your life on that rock, with the cement of the faith in God that you have, then you have a real start.” This is not a man who could carelessly send other people’s sons to war. And that is the issue of this campaign that makes all the other problems I’ve discussed academic, unless we realize we’re in a war that must be won.

Those who would trade our freedom for the soup kitchen of the welfare state have told us they have a utopian solution of peace without victory. They call their policy “accommodation.” And they say if we’ll only avoid any direct confrontation with the enemy, he’ll forget his evil ways and learn to love us. All who oppose them are indicted as warmongers. They say we offer simple answers to complex problems. Well, perhaps there is a simple answer — not an easy answer — but simple: If you and I have the courage to tell our elected officials that we want our national policy based on what we know in our hearts is morally right.

We cannot buy our security, our freedom from the threat of the bomb by committing an immorality so great as saying to a billion human beings now enslaved behind the Iron Curtain, “Give up your dreams of freedom because to save our own skins, we’re willing to make a deal with your slave masters.” Alexander Hamilton said, “A nation which can prefer disgrace to danger is prepared for a master, and deserves one.” Now let’s set the record straight. There’s no argument over the choice between peace and war, but there’s only one guaranteed way you can have peace — and you can have it in the next second — surrender.

Admittedly, there’s a risk in any course we follow other than this, but every lesson of history tells us that the greater risk lies in appeasement, and this is the specter our well-meaning liberal friends refuse to facethat their policy of accommodation is appeasement, and it gives no choice between peace and war, only between fight or surrender. If we continue to accommodate, continue to back and retreat, eventually we have to face the final demand — the ultimatum. And what then — when Nikita Khrushchev has told his people he knows what our answer will be? He has told them that we’re retreating under the pressure of the Cold War, and someday when the time comes to deliver the final ultimatum, our surrender will be voluntary, because by that time we will have been weakened from within spiritually, morally, and economically. He believes this because from our side he’s heard voices pleading for “peace at any price” or “better Red than dead,” or as one commentator put it, he’d rather “live on his knees than die on his feet.” And therein lies the road to war, because those voices don’t speak for the rest of us.

You and I know and do not believe that life is so dear and peace so sweet as to be purchased at the price of chains and slavery. If nothing in life is worth dying for, when did this begin — just in the face of this enemy? Or should Moses have told the children of Israel to live in slavery under the pharaohs? Should Christ have refused the cross? Should the patriots at Concord Bridge have thrown down their guns and refused to fire the shot heard ’round the world? The martyrs of history were not fools, and our honored dead who gave their lives to stop the advance of the Nazis didn’t die in vain. Where, then, is the road to peace? Well it’s a simple answer after all.

You and I have the courage to say to our enemies, “There is a price we will not pay.” “There is a point beyond which they must not advance.” And this — this is the meaning in the phrase of Barry Goldwater’s “peace through strength.” Winston Churchill said, “The destiny of man is not measured by material computations. When great forces are on the move in the world, we learn we’re spirits — not animals.” And he said, “There’s something going on in time and space, and beyond time and space, which, whether we like it or not, spells duty.”

You and I have a rendezvous with destiny.

We’ll preserve for our children this, the last best hope of man on earth, or we’ll sentence them to take the last step into a thousand years of darkness.

We will keep in mind and remember that Barry Goldwater has faith in us. He has faith that you and I have the ability and the dignity and the right to make our own decisions and determine our own destiny.

Thank you very much.” Ronald Reagan https://www.americanrhetoric.com/speeches/ronaldreaganatimeforchoosing.htm

Tim Ballard- Sound of Freedom

https://fb.watch/8U23FRbn-8/

Jim Caviezel- The Storm is Upon Us

James Patrick Caviezel Jr. born September 26, 1968 is an American film and television actor, known for his portrayal of Jesus Christ in The Passion of the Christ (2004)… Caviezel portrayed Jesus Christ in Mel Gibson’s 2004 film The Passion of the Christ. During filming, he was struck by lightning, accidentally scourged, had his shoulder dislocated, and suffered from pneumonia and hypothermia. Prior to filming, Gibson reportedly warned Caviezel that playing Jesus in his controversial film would hurt his acting career. In 2011, he claimed that good roles had been hard to come by since, but stated that this movie, in particular the role of Jesus Christ, was a once-in-a-lifetime experience. Wikipedia

Jim Caviezel is the actor in the true story of Tim Ballard called “Sound of Freedom” due out in theaters in Jan or Feb 2022. Tim Ballard is an active member of the Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-day Saints and a former US government agent, who quits his job in order to devote his life to rescuing children from global sex traffickers.

Jim Caviezel was the surprise guest speaker at the TPV Double Down in Las Vegas and his speech is absolutely AMAZING! This will be a speech that goes down in history that our children and grandchildren will look back on and remember the day we stood … to FIGHT! Failure Is Not An Option!!! Stay strong, fellow patriots. In this powerful speech, he combines both Ronald Reagan’s famous speech from the 60’s and Braveheart. Oct 25, 2021

Ronald Reagan Video Speech from Above

BYU and UVU scientists wrongly question the Universal Model

0

The Monte L. Bean Life Science Museum opened a new exhibit March 11, 2019 exploring the theories and observations of evolution and how it changes life. See picture of New Exhibit above. Exhibit designer Travis Schenck said there is confusion around the definition of evolution, so the exhibit’s purpose is to help the public understand how science defines evolution. Schenck collaborated with BYU professors to simplify the terms used in the exhibit to make it more approachable and understandable for all audiences. “Understanding the Principles of Evolution” will run for many years.

To me it is very sad that BYU will spend thousands of dollars on this type of exhibit, just to show that ape to man is a theory. Too many take it to the next level and begin thinking it is a true theory. I understand BYU is a University and teaches many theories that are not part of Church Doctrine, but wouldn’t it be nice if the book of “New Millenial Science by Dean Sessions received an opportunity to be studied? No they say, as it isn’t peer-reviewed. Well Dean has peers that believe his science and most intellectuals of today think he is full of it. I guess the Lord will continue sharing truth with we mere mortals and the Intellectuals will have to learn later on.

For over 7 years Rod Meldrum was the head scientific researcher for Dean Sessions, author of The Universal Model. Rod and Dean gives many presentations about how science and the scriptures go hand in hand. Russ Barlow is the many year editor of this wonderful set of works. Dean has over 30 years of research and study invested into this 3 volume set of over 2400 pages. (Volume 3 may be out in a year or so)

I believe the text in orange below could very well be talking about great men like Rod Meldrum, Dean Sessions and Russ Barlow. They have spent their entire lives in research, study, prayer, fasting, reading, and more praying about the many things they have found. I highly recommend you to read their words, study it out and pray about it. For me the little things I have researched all my life like, the age of dinosaurs, the creation, geography of the Book of Mormon, method of translation, evolution, and climate change have all been answered for me personally as I have strong beliefs in many of Rods, Deans and Russ’s words as verified by the spirit on many an occassion. They are amazing friends and inspired men. They don’t teach doctrine, but they teach hidden truth that is there if you are willing to search and pray.

Joseph Fielding Smith

“I attended sessions of meetings for the institute teachers, held in the assembly room on the fourth floor of the Church Office Building. I cannot say that I was very greatly edified. Too much philosophy of a worldly nature does not seem to mix well with the fundamentals of the gospel. In my opinion many of our teachers employed in the church school system have absorbed too much of the paganism of the world and have accepted too readily the views of uninspired educators without regard for the revealed word of the Lord. What to do about it I do not know. It is a problem for the Presidency to consider. It is a very apparent fact that we have traveled far and wide in the past 20 years [since his father’s death]. What the future will bring I do not know. But if we drift as far afield from fundamental things in the next 20 years, what will be left of the foundation laid by the Prophet Joseph Smith? It is easy for one who observes to see how the apostasy came about in the Primitive Church of Jesus Christ. Are we not traveling the same road? The more I see of educated men—I mean those who are trained in the doctrines and philosophies now taught in the world, the less regard I have for them. Modern theories which are so popular today just do not harmonize with the gospel as revealed to the prophets, and it would be amusing if it were not a tragedy to see how some of our educated brethren attempt to harmonize the theories of men with the revealed word of the Lord. Thank the Lord, there is still some faith left and some members who still cherish the word of the Lord and accept the prophets. Surely the world is ripening rapidly for the destruction, and Satan has power and dominion over his own. If any are saved surely the Lord must soon come and have power over his Saints and reign in their midst, and execute ‘judgment upon Idumea, or the world.” Joseph Fielding Smith The Life of Joseph Fielding Smith 212. Deseret Book Co., 1972. I also believe the words in D&C 121 verse 33 says, “pouring down knowledge from heaven upon the heads of the Latter-day Saints.” This could easily to the three men above that I have mentioned above, and other inspired men of today.

What Is The Universal Model?
“The purpose of science is to describe and explain Nature so that we can understand and comprehend it, but where do we learn these things simply, in a way that makes sense? For many decades, a number of incorrect theories and misleading philosophies have formed the foundation of ‘modern’ science. Now, newly discovered scientific truths in the Universal Model have revealed long-hidden natural laws that explain Nature’s workings in an easily comprehensible format. We invite all to explore and experience the adventure of learning by investigating new discoveries about the Earth and our Universe found in the UM. These scientific truths establish a New Millennial Science destined to take us through the current millennium to heights of knowledge and discovery never before imagined.” The Universal Model Home Page

“We must keep in mind that He [Christ] is allowing the wheat and tares to grow up together for a season, and by and by the tares will be gathered together and be burned up. Before the burning though, there will be a judgement, and the Lord is allowing us each right now to work out our salvation or damnation. Those that have the facts before them and reject them (see below) will pay the ultimate price, but there also must be a Great Divide that is taking place right now (talked about in the BoM and in the last chapter of Vol II of UM [Universal Model] – the Human Model) to clearly mark each of us to which side we are on.

Joseph Fielding Smith wrote:

“One need not look far into science to discover it consists too generally of a maze of facts and theory so closely interwoven that even the most learned and honorable scientist (to say nothing of the intellectually dishonest one or the novice) may have difficulty in distinguishing readily between truth and theory.” — Man, His Origin and Destiny

This is the purpose of the UM, to take this maze (the modern science puzzle that makes no sense – everything from nothing) and replace it with Nature’s Puzzle – they way things really are.

Melvin A. Cook in the Intro of:  Man, His Origin and Destiny also said:
“Unfortunately, owing to the strong desire of scientists to display their brilliance and ingenuity, there is a tendency for theory to become the objective instead of a means to the end. Theory then not only loses its real value, but actually becomes a stumbling block to progress. Its inventor and disciples become so engrossed in the theory that they lose sight of its fundamental purpose, the quest for truth. This condition was shockingly illustrated in my presence at a meeting of scientists when one of great renown met a factual objection with the statement, “I am more concerned with the elegance of the theory than the truth of it.” — Man, His Origin and Destiny

“Therefore, the Lord will judge these so-called intellectuals to whether they want to follow and learn of the Truth (which is literally Christ) or not. The sad thing is that most do not realize following Christ means following and seeking out for the Truth.
 
The UM has already produced experiments for the first time that are “more than words” (for example it has created sandstone and petrified wood which are identical to how Nature produced it in only a few days). The UM does not just have “alternative explanations” to how things are done in Nature, it has the ONLY explanation in hundreds of instances where modern science admits their theories cannot explain such and such natural phenomena. So ‘producing’ more ‘things’ is not the solution. Science is about demonstrating the true nature of Nature, it is not technology, which is only a tool that helps us understand it better.

Therefore, we cannot expect the leaders of science today to ever change their religion of atheism and accept the truth. It’s just not going to happen. For the UM to gain a much wider acceptance, it will have to be promoted full time to a much greater degree and I will personally have to be involved with this with others. This means I will be involved in debates and interviews and making many more recordings for the Web with influencers.

Although each Volume of the UM stands alone and has more new natural law than produced by modern science over the last century, Vol III does have double the amount of natural law as the other two volumes and many more experiments seen for the first time. Being able to demonstrate the true models of both matter and energy is more than any physicist or chemist or cosmologist has ever dreamed of, as this alone changes all their fields of study – and the UM does this. It also shows the errors in the physics of the Big Bang and proves the Universe is not expanding, but rotating in a Revolutionary Universe. It really is beyond what any scientist could dream about – yet it is all real and empirically demonstrated.” Dean Sessions-Founder and Author of the “Universal Model, A New Millennial Science

Daily Universe article by BYU Professors

The UM Is For All Lovers Of Truth by Chauncey Riddle

I have just completed reading the first two of the three systems of the new UM project of Dean Sessions. I am greatly impressed and delighted by what I found. It was like seeing an exciting, powerful new movie that deals with some of my favorite topics and concerns.

“Wow!! What a book. It is the most fascinating book I’ve ever read. I only have 100 pages remaining and when I finish, I’m going to read it again. There is no doubt in my mind as to the truthfulness of the book. Sessions started with the pseudo magma foundation and proved the fallacy of the theory so everything else fell into place from there. Everything I learned in college about geology is blatantly false. I have made note of a few questions that one day perhaps, I will be able to ask Sessions about. Perhaps after my second reading, answers to these questions will be forthcoming. Thank you once again, Sessions is beyond brilliant.” Robert L. Mehl, B.A., M.S., Geology, USA (Bob is my Father-in-Law. Since Oct 2021, Bob has read volume one 6 times and volume 2 twice. His geology at Kansas University taught hem very little he says).

BYU and UVU scientists question research offered at a conference on the Book of Mormon (Ad Left)

‘Universal Model’ • Assertions offered by featured speaker at coming conference are untested, would not pass peer review, they say.

By Benjamin Wood The Salt Lake Tribune · April 25, 2017

This is an archived article that was published on sltrib.com in 2017, and information in the article may be outdated. It is provided only for personal research purposes and may not be reprinted.

An upcoming conference on Book of Mormon research and other LDS-related topics is generating backlash from university scientists, most of whom are themselves Mormon.

In a letter published Tuesday in The Daily Universe — Brigham Young University’s student newspaper — faculty and students from BYU’s Geological Sciences Department cautioned against the untested assertions of Dean Sessions, founder of the Millennial Science Foundation. BYU is owned and operated by The Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-day Saints.

Sessions is one of the featured speakers at this weekend’s Firm Foundation Expo at Utah Valley University and is known for writing the “Universal Model,” a faith-based explanation of Earth’s development similar to the creationism theory of flood geology.

Tribune file photo
The Book of Mormon first edition, 1830, on display at the LDS Church History Library in 2014. LDS and non-LDS scientists are saying that the "Universal Model" explanation for Earth's creation, put forward by Dean Sessions, are untested and wouldn't pass peer review.

Sessions’ work states that Earth is filled with water and not molten rock, including a core of solid ice, and that fossilization, petrification and the planet’s land forms are the result of a recent worldwide flood and not millennia of geological development.

“Students and the BYU community are reminded that organic evolution, anthropogenic climate change, radiometric dating and a 4.56 billion-year-old age of the Earth are all seriously taught on campus by professors, who are in good standing with the church, in fields directly relating to these subjects,” the letter states, signed by BYU Associate Dean Bart Kowallis, eight faculty members and 24 students.

The letter was submitted in response to a Firm Foundation Expo advertisement that ran in The Daily Universe. Kowallis did not respond to a request for comment, but the letter states that Sessions’ assertions are contradicted by empirical evidence and would not pass peer review by subject experts.

“We are concerned that the presence of the aforementioned advertisement in The Universe may legitimize Dean Sessions’ ‘Universal Model’ in the eyes of some within the community,” the geologists wrote.

A similar ad ran in the student newspaper of Utah Valley University, where the conference will be held between Thursday and Saturday. UVU physics and astronomy professor Joseph Jensen said he too was concerned about Sessions’ assertions being legitimized through an event on a university campus.

“This is pseudoscience,” Jensen said. “It’s people trying to make money on something that sounds scientific but has no basis in observation or reality, for that matter.”

Rian Nelson, an organizer of the Firm Foundation Expo, said Sessions is one of 88 speakers participating in the event, which covers topics ranging from holistic health practices to evidence of the historicity of the Book of Mormon, the LDS Church’s foundational scripture, which tells of pre-Columbian Christians in the Western Hemisphere.

Firm Foundation is an acronym for Foundation for Indigenous Research and Mormonism.

“We include science and Book of Mormon study and gardening and emergency preparedness,” Nelson said. “We’re all, solidly, members of the LDS Church and believe in it with all of our heart.”

Nelson said he wasn’t concerned with the criticism of the “Universal Model,” even from scientists who are members of his own faith. The creation and timeline of the Earth, Nelson said, are areas of study in which faithful Mormons can disagree.

“There are many BYU faculty members that disagree with our theory about the heartland of North America being where the Book of Mormon was,” he said. “We both have strong testimonies of the gospel. We’re just looking at different theories in different directions.”

But Jensen, who is also LDS, said his concerns with the “Universal Model” go beyond a disagreement over theories.

Sessions calculates the mass of his water-filled Earth to be about a third of the scientific consensus, Jensen said. And the “Universal Model” is designed to justify a personal viewpoint, he said, rather than respond to empirical evidence.

“We have a really good idea of how much mass the Earth has,” Jensen said. “There’s nothing about the model that Mr. Sessions is proposing that is consistent with any of the observations.”

In a prepared statement, “Universal Model” spokesman Jarom Sessions said that he expects lively feedback from students and professors in response to the incredible discoveries and extraordinary assertions included in the model. But, he added, inquirers should set aside their emotions and examine the evidence.

“Just because a theory is taught for ‘generations’ as fact,” Jarom Sessions wrote, “that alone does not make it credible or true when the observable evidence shows otherwise.”

Other presentations at the Firm Foundation Expo include “Noah’s Flood and Lake Bonneville,” “Relieve Pain with Brain Techniques,” “Prophets and the Women Who Loved Them” and “Reconciling Science and Mormonism.”

[email protected] Twitter: @bjaminwood

This is a sad commentary, as those signing this ad have probably never read and studied the Universal Model. They have maybe read one or two articles and immediately dismissed it without any other thought. After all, they probably say, Dean is crazy, or that is stupid, or that goes against everything I have been taught, so how can a non professor like Dean claim any authority? Let them laugh and mock and we will see what truths they are choosing to pass up. I love the quotes below.

What Do Intellectuals Teach?

“There are those who say that revealed religion and organic evolution can be harmonized. This is both false and devilish.” Bruce R. McConkie, June 1, 1980, BYU fireside address

I have come to believe that it is the tendency for many members of the Church who spend a great deal of time in academic research to begin to judge the Church, its doctrine, organization, and leadership, present and past, by the principles of their own profession. Ofttimes this is done unwittingly, and some of it, perhaps, is not harmful. The Mantle Is Far, Far Greater Than the Intellect Elder Boyd K. Packer

This problem has affected some of those who have taught and have written about the history of the Church. These professors say of themselves that religious faith has little influence on Mormon scholars. They say this because, obviously, they are not simply Latter-day Saints but are also intellectuals trained, for the most part, in secular institutions. They would that some historians who are Latter-day Saints write history as they were taught in graduate school, rather than as Mormons. The Mantle Is Far, Far Greater Than the Intellect Elder Boyd K. Packer

President Brigham Young admonished Karl G. Maeser not to teach even the times table without the Spirit of the Lord. How much more essential is that Spirit in the research, the writing, and the teaching of Church history. The Mantle Is Far, Far Greater Than the Intellect Elder Boyd K. Packer

12 Disciples in Ohio

0

3 Nephi 19:4 34 AD

“And it came to pass that on the morrow, when the multitude was gathered together, behold, Nephi and his brother whom he had raised from the dead, whose name was Timothy, and also his son, whose name was Jonas, and also Mathoni, and Mathonihah, his brother, and Kumen, and Kumenonhi, and Jeremiah, and Shemnon, and Jonas, and Zedekiah, and Isaiah—now these were the names of the disciples whom Jesus had chosen—and it came to pass that they went forth and stood in the midst of the multitude.”

Ohio Makes Sense as the Land of Bountiful

There is a temple mound situated above the Ohio River near Cincinnati. “Fragments of burnt limestone may still be seen on the top. The mound is a rectangle two hundred and twenty-five feet long by one hundred and twenty feet broad, and seven feet high.” In contrast to the hewn stone buildings and altars of Mexico, the Ohio mound has the right dimensions to have accommodated a timber and burnt lime plaster (“cement”) building of the size and proportions of Solomon’s Temple.” J. P. Maclean, The Mound Builders – Archaeology of Butler County, Ohio, 1904, pp. 222-223.

The Jaredites follow the timeline of the Adena and the Nephites follow the timeline of the Hopewell both in Ohio.

“Few realize that some of the oldest, largest and most complex structures of ancient archaeology were built of earth, clay, and stone right here in America, in the Ohio and Mississippi valleys. From 6,000 years ago until quite recently, North America was home to some of the most highly advanced and well organized civilizations in the world – complete with cities, roads, and commerce.” Dr. Roger Kennedy, former director of the Smithsonian’s American History Museum

“This painting [Left by Kendra Burton], shows Christ descending in a shaft of light to visit multitudes of Nephites who are streaming up a ramped earthen platform mound reminiscent of other earthen monuments made by the civilization now known as the Hopewell Mound Builders. The background is a vast plain with interspersed massive grass-covered mounds, wooden homes with thatched roofs and hardwood forests, while the foreground shows a large wooden temple atop a monumental ramped earth structure. The scene is one that is true to the Book of Mormon record, without stone pyramids or thick jungle vegetation since nowhere in the text is there any mention of stone buildings, palm trees, monkeys or a tropical climate.

The Heartland geography research has overwhelmingly demonstrated through Book of Mormon prophesies, Joseph Smith’s writings, DNA, archaeological, linguistic and cultural evidences that the most likely location for the setting of the Book of Mormon was in America’s Heartland. This painting is consistent with Joseph Smith’s known and historically documented statements and actions in such accounts as the those found in D&C 28, 30, and 32, the Wentworth Letter, the American Revivalist account, the Zelph accounts, Joseph’s hand-written letter to his wife while on Zion’s camp, and many additional sources.” Rod Meldrum, Author “Exploring the Book of Mormon in America’s Heartland

“Contrasting the works of the mound builders with Mesoamerica stone ruins, Hugh Nibley observes: “A closer approximation to the Book of Mormon picture of Nephite culture is seen in the earth and palisade structures of the Hopewell and Adena culture areas than in the later stately piles of stone in Mesoamerica… Though such piles as the great pyramid-temple of Chichen Itza are surpassed by few buildings in the world in beauty of proportion and grandeur of conception, there is something disturbing about most of these overpowering ruins… The great monuments do not represent what the Nephites stood for; rather they stand for what their descendants, mixed with the blood of their brethren, descended to…” Hugh Nibley, The Prophetic Book of Mormon, pp. 272-273

Blog here about Ohio as a good location for Bountiful in the Book of Mormon

Names of the 12 Disciples

From Book of Mormon Onomasticon
Nephi



The most likely derivation of the name is EGYPTIAN nfr “good, beautiful.” (JG)[1] The final r in EGYPTIAN had dropped out of pronunciation about a thousand years earlier,[2] and it is attested as a personal name at the time of LEHI.[3] An equally or even more promising derivation would come from EGYPTIAN nfw (later nfy), “captain, skipper, chief of sailors” (Coptic ne(e)f,neeb), from meaning “breathe, blow at” (RFSJHJAT).[4] Nibley wrote that “Nfy was the name of an EGYPTIAN captain,” implying a PNrather than a word meaning “captain” 
Timothyderives from the Greek timotheos, “honoring God” or “honored by God.”
JonasThe PN JONAS may be the Greek form of the OT name Jonah, from the HEBREW yonah, “dove.”[1] Alternatively, JONAS may be from the HEBREW yo (=Yahu) + nes, “the Lord is a standard, banner.”
MathoniFrom the root ntn, “to give,” this name would mean “gift.” The biblical PNs Mattan, Mattanah, and Mattaniah (whose name was changed to ZEDEKIAH and who served as the last king of JUDAH during LEHI’s prophetic career in the Old World) are substantive forms from this root,*mantān>mattān . Notice that Mattanah is no doubt a hypocoristicon from a longer name meaning the child was a gift from a god (JH), just as Mattaniah means “Gift of Jehovah.”
MathonihahThis is the expanded form of the name MATHONI (see above). See the introduction for the element “-hah.”
KumenSeveral North-west Semitic etymologies are possible, though none of them are convincing. HEBREW kmn, meaning “to hide, to hide up,” might give a translation “Hidden-away.” Other possibilities include EGYPTIAN kmn, “blind one” (EHA); EGYPTIAN k3mn, “the Bull is established” (Coptic kemēn), a place near Ihnasya in central EGYPT (RFS); and Akkadian kummu, “holy place, shrine, sanctuary” (RFS).
KumenonhiThis name appears to be an expanded form of the previous name, KUMEN, for which see the same. The element -onhi remains unexplained. NibleyABM, 238, suggested reading Kumen-onhi, an EGYPTIAN-Hittite city name for Kumani.
JeremiahOT JEREMIAH is HEBREW yirmiyyāh(û) “YHWH exalts,” or yarēmay, from the causative jussive 3rd sgl middle weak verb[1] = NT KJVJeremias, Jeremy (Matthew 16:1427:9) = LXX Greek ieramei(m). “YHWH founded.”[2] The form that appears in the Book of Mormon is the English form of the Greek.
ShemnonPerhaps this name could be derived form the HEBREW root šmn that forms the basis for “oil, fat, fatness,” etc. (JAT). The HEBREW femininePN Mashmannah “fat, stout, lusty, fertile” (1 Chronicles 12:10) seems to be built on this root (JH).[1] The Arabic cognate, musmin, means “nobleman.”[2] Therefore, it is possible that SHEMNON consists of the root “fatness” and by extention, “importance” and the common Semitic ending on PNs and GNs -ōn, for example, as in the PN GIDEON.
JonasThe PN JONAS may be the Greek form of the OT name Jonah, from the HEBREW yonah, “dove.”[1] Alternatively, JONAS may be from the HEBREW yo (=Yahu) + nes, “the Lord is a standard, banner.”
ZedikiahApostle, ca. 30 A.D., perhaps named after the king of JUDAH (3 Nephi 19:4) The name ZEDEKIAH is from the HEBREW ṣidqîyāhû “the Lord is (my) right, righteousness, justice, salvation” or “right, righteousness, justice, salvation of the Lord” (cf. KöhlerBaumgartner 3:1007).
IsaiahApostle, ca. 30 A.D. (3 Nephi 19:4) The PN ISAIAH is from the HEBREW yʿešaʿyāhû, “salvation of Yah” (see KöhlerBaumgartner 2:449).

What we Know about the 12 DISCIPLES

About 600 years before the birth of the Savior, the prophet Nephi saw in a vision that the Savior would choose twelve apostles to serve with Him during His mortal ministry (1 Nephi 11:29, 34-36). He also saw that, following the Savior’s death and resurrection, He would visit Nephi’s descendants, and that He would choose twelve disciples to minister to the people (1 Nephi 12:7-10). The angel who narrated the vision called the twelve in Jerusalem “apostles,” but he referred to the twelve on the American continent as “the twelve disciples” or “the twelve ministers.

When Jesus descended from heaven, He announced who He was, He invited the people to examine His wounds, and then He called twelve men forward and gave them authority to baptize (3 Nephi 11:8-22). He told the people that they would be blessed if they would “give heed unto the words of these twelve whom I have chosen from among you to minister unto you, and to be your servants” (3 Nephi 12:1).

What do we know about these twelve men? We know their names (3 Nephi 19:4). We know that two of them—Nephi and Timothy—were sons of the prophet Nephi, who had earned God’s trust and received the sealing power (Helaman 10:4-11). Another—Jonas—was Nephi’s grandson. Two of the other disciples—Mathoni and Mathonihah—were brothers. Another was named after the prophet Isaiah, which suggests that his parents were believers.

We know that they taught and baptized the people before the Savior’s return on the second day of His ministry, and that when the people were baptized, they received the Holy Ghost (3 Nephi 19:5-13). We know that they assisted the Savior in providing the sacrament to the people (3 Nephi 18:1-10, 3 Nephi 20:3-7).

We know that they received instruction from the Savior about how to keep records (3 Nephi 23:6-13). We know that they asked Him questions about how to administer the church (3 Nephi 27:1-3).

We also know that nine of them lived to the age of 72 years, and that the other three were permitted to remain on the earth until the Second Coming of the Savior (3 Nephi 28:1-7). About 400 years later, the prophet Mormon and his son Moroni met them and interacted with them (3 Nephi 28:24-26, Mormon 8:10-11).

Today, I will be grateful that God chooses mortal people to help Him accomplish His work. I will be grateful for the apostles on the earth today. I will also be grateful for the opportunities He has given me to assist with His work. Book of Mormon Study Notes

Who are the 3 Nephites

Mormon and Moroni said that they had seen the Three Nephites who they said had “ministered unto them”. Many others also report having been ministered to by Three Nephites. The ministration of the Three Nephites typically involves instances when a person is in trouble, a mysterious person appears in their life that helps them or a brief encounter with a person to say something or do something that changes the course of their entire life.

Mary Whitmer Visited by Nephi, One of the Three Nephites

“Mary Whitmer (mother of David Whitmer) saw the plates at her farm in Fayette, New York, when a divine messenger she identified as “Brother Nephi” showed them to her. This messenger, whom Joseph Smith had previously identified as one of the Three Nephites, picked up the abridged plates from Joseph in Harmony, Pennsylvania. He met Joseph, Oliver and David Whitmer on their trip from Harmony to Fayette. He told them he was going to Cumorah. Later, he brought the plates of Nephi to Fayette so Joseph could translate them there. That’s when he showed the plates to Mary, presumably to reassure her that the translation work was important despite the extra burdens Mary assumed by feeding and housing Joseph and Oliver.

There are several accounts of Mary’s experience. Her grandson said that although Mary identified the messenger as “Brother Nephi,” she must have been mistaken because (in his opinion) it must have been Moroni. This has led to confusion about the identity of the messenger, but David Whitmer clarified that Joseph Smith identified the messenger as one of the Three Nephites. David related his conversations with both the messenger and Moroni and knew they were different people.

This makes sense because the messenger was a heavy-set, short, older man. Moroni was a resurrected person who was taller than average. There is no doctrinal or logical reason why a resurrected being would be able to change his body size, age, and appearance.” Jonathan Neville at MOBOM.org

Original Sources.

One original source for the Mary Whitmer witness of the plates is the interview of David Whitmer by Joseph F. Smith and Orson Pratt (see the link here: https://www.mobom.org/resources-fayette-trip). They asked David to describe the messenger, which he did. Shortly prior to that question, though, they asked David if he really saw the angel who showed him the plates. He affirmed that he did, that the angel stood just a few feet away, etc. Oddly, they didn’t ask David to describe the angel, or if they did they didn’t mention it in their account. But David clearly distinguished between the angel and the messenger because they were not the same person.

3 Nephi 28:1-12

Nine of the twelve disciples desire and are promised an inheritance in Christ’s kingdom when they die—The Three Nephites desire and are given power over death so as to remain on the earth until Jesus comes again—They are translated and see things not lawful to utter, and they are now ministering among men. About A.D. 34–35.

And it came to pass when Jesus had said these words, he spake unto his disciples, one by one, saying unto them: What is it that ye desire of me, after that I am gone to the Father?

And they all spake, save it were three, saying: We desire that after we have lived unto the age of man, that our ministry, wherein thou hast called us, may have an end, that we may speedily come unto thee in thy kingdom.

And he said unto them: Blessed are ye because ye desired this thing of me; therefore, after that ye are seventy and two years old ye shall come unto me in my kingdom; and with me ye shall find rest.

And when he had spoken unto them, he turned himself unto the three, and said unto them: What will ye that I should do unto you, when I am gone unto the Father?

And they sorrowed in their hearts, for they durst not speak unto him the thing which they desired.

And he said unto them: Behold, I know your thoughts, and ye have desired the thing which John, my beloved, who was with me in my ministry, before that I was lifted up by the Jews, desired of me.

Therefore, more blessed are ye, for ye shall never taste of death; but ye shall live to behold all the doings of the Father unto the children of men, even until all things shall be fulfilled according to the will of the Father, when I shall come in my glory with the powers of heaven.

And ye shall never endure the pains of death; but when I shall come in my glory ye shall be changed in the twinkling of an eye from mortality to immortality; and then shall ye be blessed in the kingdom of my Father.

And again, ye shall not have pain while ye shall dwell in the flesh, neither sorrow save it be for the sins of the world; and all this will I do because of the thing which ye have desired of me, for ye have desired that ye might bring the souls of men unto me, while the world shall stand.

10 And for this cause ye shall have fulness of joy; and ye shall sit down in the kingdom of my Father; yea, your joy shall be full, even as the Father hath given me fulness of joy; and ye shall be even as I am, and I am even as the Father; and the Father and I are one;

11 And the Holy Ghost beareth record of the Father and me; and the Father giveth the Holy Ghost unto the children of men, because of me.

12 And it came to pass that when Jesus had spoken these words, he touched every one of them with his finger save it were the three who were to tarry, and then he departed. 3 Nephi 28:1-12

BABEL- Confounding Covenant & Language

0

Jaredites Retained the Adamic Language: It is stated in the Book of Ether that Jared and his brother made the request of the Lord that their language be not changed at the time of the confusion of tongues at the Tower of Babel. Their request was granted, and they carried with them the speech of their fathers, the Adamic language, which was powerful even in its written form, so that the things Mahonri wrote “were mighty even . . . unto the overpowering of man to read them.” That was the kind of language Adam had and this was the language with which Enoch was able to accomplish his mighty work. This being true, is there any wonder then that puny man, in his endeavor to search out the beginnings of things is baffled when he discovers what he is pleased to call primitive mankind, or, the most ancient peoples of which history records, a language rich in metaphor and in complex combinations?” Joseph Fielding Smith,  The Way to Perfection  (Deseret Book, 1978), 69.

The Tower of Babel is the famous story in Genesis 11 that explains why different civilizations and communities in the ancient world spoke different languages. The Tower of Babel story is estimated to have happened, depending on the source, around the year 2400-2200 BCE, about 100 years after the global flood would’ve occurred.

Confounding Covenant & Language

Nibley points out below, “that the “confounding” of language is necessarily connected with the “confounding” (mixing-up) of the covenant people with their unbelieving neighbors.” I think it is vital to understand the importance of the Tower of Babel story has as much to do with the confounding languages, as it does in rebuking we the people of evil doings amongst ourselves. In my opinion when un-righteous people get together, they simply come up with ways to out-do God. As my mother taught me “an idle mind is the devil’s workshop.”

This is how the world is acting today. In my opinion, there are a select few in the world that control the vast majority of wealth and power. I call them the Deep State of the World. They exist amongst all people of the world not just in the United States. I feel every country is controlled by an evil 10-20% of Deep State actors. These are the people building today’s tower, by doing things that God has not authorized nor things that go against the desires of God. You can see today how doctors and professors think they can create life just like God, that they can dominate people with their brand of medicine and pharmacology over we simple humans. Intellectuals create ways to heal people and then they don’t show the people how to use these new technologies so they can maintain control over even life and death, as they think. These Deep State evil doers feel they can force we free people to take things into our own body with out our consent. This is pure evil and against the great Constitution that was created by God.

“According to the laws and constitution of the people, which I have suffered to be established, and should be maintained for the rights and protection of all flesh, according to just and holy principles; And for this purpose have I established the Constitution of this land, by the hands of wise men whom I raised up unto this very purpose, and redeemed the land by the shedding of blood. D&C 101:77,80

Building a tower in today’s world also includes setting up a false priesthood as the Deep State force their believe system down our throat. Evil always imitates truth. That is why Alma said, “I say unto you, wickedness never was happiness.” Alma 41:10. They have made up their own laws of de-population, abortion, taking away our guns, usurping our freedom, taxing us to death, reducing belief in families, teaching our chidden evil with critical race theory and teaching them to hate America’s past history, tearing down statues, to not respect others opinions, and every other evil and diabolical practice you can think of. Isn’t it time to topple this great tower that has been built to Satan? I believe the Lord is still in charge and these freedoms will come back soon as we turn to God and love and obey Him.

Cursed Pertaining to the Priesthood

“Now the first government of Egypt was established by Pharaoh, the eldest son of Egyptus, the daughter of Ham, and it was after the manner of the government of Ham, which was patriarchal.

Pharaoh, being a righteous man, established his kingdom and judged his people wisely and justly all his days, seeking earnestly to imitate that order established by the fathers in the first generations, in the days of the first patriarchal reign, even in the reign of Adam, and also of Noah, his father, who blessed him with the blessings of the earth, and with the blessings of wisdom, but cursed him as pertaining to the Priesthood.

Now, Pharaoh being of that lineage by which he could not have the right of Priesthood, notwithstanding the Pharaohs would fain claim it from Noah, through Ham, therefore my father was led away by their idolatry;” Abraham 1:25-27

This article will help you understand the great story of the Tower of Babel and why every person on earth knows and remembers it. Maybe now we can focus more on what we can do to topple the existing tower and work to not allow it to happen again. Remember, the Book of Mormon, is the KEY of our religion and it is the core of learning and following the “Covenant Path” to avoid the fate of the Jaredites and the Nephites.

M.C. Escher (Dutch, 1898-1972) Tower of Babel

The figure above is by the famous Dutch engraver, M. C. Escher. “Although Escher dismissed his works before 1935 as of little or no value as they were for the most part merely practice exercises,’ some of them, including the Tower of Babel, chart the development of his interest in perspective and unusual viewpoints that would become the hallmarks of his later, more famous, work. In contrast to many other depictions of the biblical story, … Escher depicts the tower as a geometrical structure and places the viewpoint above the tower. This allows him to exercise his skill with perspective, but he also chose to center the picture around the top of the tower as the focus for the climax of the action.”[1]Escher later commented on the drawing as follows: “Some of the builders are white and others black. The work is at a standstill … Seeing as the climax of the drama takes place at the summit of the tower which is under construction, the building has been shown from above as though from a bird’s eye view.”[2] Source

Introduction to the Book of Mormon

“The record gives an account of two great civilizations. One came from Jerusalem in 600 B.C. and afterward separated into two nations, known as the Nephites and the Lamanites. The other came much earlier when the Lord confounded the tongues at the Tower of Babel. This group is known as the Jaredites. After thousands of years, all were destroyed except the Lamanites, and they are among the ancestors of the American Indians.

The crowning event recorded in the Book of Mormon is the personal ministry of the Lord Jesus Christ among the Nephites soon after His resurrection. It puts forth the doctrines of the gospel, outlines the plan of salvation, and tells men what they must do to gain peace in this life and eternal salvation in the life to come.” Book of Mormon Introduction Page

Genesis 11

And the whole earth was of one language, and of one speech.
And it came to pass, as they journeyed from the east, that they found a plain in the land of Shinar; and they dwelt there.
And they said one to another, Go to, let us make brick, and burn them throughly. And they had brick for stone, and slime had they for mortar.
And they said, Go to, let us build us a city and a tower, whose top may reach unto heaven; and let us make us a name, lest we be scattered abroad upon the face of the whole earth.
And the Lord came down to see the city and the tower, which the children of men builded.
And the Lord said, Behold, the people is one, and they have all one language; and this they begin to do: and now nothing will be restrained from them, which they have imagined to do.
Go to, let us go down, and there confound their language, that they may not understand one another’s speech.”

“Whether Babel was a tower or a city (Kraeling, op. cit. pp. 280-2) is a mere quibble, since the two normally go together. In spite of everything, God cursed the project because it was undertaken by men on their own without consulting him:” Hugh Nibley

Lessons From the Tower of Babel

Bible readers often wonder what was so wrong with building this tower. The people were coming together to accomplish a notable work of architectural wonder and beauty. Why was that so bad?

To arrive at the answer, one must understand that the tower of Babel was all about convenience, and not obedience to the will of God. The people were doing what seemed best for themselves and not what God had commanded. Their building project symbolized the pride and arrogance of humans who were trying to be equal with God. In seeking to be free from reliance on God, the people thought they could reach heaven on their own terms.

The tower of Babel story emphasizes the sharp contrast between man’s opinion of his own achievements and God’s point of view regarding human accomplishments. The tower was a grandiose project—the ultimate human-made achievement. It resembled the modern masterstrokes people continue to build and boast about today, such as the Dubai Towers or the International Space Station.

To build the tower, the people used brick instead of stone and tar instead of mortar. They used human-made materials, instead of more durable materials created by God. The people were building a monument to themselves, to call attention to their abilities and achievements, instead of giving glory to God.

God said in Genesis 11:6:

“If as one people speaking the same language they have begun to do this, then nothing they plan to do will be impossible for them.” (NIV)

God made it clear that when people are unified in purpose, they can accomplish impossible feats, both noble and ignoble. This is why unity in the body of Christ is so important in our efforts to accomplish God’s purposes on earth.

By contrast, having unity of purpose in worldly matters, ultimately, can be destructive. In God’s viewpoint, division in worldly matters is sometimes preferred over great feats of idolatry and apostasy. For this reason, God at times intervenes with a divisive hand in human affairs. To prevent further arrogance, God confuses and divides people’s plans, so they don’t overstep God’s limits on them.

A Question for Reflection

Are there any human-made “stairways to heaven” you are building in your life? Are your accomplishments drawing more attention to yourself than bringing glory to God? If so, stop and reflect. Are your purposes noble? Are your goals in line with God’s will?

https://www.learnreligions.com/the-tower-of-babel-700219

The Tower of Babel Ensign 2018

What can this ancient construction project teach us today?

The Tower

  • Built of bricks that were baked with fire, as in an oven or a kiln (see Genesis 11:3). Sun-dried bricks had been used for a long time, but baking bricks made them stronger, so larger structures could be built with this new technology.
  • Used bitumen (a form of petroleum used today in asphalt or roofing tiles) for mortar.
  • Located in Shinar in Mesopotamia and associated with Nimrod (see Genesis 10:1011:2).
  • Because of its location and materials, usually associated with ziggurats, which were stepped temple towers designed to be elevated above a plain, like a man-made mountain.
  • Built to “reach unto heaven” and to allow the people to “make [them] a name” and not be scattered (Genesis 11:4).
  • Failed to achieve its purpose for the people; instead, “the Lord did … confound [their] language … and … scatter them abroad upon the face of all the earth” (Genesis 11:9).

What We Can Learn

The tower of Babel:

Used the latest technology. Our mounting technological triumphs, though they can be used for good, can also cause us to forget God and rely on our own strength. Man’s invention is no substitute for God’s power.

Was completely man-made. The Lord wants us to “trust in [Him] with all [our] heart; and lean not unto [our] own understanding” (Proverbs 3:5). “Cursed be the man that trusteth in man, and maketh flesh his arm, and whose heart departeth from the Lord” (Jeremiah 17:5).

Was undertaken without authority from God. It seems that the people at Babel were attempting to build a counterfeit temple to “reach unto heaven,” bind or seal the people together somehow so they would not be scattered, and “make [them] a name” rather than take the Lord’s name upon them—and all this without authority from God and without regard to His commandments. No project of our own devising will bring us ultimate happiness; only God’s plan, including temple covenants, can do that.

Failed. A world that rejects God and, with pride and arrogance, tries to obtain happiness while disregarding Him and His righteousness will always fail in its quest. “The loftiness of man shall be bowed down, and the haughtiness of men shall be made low: and the Lord alone shall be exalted in that day” (Isaiah 2:17).

Additional Facts

  • The Lord’s people were commanded to build their altars out of stones that had not been cut with tools (see Exodus 20:24–25). And they built their temples out of quarried stone rather than man-made brick (see 1 Kings 5:15–18).
  • The word Babel in Hebrew means “confusion,” but in Babylonian or Akkadian it meant “gate of God,” in reference to the tower’s temple function.
  • Jewish tradition holds that Nimrod rebelled against God and tried to usurp His authority.
  • One reason the people built the tower was so that they would not be scattered (see Genesis 11:4). Doctrine and Covenants 2:3 says the sealing power would be restored so that the earth would not be “wasted” at the Second Coming. In Joseph Smith’s day, one definition of waste was “to destroy by scattering” (Noah Webster, An American Dictionary of the English Language [1828], “waste”). Ensign 2018 https://www.churchofjesuschrist.org/study/ensign/2018/02/the-tower-of-babel?lang=eng

Was God More Concerned about the Confounding of Language or the Confounding of Peoples?

Recent scholarship argues that, in the Babel account, God was more concerned about the confounding of peoples than the confounding of languages. Brant Gardner[12]reads the biblical story of the Tower of Babel “similar to the way Nibley has, as a remembrance of an event of ancient temple-building,[13] but not as the true origin of multiple languages.” Nibley points out that the “confounding” of language is necessarily connected with the “confounding” (mixing-up) of the covenant people with their unbelieving neighbors – a phenomenon that the Lord condemns elsewhere in the Bible and the Book of Mormon. Suggesting that “we need to be cautious of … simplistic readings of the scriptural text,” he writes:[14] Source

The Tower of Babel and the Great and Spacious building of the Book of Mormon, seem to represent going against the Lord and trying to usurp His authority. Trying to put man before God. Is that what is happening in our world today and especially with our Constitutional Freedom? Yes! May we break apart these buildings of the world and and have love in out hearts, in crying repentance to all.

The WORLD Of The JAREDITES

Improvement Era 1951-52 PART II The Tower
By Hugh Nibley,
Ph. D. ASSOCIATE PROFESSOR, HISTORY AND RELIGION, BRIGHAM YOUNG UNIVERSITY

IN REPLY to my sustained blast of the 17th inst. you tax me with “a naive and gullible acceptance of the Tower of Babel story.” I knew you would. Most people believe quite naively that Lincoln wrote the Gettysburg Address, but their totally uncritical acceptance of the fact does not prevent it from being true. You may accept any story naively or you may take it critically. What would you say if I were to accuse you of being very simple and gullible in rejecting the story of the tower? The cornerstone of “sound scholarship” in our day is the comfortable doctrine that the answer no can never be quite as wrong as the answer yes, a proposition which to my knowledge has never been demonstrated. Excuse me if I seem recalcitrant, but I find it odd that the one skill most appreciated and rewarded in those circles where one hears everlastingly of “the inquiring mind” and the importance of “finding out for one’s self” is the gift and power of taking things for granted. Even our Latter-day Saint intellectuals are convinced that the way to impress the Gentiles is not to acquire a mastery of their critical tools, (how few even know Latin!), but simply to defer in all things to their opinions.

Think back, my good man, to the first act of recorded history. What meets our gaze as the curtain rises? People everywhere building towers. And why are they building towers? To get to heaven. The tower was, to use the Babylonian formula, the markaz shame u irtisim, the “binding-place of heaven and earth,” where alone one could establish contact with the upper and lower worlds. That goes not only for Babylonia but also for the whole ancient world, as I have pointed out at merciless length in my recent study on the “Hierocentric State.” The towers were artificial mountains, as any textbook will tell you, and no temple-complex could be without one. The labors of Dombart, Jeremias, Andrae, Burrows, and others shall spare us the pains of showing you these towers scattered everywhere throughout the old world as a means of helping men get to heaven. 1 2 The legends concerning them are legion, but they all fall into the same pattern: In the beginning an ambitious race of men tried to get to heaven by climbing a mountain or tower; they failed and then set out to conquer the world. A thoroughly typical version of-the story is a variant found in Jewish and Christian apocryphal writers in which the sons of Seth (the angels, in some versions), eager to regain the paradise Adam had lost, went up on to Mt. Hermon, and there lived lives of religious asceticism, calling themselves “the Watchers” and “the Sons of Elohim.” It was an attempt to establish the heavenly order, and it failed, the embittered colony descending the mountain to break the covenant, marry the daughters of Cain, and beget a race of “men notorious for murders and robberies.” Determined to possess the earth if they could not possess heaven, the men of the mountain denied that they had failed, faked the priesthood, and forced the inhabitants of the earth to accept the kings they put over them. 3 This story you will recognize as an obvious variant of the extremely ancient and widespread Mad Hunter cycle, which I treated in an article on the origin of the state. 4 The Mad Hunter, you will recall, claimed to be the rightful ruler of the universe, challenged God to an archery contest, and built a great tower from which he hoped to shoot his arrows into heaven. Sir James Frazer has collected a large number of American Indian versions of the story to illustrate Old World parallels, for the tale is met with among primitive hunters throughout the world. 5

In Genesis X we read that Nimrod, “the mighty hunter against the Lord,” 6 founded the kingdom of Babel, and in the next chapter that Babel was the name of the tower builded to reach to heaven. This Nimrod seems to be the original arch-type of the Mad Hunter. 7 His name is for the Jews at all times the very symbol of rebellion against God and of usurped authority; he it was “who became a hunter of men,” established false priesthood and false kingship in the earth in imitation of God’s rule and “made all men to sin.” 8 A very early Christian writing tells how Noah’s descendants waged bitter war among themselves after his death, to see who should possess his kingship; finally one of the blood of Ham prevailed, and from him the Egyptians, Babylonians, and Persians derive their priesthood and kingship. “From the race of Ham,” says the text, “came one through the magical (as opposed to the holy) succession named Nimrod, who was a giant against the Lord . . . whom the Greeks call Zoroaster and who ruled the world, forcing all men by his false magical arts to recognize his authority.” 9 The Chronicon Paschale reports a widespread tradition that this giant who built Babylon was not only the first king of Persia, the earthly Cosmocrator, but also the first man to teach the killing and eating of beasts, 10 a belief also expressed in the Koran. 11 There is another common tradition that Nimrod’s crown was a fake, and that he ruled without right “in the earth over all the sons of Noah, and they were all under his power and counsel,” while he “did not go in the ways of the Lord, and was more wicked than all the men that were before him.” 12 The antiquity of these stories may be judged from an early Babylonian account of a wicked king who first “mingled small and great on the mound” and caused them to sin, earning for himself the title of “king of the noble mound” (cf. the tower), “god of lawlessness,” “god of no government.” 13 In the very earliest Indo-European traditions this person is Dahhak, “the type of the dregvant, the man of the Lie and the king of mad-men,” who sat on the throne for a thousand years and forced all men to subscribe their names in the Book of the Dragon, thus making them subject to him. 14

In the Book of Ether the name of Nimrod is attached to “the valley which was northward,” and which led “into that quarter where there never had man been” (II:2, 5), which suits very well with the legendary character of Nimrod as the Mad Hunter of the Steppes. The name of Nimrod has always baffled philologians, who have never been able to locate it, 15 but at the end of the last century the explorer and scholar Emin found that name attached to legends (mostly of the Mad Hunter variety) and place names in the region of Lake Van, the great valley due north of upper Mesopotamia. 16 Now I am not insisting for a minute that the legendary Nimrod ever existed. As I told you before, I am only interested in the type of thing that happened, and after having examined hundreds of legends from all parts of the ancient world, all telling substantially the same story, I think that anyone would find it difficult, in view of the evidence, to deny that there was some common event behind them. It seems to have been a single event, moreover. How so? I said above that we find mounds and towers scattered throughout the whole ancient world; now I will go further and say that they are not independent local inventions but actually imitations derived ultimately from a single original. Every great national shrine of antiquity had a founding legend of how in the beginning it was brought through the air from some mysterious faraway land. And this faraway land always turns out to have been in Central Asia. Our Norse Othinn came from the giants’ land to the east, the Greek national cult from the land of the Hyperboreans, far to the northeast of Greece; people of the Near East looked to a mysterious white mountain of the North as the seat of their primordial cult, the Chinese to the paradise or mountain of the West, and so forth. 17 You may list the various founding legends and trace them back at your leisure to a single point of origin. Is it not strange that the founding father and summus deus of each nation of antiquity is somewhere declared to be a fraud and an impostor, a wandering tramp from afar whose claims to supreme authority cannot stand a too careful examination? Think of Prometheus’ challenge to Zeus, of Loki’s blackmailing of Othinn, of the dubious “Justification” of Osiris,” of the terror of all-mighty Anu when Tiamat challenges his authority, and so forth. 18 Run down these legends, and you will find in every case that the usurper comes from Central Asia. Even Isaiah (XIV:12ff) recalls that in the beginning the adversary himself set up his throne “upon the Mountain of the Assembly in the regions of the North,” and there pretended to be “like the Most High.” For all this a single origin is indicated; whether historical or ritual makes little difference.

Mormon Means-“Book of the Restoration of the Covenant”

0

Not only is the Book of Mormon now called “Another Testament of Jesus Christ, it is also the “Book of the Restoration of the Covenant”, as we explain below. We will discuss how to understand the significance or the meaning of the word “Mormon.”

Unless we read and follow the Book of Mormon we will be reprimanded by the Lord. “And they shall remain under this condemnation until they repent and remember the new covenant, even the Book of Mormon and the former commandments which I have given them, not only to say, but to do according to that which I have written.” D&C 84:57

This painting by Ken Corbett, represents Mormon with his son, Mormon traveling south on the Ohio River heading towards the Land Zarahemla in Illinois and Missouri. Near Grave Creek Mound in West Virginia, you can visualize in Mormon 1:6-7 saying, “And it came to pass that I, being eleven years old, was carried (by boat) by my father into the land southward, even to the land of Zarahemla. The whole face of the land had become covered with buildings, and the people were as numerous almost, as it were the sand of the sea.” Young Mormon is pointing to the Grave Creek mound and all the buildings around.

Origin of the Name MORMON

The origin of the name Mormon in the Book of Mormon, is interesting. “Now it was the custom of the people of Nephi to call their lands, and their cities, and their villages, yea, even all their small villages, after the name of him who first possessed them” Alma 8:7.  Apparently a great leader named Mormon was in the land of Nephi before the time of Alma, for there was a place called the Waters of Mormon, and the Place of Mormon. Mosiah 18:7-8. Mormon, while abridging the Book of Mormon says, “And behold, I am called Mormon, being called after the land of Mormon, the land in which Alma did establish the church among this people: Yea, the first church which was established among them after their transgression.” 3 Nephi 5:12.  Alma’s baptizing seems to be the first time in a few generations that covenants were established again among the Nephites. The name Mormon seems to have reminded the people of the restoration of the covenants and the establishment of Christ’s church at the Place of Mormon in 148 BC or earlier. Latter-day Saints associate with the name of the Book of Mormon as did the Nephites of old, with the restoring of covenants among the people. Also the 1986 addition to the Book of Mormon added a subtitle, “Another Testament of Jesus Christ,” which reinforces these covenants.

3 Nephi 5:12 I Am Called Mormon . . . after the Land of Mormon:

In 3 Nephi 5:12 Mormon tells us that he was not named after his father, but rather he was named after the land in which a great event took place — the restoration of Christ’s covenant people, Christ’s church. According to David Lamb, in Mormon 1:5 Mormon identifies his lineage. He states that he is a descendant of Nephi and that his father’s name was Mormon. However, he does not state that he was primarily named after his father and this should not be assumed. Mormon apparently had been taught about his heritage by his parents and understood the sacred significance associated with the name Mormon. Thus, in 3 Nephi 5:12 Mormon gives us a clear indication that the name Mormon is symbolically synonymous with the restoration of the covenant which took place in the land of Mormon by Alma and his people.

A study of the title page of the Book of Mormon tells us its main purpose is to restore a knowledge of the covenants to the house of Israel. This adds weight to the understanding that the name Mormon was always associated with the place of the restoration of the covenant to the Nephites. In fact, the name Mormon might have became synonymous with the concept of restoring the covenants.

In light of this understanding, symbolically the Book of Mormon bears the name “Book of the Restoration of the Covenant.” Is it any wonder that God used this book to spearhead the Restoration Movement? The purpose of the book as stated on the title page, “that they may know the covenants of the Lord,” is confirmed even in the title. [David Lamb, “The Meaning of the Name Mormon,” in Recent Book of Mormon Developments, Vol 2., p. 45] [Note* Readers should note also the 1986 addition to the Book of Mormon title, “Another Testament [Covenant] of Jesus Christ,” reinforces this idea.]

When was “Another Testament of Jesus Christ” added to the title of the Book of Mormon?

The Book of Mormon: Another Testament of Jesus Christ
The Book of Mormon: Another Testament of Jesus Christ

The subtitle ‘Another Testament of Jesus Christ’ was added in 1982. In General Conference 1986 President Ezra Taft Benson explained that it was added to aid in focusing the efforts of the church to more fully utilize the Book of Mormon in general, and specifically to utilize it in testifying of Christ.

Notes Mormonnewsroom.com

3 Nephi 5:12 I Am Called Mormon, Being Called after the Land of Mormon:

A group of Nephites who fled from persecution to the land of Mormon entered into covenant with the Lord and were baptized in the waters of Mormon (Mosiah 8:4-16). According to Raymond Treat, this was the first time in several generations that the covenant was established again among the Nephites. From that time forward, the name “Mormon” always reminded the people of the restoration of the covenant and the establishment of Christ’s church in the land of Mormon. Mormon, the chief editor of the Book of Mormon, tells us that he was not named after his father, but rather he was named after the land in which the restoration of Christ’s covenant and church took place:

And behold, I am called Mormon, being called after the land of Mormon, the land in which Alma did establish the church among this people: Yea, the first church which was established among them after their transgression. (3 Nephi 5:12) See Map Above

Today, we associate the name of the Book of Mormon as did the Nephites of old, with the restoring of the covenant among the people. The name of the book is a type for the purpose of the book: to restore a knowledge of the covenants to the remnant of the seed of Lehi. Therefore, the name, Book of Mormon, symbolically means the Book of the Restoration of the Covenants.

The purpose of the Book of Mormon is clearly stated in 2 Nephi 3:12. To paraphrase, the seed of Judah shall write (the Bible) and the seed of Joseph shall write (the Book of Mormon); the two writings together will confound false doctrine, stop contention, establish peace, restore a knowledge of the fathers and a knowledge of the covenants of the Lord. [Raymond C. Treat, “Covenants: Key to the Restoration of the House of Israel,” in Recent Book of Mormon Developments, Vol. 2, pp. 52-53]

3 Nephi 5:12 I Am Called Mormon . . . after the Land of Mormon:

     Concerning the meaning of the name “Mormon,” Joseph Smith is quoted as saying the following:

“I may safely say that the word Mormon stands independent of the learning and wisdom of this generation. Before I give a definition, however, to the word, let me say that the Bible in its widest sense, means good; for the Savior says according to the gospel of John, “I am the good shepherd;” and it will not be beyond the common use of terms, to say that good is among the most important in use, and though known by various names in different languages, still its meaning is the same, and is ever in opposition to bad. We say from the Saxon, good; the Dane, god; the Goth; goda; the German, gut; the Dutch, goed; the Latin, bonus; the Greek, kalos; the Hebrew, tob; and the Egyptian, mon. Hence, with the addition of more, or the contraction, more, we have the word Mormon; which means, literally, more good.” [Joseph Smith, “To the Editor of Times and Seasons,” Times and Seasons 4 (May 15, 1843), p. 194]

3 Nephi 5:12 After Their Transgression:

In 3 Nephi 5:12 we find the following: “And behold, I am called Mormon, being called after the land of Mormon, the land in which Alma did establish the church among the people, yea, the first church which was established among them after their transgression.” (emphasis added)

According to Rodney Turner, the phrase “after their transgression” refers to the apostasy in the time of Mosiah I, which led to the destruction of the first Nephite nation (Jacob 3:4, Jarom 1:10; Omni 1:12), rather than that of King Noah and his supporters as described in Zeniff’s record (Mosiah 9-22). In any case, had there been a functioning church of Christ in the land of Zarahemla, there would have been no need for Alma to organize a second church, nor for Mosiah to grant Alma permission to set up branches throughout that land. In addressing the Nephites in Zarahemla, Alma said: “We were brought into this land, and here we began to establish the church of God throughout this land also.” (Alma 5:5; italics added) [Rodney Turner, “Two Prophets: Abinadi and Alma,” in Studies in Scripture: Book of Mormon, Part 1, p. 255, 259]

Note* It seems to me that the “transgression” was three-fold and progressive. In the land of Nephi, the Nephites were governed by a “Church-State” authority resting with the king. Apparently there became sufficient numbers of non-believers (“Lamanites” or “dissenters”) that brought the downfall of this type of government. Mosiah fled to the land of Zarahemla and established a righteous Nephite kingship, however the population continued to be predominantly Mulekite non-believers. Zeniff returned to the land of Nephi to re-establish a righteous Nephite kingship, yet from his over-zealous efforts sprang an “church-state” rule directed by an unrighteous king. Thus it seems that no matter which way they turned for relief, the Nephites couldn’t find a solution to re-establish the righteous Nephite kingship rule of both church and state that had been lost through the “transgression” of the Nephites in general, and the “Nephite” King Noah in particular. Could this “transgression” in some way be related to the words of Mosiah II found in Mosiah 29:25-27) that if ever non-believers numbered more than believers it would lead to destruction? And how could he say that with so many of the people of Zarahemla (Mulekites) among the crowd? “Now there were not so many of the children of Nephi . . . as there were of the people of Zarahemla, who was a descendant of Mulek” (Mosiah 25:2) [Alan C. Miner, Personal Notes]

3 Nephi 5:20 I Am Mormon, and a Pure Descendant of Lehi:

According to Hugh Nibley this is a very interesting note on race in 3 Nephi 5:20, “I am Mormon, and a pure descendant of Lehi.” Well, I thought everybody was a descendant of Lehi. Oh no, not by any means. It is something to boast about to be a pure descendant of Lehi. The blood of dozens of stocks is all mixed up by now. So when he says he’s a pure descendant of Lehi, there’s a reason for saying that. It’s a kind of boast; he is proud of that. [Hugh W. Nibley, Teachings of the Book of Mormon, Semester 3, p. 304]

Note* Mormon is of royal birth. His lineage makes him heir to the Nephite records (the record of Joseph). [Alan C. Miner, Personal Notes] [See the commentary on Mosiah 9:1]

Ironic: Manasseh and Ephraim Brought Together Again

The Gold Plates were buried by a direct descendant of Lehi/Manasseh (Moroni), and retrieved by a direct descendent of Ephraim (Joseph Smith). The two shall become one! Also consider this. There were possibly many Nephites who left on boats to England and other places before the last battle between the Lamanites and the Nephites at Cumorah. For example if I were Mormon and Moroni and I knew my family would be destroyed at Cumorah, i may have sent much of my family away from that land to preserve their seed. These Nephites would have developed a large family of Nephites in Europe. Among these Nephites could very well come many of the Puritans and Pilgrims that later came back to the United States in 1609. The Lamanites that remained in the United States greeted these same Pilgrims (Nephites) who came back to the USA. Thus we had a rejoining of the people of Manasseh and the people of Ephraim once again.

The Gold Plates were buried by a direct descendant of Lehi/Manasseh (Mormon), and retrieved by a direct descendent of Ephraim (Joseph Smith).

3 Nephi 5:20 He Brought Our Fathers Out of the Land of Jerusalem, and No One Knew It:

When Lehi and his colony left Jerusalem, their leaving was evidently kept secret from the other people in Jerusalem. Mormon tells us concerning Lehi’s departure that “no one knew it save it were himself and those whom he brought out of the land” (3 Nephi 5:20). Source

Mormon Should Mean “More Good” By President Gordon B. Hinckley Oct 1990

“…Many of our people are disturbed by the practice of the media, and of many others, to disregard totally the true name of the Church and to use the nickname “the Mormon Church.”

Six months ago in our conference Elder Russell M. Nelson delivered an excellent address on the correct name of the Church. He quoted the words of the Lord Himself:

“Thus shall my church be called in the last days, even The Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-day Saints.” (D&C 115:4.)

He then went on to discourse on the various elements of that name. I commend to you a rereading of his talk.

The Mormon church, of course, is a nickname. And nicknames have a way of becoming fixed. I think of the verse concerning a boy and his name:

Father calls me William,
Sister calls me Will,
Mother calls me Willie,
But the fellers call me Bill.

I suppose that regardless of our efforts, we may never convert the world to general use of the full and correct name of the Church. Because of the shortness of the word Mormon and the ease with which it is spoken and written, they will continue to call us the Mormons, the Mormon church, and so forth…

“Look,” he went on to say, “if there is any name that is totally honorable in its derivation, it is the name Mormon. And so, when someone asks me about it and what it means, I quietly say—‘Mormon means more good.’” (The Prophet Joseph Smith first said this in 1843; see Times and Seasons, 4:194; Teachings of the Prophet Joseph Smith, pp. 299–300.)

His statement intrigued me—Mormon means “more good.” I knew, of course, that “more good” was not a derivative of the word Mormon. I had studied both Latin and Greek, and I knew that English is derived in some measure from those two languages and that the words more good are not a cognate of the word Mormon. But his was a positive attitude based on an interesting perception. And, as we all know, our lives are guided in large measure by our perceptions. Ever since, when I have seen the word Mormon used in the media to describe us—in a newspaper or a magazine or book or whatever—there flashes into my mind his statement, which has become my motto: Mormon means “more good.”

We may not be able to change the nickname, but we can make it shine with added luster.

After all, it is the name of a man who was a great prophet who struggled to save his nation, and also the name of a book which is a mighty testament of eternal truth, a veritable witness of the divinity of the Lord Jesus Christ.” Mormon Should Mean “More Good” By President Gordon B. Hinckley Oct 1990

See my blog about the Waters of Mormon here.

Traditionalist Heartlanders!

0

There is an article from the SL Tribune about Richard Bushman that says he believes the Book of Mormon is RIGHT, not TRUE. Here.  Bushman was also agnostic when he went on his mission. I want to share with you some important differences I see between the belief system of many Progressive Mormon’s (Like Bushman) and other Traditionalist Mormon’s. See my blog here for more detail about An Apologist. As I discuss things below I am not claiming to speak for any other member of M2C, (Mesoamerican Two Hill Cumorah theory or Heartlander, (Believers that events of the Book of Mormon began in the Heartland of North America), and I am definitely not speaking on behalf of the Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-day Saints. I love the Lord and His Church and I am a lifelong member in good standing.


I define myself as a Traditional & Conservative Apologist as well as many of my Heartland Geography friends would. I am also Traditional on Social, Financial, Political and Constitutional values.

Traditional is an advocate of maintaining tradition, especially so as to resist change. A person who believes the old ways are best. Truth cannot be changed. God’s in charge not man as a generalization. Judgmental of unusual behavior.
Conservative is a person who is averse to change and holds traditional values. A person favoring free enterprise, private ownership, and socially traditional ideas and an adherence to God and His principles.
Apologist is a person who defends or supports something (such as a religion, cause, or organization) that is being criticized or attacked by other people.” A person who offers an argument in defense of something controversial. Both M2C and Heartlanders are Apologists.

Most believers on the Mesoamerican two Cumorah Theory (M2C) belief of geography, I would say are Liberal, & Progressive Apologists.

Liberal a supporter of a political and social philosophy that promotes individual rights, civil liberties, democracy, and free enterprise. One who is open-minded or not strict in the observance of orthodox, traditional, or established forms or ways. Man’s more in charge not God, as a generalization. Less judgmental of norms.
Progressive a supporter of policies that are socially progressive and promote social welfare. Favoring or implementing social reform or new, liberal ideas. Developing gradually or in stages; proceeding step by step until traditional values become more liberal or progressive.

Difficult Questions and Answers

Mot Heartlanders are Conservative or believe in the Traditional history of the Church. Most in the M2C camp are more Liberal or Intellectual and believe in the Revisionist history of the Church. Most Traditional Mormons would answer questions about sensitive issues similar to me as follows:

Purchase here: Universal Model Volume II, The Living System 

DNA- We believe there may be Hebrew DNA in many Native American Indians near the Great Lakes of the Algonquian and Iroquois tribes. Article Here: Only Asian DNA has been found amongst the people of South, and Central America and amongst other Western Native Americans of the United States and Alaska. We believe most of those living in the South Pacific Islands are of Israelite blood, but we haven’t found DNA yet. M2C believe the Asian DNA found in Central America is because the Asian population over took any Hebrew DNA that may have existed as during the time of Lehi.
Evolution: We do not believe a cat could evolve into a dog and we don’t believe an ape can evolve into Man. We do believe in Evolution defined as change or adaptation within a species. Most intellectuals believe we evolved from an ape and change can happen outside of a species.

This image has an empty alt attribute; its file name is title-page.jpg
FREE 26- page PDF Here!

Translation of the Gold Plates: We believe they were translated by the power of God with Joseph using the breastplate and two clear stones in a silver bow (Like spectacles) that were found in the same hill as the plates. Most M2C followers believe the stone in the hat method of translation (SITH). They believe Joseph Smith never looked at the gold plates to translate.
Seer Stones: We believe Joseph had several seer stones that were used for faithful things by Joseph, but Joseph did not use a seer stone in his hat to translate the Book of Mormon. If he did use this method, he would be just reading words from a seer stone that someone gave him to be written down so he wouldn’t have “translated” the plates but just would have dictated the words he saw in the stone to Oliver. Joseph could have used any item if he never had to look at the plates and Nephi and Moroni would never of had to write and preserve the plates. Joseph also used the Urim and Thummim to translate parts of the Doctrine and Covenants, the Bible and other books. 
Politics- We believe the United States is the Promised Land of the Book of Mormon as Elder Perry said, “The United States is the promised land foretold in the Book of Mormon—a place where divine guidance directed inspired men to create the conditions necessary for the Restoration of the gospel of Jesus Christ.” Elder L. Tom Perry Ensign Dec. 2012. We are mostly very conservative, love the US Constitution and our Founding Fathers. We believe in the right to bear arms and freedom of speech. Most of us don’t agree with RINO Republican’s (Republican in Name only), and we believed John F. Kennedy had great visions on taxes and freedom, but we disagree with most Democratic platforms today. Most of us love the great freedoms that Trump has given us as he has kept his word, as few politicians do. We also believe in the values of Ronald Reagan. We highly respect George Washington, and other great founding fathers, and we love Abraham Lincoln. We disagree strongly with Woodrow Wilson. We don’t approve of the socialized version of government. We don’t agree with Socialism, Marxism, Communism, Totalitarianism, or Progressivism. We believe rights can only come from God not from Government, “Life Liberty and the Pursuit of Happiness.”
Polygamy: We believe Joseph Smith and Brigham Young were following the commandments to practice polygamy just as Abraham and others were instructed. Satan just uses this highly controversial idea to get us to doubt things. Only about 3% of the entire church ever practiced polygamy. We believe when the Lord commands us, we should listen. Spiritual marriage is a higher law of God and has little or nothing to do with a physical relationship.
Science: We believe the dinosaurs lived during the Old Testament with Adam and were killed during the great world wide flood. We also believe that rocks were created during the flood which was an event that happened at about 2345 BC. Most Intellectuals believe the dinosaurs are millions of years old. We believe Noah’s worldwide flood was real. Many M2C think it may have been a myth. We have shown in a laboratory that wood can be fossilized in 2 days not in millions of years. (See Universal Model by Dean Sessions).
Creationism: We believe Adam was the first man and Eve the first woman placed on this earth around 4,000 BC and the earth is only about 12,000 years old, but the material of the earth is billions of years old as matter cannot be created but has existed forever. Most intellectuals believe the earth is 4.5 billion years old as the consensus on google says. They also believe in cave men and men on earth before Adam.
Testimony: Most of the M2C theory are just as valiant as Heartlanders are in the Church and they are both trying to help others as good members of this Church. We just have different beliefs in some matters. Both sides should strive to love one another.

Personal Revelation

The Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-day Saints is neutral when it comes to Book of Mormon Geography and many of the other subjects from my above list. We should learn and study the revelations and doctrine that the Prophet and Apostles teach us and the standard works. Remember we are told that we may know the truth of all things. We as members should gain our own personal revelation on the scriptures, and the doctrine and revelations of the Church, including the things that are not doctrinal, just as the Prophet says below:

Does God really want to speak to you? Yes! “As well might man stretch forth his puny arm to stop the Missouri river in its decreed course … as to hinder the Almighty from pouring down knowledge from heaven upon the heads of the Latter-day Saints.”

You don’t have to wonder about what is true. You do not have to wonder whom you can safely trust. Through personal revelation, you can receive your own witness that the Book of Mormon is the word of God, that Joseph Smith is a prophet, and that this is the Lord’s Church. Regardless of what others may say or do, no one can ever take away a witness borne to your heart and mind about what is true.

I urge you to stretch beyond your current spiritual ability to receive personal revelation, for the Lord has promised that “if thou shalt [seek], thou shalt receive revelation upon revelation, knowledge upon knowledge, that thou mayest know the mysteries and peaceable things—that which bringeth joy, that which bringeth life eternal.” Revelation for the Church, Revelation for Our Lives by President Russell M. Nelson

Different Apologists

M2C Apologists: They say they are neutral and open to hearing about other geographical theories of the Book of Mormon. I don’t believe they are neutral. The may vaguely listen to others, but they are staunch in the Mesoamerican belief. I believe they say they are neutral to stay in a supportive role with the Church.

John L. Sorenson a leader of the Mesoamerican Theory said, “There remain Latter-day Saints who insist that the final destruction of the Nephites took place in New York, but any such idea is manifestly absurd. Hundreds of thousands of Nephites traipsing across the Mississippi Valley to New York, pursued (why?) by hundreds of thousands of Lamanites, is a scenario worthy only of a witless sci-fi movie, not of history.” John L. Sorenson, Mormon’s Codex (Deseret Book, 2013), p. 688.

Heartland Apologists: We love and support The Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-day Saints and we are mostly life long members in good standing. We are not neutral in our opinions about Book of Mormon Geography. We believe Book of Mormon events happened in the heartland of North America. The Book of Mormon is only a small percent of history and through marriage and migration we acknowledge there are other Lamanites that live outside of this Heartland, not spoken of in the Book of Mormon, including in the western United States, Canada and Central and South America.

My Blog about both competing theories is here:

Mesoamerica Two Cumorah Theory

M2C means, “Mesoamerica Two Cumorah Theory”, as defined by Jonathan Neville. In other words those who believe there are two Hill Cumorah’s, one in New York where Joseph deposited the plates, and a second Hill Cumorah somewhere in Mexico where the final battles of the Nephites and Lamanites took place. YES, they really believe this!
Why?
1. They need to justify that their theory has to have happened in Mesoamerica.
2. They insist the area around NY Cumorah is too small to be a place for such disaster.
3. They claim no bones, arrowheads, iron, copper and other artifacts have ever been found near the NY Cumorah. My Proof Here
4. They believe the Cave at Hill Cumorah that Joseph entered and saw wagon loads of plates was just a dream and didn’t really happen. Blog, Other Blog
5. They believe Moroni traveled over 3,500 miles to NY to bury the plates.

John L. Sorenson begins his Preface to Mormon’s Codex: An Ancient American Book, with these observations:

“This book presents a wide array of evidence that the Book of Mormon is an ancient historical record that could only have been produced by a writer who lived in Mesoamerica (southern Mexico and northern Central America) many centuries before Spanish explorers reached that area…. Numerous theories have, of course, been proposed to correlate Book of Mormon geography with the modern map of the Americas. None of these theories have been considered definitive by authorities of the Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-day Saints. In chapters 2 and 7, I explain why I consider only one of those theories–involving a particular area in Mesoamerica–to escape the fatal flaws exhibited by all the others.”

I suspect most readers glide right over this sleight-of-hand rhetoric. The truth, though, is that Church authorities have always made a clear distinction between fact and theory regarding Book of Mormon geography.

Fact: The Hill Cumorah is in New York. This was established as a fact in Letter VII, written by President Oliver Cowdery who was an eye-witness to the depository of Nephite records in that hill (Mormon 6:6). Joseph Smith helped write these letters, had them copied into his personal history, and endorsed their republication for the rest of his life. The fact that Cumorah is in New York has been repeated many times by Church leaders, including by members of the First Presidency speaking in General Conference. No member of the First Presidency or Quorum of the Twelve has ever repudiated this teaching of his predecessors.

Theory: Church leaders have always said don’t know for sure the locations of other Book of Mormon events, so every proposed geography other than the New York Cumorah is necessarily a theory.

All of this means that, starting right from the outset, Mormon’s Codex is propaganda, not scholarship…

Brother Sorensen also says, “There remain Latter-day Saints who insist that the final destruction of the Nephites took place in New York, but any such idea is manifestly absurd. Hundreds of thousands of Nephites traipsing across the Mississippi Valley to New York, pursued (why?) by hundred of thousands of Lamanites, is a scenario worthy only of a witless sci-fi movie, not of history.” Mormon’s Codex, p. 688…

The treatment of Cumorah in Mormon’s Codex is an illusion of scholarship, as you’ll see if you read it carefully. Here are some examples:

“In the final stage of their retreat, all the identifiable Nephites assembled near the hill Cumorah, probably Cerro El Vigia in south-central Veracruz….

When all the remaining Nephites were ‘gathered in,’ the numerically superior Lamanite horde waged battle. In a single day they exterminated all 23 units of the defenders (each nominally of 10,000 men)….

Finally, the hill where the end came for the Jaredites, who called it Ramah, and the location of the last battle of the Nephites at the same hill (they called it Cumorah), have a highly likely correspondence to Cerro El Vigia (see fig. 7.2), an outlier on the northwest of the Tuxtla Mountains. In overall location and in a dozen other features, the textual information in the Book of Mormon agrees with the geographical situation. 72″

In classic M2C citation cartel fashion, Footnote 72 (page 142) cites David A. Palmer, In Search of Cumorah (Bountiful, UT: Horizon Publishers, 1992). Brother Palmer, of course, encouraged Brother Sorenson to write his books…

Brother Palmer is the one who wrote the self-serving entry on Cumorah in the Encyclopedia of Mormonism that cites only his own book for authority, again in classic M2C citation cartel fashion. You can read my discussions of his book if you search for “David Palmer” on this blog. Brother Palmer cites the anonymous articles in the Times and Seasons for authority, while ignoring the teachings of the prophets entirely, except for a brief dismissal of Letter VII, which he doesn’t even quote.
_____

As you go through the “criteria” for Cumorah set forth in Mormon’s Codex and In Search of Cumorah, you’ll see that the criteria are derived not from the text but from the assumed Mesoamerican setting. There must be volcanoes, for example, which Mormon and Moroni forgot to mention but which Brothers Sorenson and Palmer thoughtfully provide.

As I noted at the outset, once you recognize that Mormon’s Codex is a long-winded justification for repudiating the prophets, you see the logical fallacies and circular reasoning throughout.

To be clear, I do not reject the Mesoamerican setting and I won’t until it has not been rejected by the prophets. However, I think it is implausible, given the New York Cumorah. I think the evidence from ancient North America aligns far better with the text of the Book of Mormon than the evidence from Mesoamerica, Baja, Panama, etc.

For me, the distinction between fact and theory, between the New York Cumorah and everything else, is so well established by the prophets that it is inexcusable to censor, let alone repudiate, the teachings of the prophets…

It’s a side benefit that the fact of the New York Cumorah is so well supported by available archaeology, anthropology, geography, and geology. Mormon’s Codex is a classic case of the tail wagging the dog.” Jonathan Neville Illusion of scholarship – Mormon’s Codex part 3

“Sorenson’s analysis of Alma 22 seems to be influenced by the Times and Seasons article published on 1 October 1842, which declares that the Nephite city of Zarahemla “stood upon” “Central America or Guatimala [sic].” Sorenson cites this passage from the Times and Seasons, although he recognizes the “fact that the geography question had not been settled authoritatively.”[1] In Mormon’s Codex, Sorenson relegates the Times and Seasons articles to a footnote in support of his unequivocal conclusion: “Joseph Smith became convinced in the last years of his life that the lands of the Nephites were in Mesoamerica.”[1]

Sorenson’s assumptions about Central America lead him to a preconceived concept of Book of Mormon geography; i.e., a narrow neck of land between two larger land masses. Perhaps he felt somewhat bound by the Times and Seasons articles and his inference that Joseph Smith agreed with them. As such, Sorenson’s work could be viewed as an effort to vindicate the Prophet’s words.” Moroni’s America by Jonathan Neville pages 26-28

You Choose-

BYU Fantasy Map?

Heartland Model Map?

Follow the entire Nephite Time-line of how the Book of Mormon began in Jerusalem and then continued in Florida to Tennessee to Missouri, Illinois, Ohio and ended in New York, the same pattern as the ancient Hopewell culture. Here is that time-line article:

New York Seer Stones vs Joseph’s Interpreters

0

“In Joseph Smith’s day, some individuals claimed that they had a gift to “see,” or receive divine or supernatural messages, through seer stones. These beliefs came from the Bible and from European cultural traditions brought to early America by immigrants.” Church History Topics-Seer Stones. Many so-called seer stones or peep-stones were found all over New York. Joseph Smith is known to have a brown and a white stone that were not used for translation.

Are we Entitled to our own Seer Stone?

This map shows the location of the retrieval sites of many stones and the dig sites of many seer stones in New York. David Whitmer and family, and Hiram Page found stones near Ithaca, NY. Joseph’s brown stone was found near the south shore of Lake Erie near Chautauqua Lake and Joseph’s white stone was found just west of Palmyra on the Chase farm. There was also a Nauvoo stone found. Each stone represented is similar to its actual looks. The Jack Belcher stone is a picture of the actual stone found near Harmony that was sold recently for $75,000. I have also added the location of Book of Mormon cities and sites as the Heartland theory believes. Notice the Oswego River where the Native American Traditions say Mormon was buried by them after a large battle?

“Joseph Smith, Jr. said, every man who lived on the earth was entitled to a seer stone, and should have one, but they are kept from them in consequence of their wickedness.” – Prophet Brigham Young, “History of Brigham Young,” Latter-day Saints’ Millennial Star, v. 26, February 20, 1864

“The power of seership is one of the greatest gifts ever given to man; and the time is not far distant when every man who bears the Priesthood will be a seer. But it can only be when men have proved themselves able to withstand all of the false deceptions of the devil. Today the powers of crystal ball gazers, astrologers, ouija boards, etc., are abounding because men have forsaken or rejected the true seers of God. Thousands of people seek unto ‘wizards who peep and mutter’ etc., but they will not seek unto the living God. I can say to all the inhabitants of the earth that before what is called spiritualism was ever known in America, I told the people that if they would not believe the revelations that God had given, He would suffer the devil to give revelations that they–priests and people would follow after. .  . I told the people that as true as God lived, if they would not have the truth they would have error sent to them, and they would believe it.”  (Brigham Young, Des. News, June 18, 1871, p. 308) (See Revelation 2:17 and D&C 130:11)

What is Doctrine and what is simply Opinion? We can know through Personal Revelation.

The Church’s recent “Book of Mormon Translation” essay says many things that I believe are opinion and suggestion based to help us in our research and study. Just like with Geography, I don’t believe it’s necessary that the Brethren will tell us things that don’t relate to our Salvation. I also believe that many intellects and historians suggest to the Brethren ideas and suggestions and when our Prophets and Apostles feel it is doctrine they will tell us.

Pres. Nelson said, “You don’t have to wonder about what is true. You do not have to wonder whom you can safely trust. Through personal revelation, you can receive your own witness that the Book of Mormon is the word of God, that Joseph Smith is a prophet, and that this is the Lord’s Church. Regardless of what others may say or do, no one can ever take away a witness borne to your heart and mind about what is true.

I urge you to stretch beyond your current spiritual ability to receive personal revelation, for the Lord has promised that “if thou shalt [seek], thou shalt receive revelation upon revelation, knowledge upon knowledge, that thou mayest know the mysteries and peaceable things—that which bringeth joy, that which bringeth life eternal.” Revelation for the Church, Revelation for Our Lives by President Russell M. Nelson

In the Translation Essay mentioned above, Elder Dieter F. Uchtdorf said, “The other instrument, which Joseph Smith discovered in the ground years before he retrieved the gold plates, was a small oval stone, or “seer stone.” As a young man during the 1820s, Joseph Smith, like others in his day, used a seer stone to look for lost objects and buried treasure. As Joseph grew to understand his prophetic calling, he learned that he could use this stone for the higher purpose of translating scripture.”

In red above is possible information from Church Historians who explain history and other things to the Brethren who ask, or ask to be informed. It could also be true, but I don’t believe it is doctrine. No where in scripture will you find the information in red above.

I believe Joseph Smith used the Urim and Thummim and by the power of the Lord translated the Book of Mormon. Even though I believe Joseph had a seer stone or two, I don’t believe he necessarily used that stone to translate the plates.

I love Elder Uchtdorf’s comparison with seer stones and cell phones, as that makes sense we can understand in today’s world. I know the Lord can use any object He desires to share revelation with Prophets. I believe what Elder Uchtdorf’s words are very important to study about the translation, that will have a great deal to do with my learning as I pray to know more. This comparison is good, as the righteous have been promised a seer stone eventually.

See D&C 130:10-11 here: “Then the white stone mentioned in Revelation 2:17, will become a Urim and Thummim to each individual who receives one, whereby things pertaining to a higher order of kingdoms will be made known; And a white stone is given to each of those who come into the celestial kingdom, whereon is a new name written, which no man knoweth save he that receiveth it. The new name is the key word.”

Like I have said many times, if the Prophets and Apostles tell me it is doctrine that the main Book of Mormon events happened in Mesoamerica, or if they tell me that at one time Adam was an ape, or that only a seer stone was used to translate the Book of Mormon, or that Joseph Smith never looked at the plates but he just read the words off of a rock, or that Noah’s flood was not real, I would have a hard time believing it as it doesn’t make sense, but with much prayer and study I would follow the living Prophet Russell M. Nelson and the apostles who speak the truth to us. They also expect us to make good decisions and not have to be told all things.

See my blogs here: https://www.bofm.blog/7-first-hand-witnesses-of-the-interpreters/

Interpreters or Urim & Thummim = Spectacles fastened to a Breastplate

Spectacles fastened to a Breastplate

From the scriptures we learn that Joseph used the spectacles attached to the breastplate called Interpreters for the proper translation. “Oliver Cowdery describes these events thus: “These were days never to be forgotten—to sit under the sound of a voice dictated by the inspiration of heaven, awakened the utmost gratitude of this bosom! Day after day I continued, uninterrupted, to write from his mouth, as he translated with the Urim and Thummim, or, as the Nephites would have said, ‘Interpreters,’ the history or record called ‘The Book of Mormon.” JSH1:75*

“Also, that there were two stones in silver bows—and these stones, fastened to a breastplate, constituted what is called the Urim and Thummim—deposited with the plates; and the possession and use of these stones were what constituted “seers” in ancient or former times; and that God had prepared them for the purpose of translating the book.” JSH 1:35

Joseph Fielding Smith said,

“While the statement has been made by some writers that the Prophet Joseph Smith used a seer stone part of the time in his translating of the record, and information points to the fact that he did have in his possession such a stone, yet there is no authentic statement in the history of the Church which states that the use of such a stone was made in that translation. The information is all hearsay, and personally, I do not believe that this stone was used for this purpose. The reason I give for this conclusion is found in the statement of the Lord to the Brother of Jared as recorded in Ether 3:22–24. These stones, the Urim and Thummim which were given to the Brother of Jared, were preserved for this very purpose of translating the record, both of the Jaredites and the Nephites. Then again the Prophet was impressed by Moroni with the fact that these stones were given for that very purpose. It hardly seems reasonable to suppose that the Prophet would substitute something evidently inferior under these circumstances. It may have been so, but it is so easy for a story of this kind to be circulated due to the fact that the Prophet did possess a seer stone, which he may have used for some other purposes” (Joseph Fielding Smith, “Doctrines of Salvation,” Vol. 3, 225-26).

About SITH. (Stone in the Hat Theory) by Jonathan Neville

“Have you ever thought about how silly the seer stone in a hat really is? The idea that whole sentences appeared on the 3x4x5cm oval shaped opaque stone is totally wrong for many reasons.

The Book of Mormon didn’t have punctuation. It was added by the typesetter. Some say the average sentence length is about 25 words. That many words wouldn’t fit on a small object unless it was a size 1 font and that would be unreadable. It would also be very hard to read at the ends of the oval where it curves from the flatter part of the stone with the best chance for some kind of focal distance.

No special lighting was required to use the Urim and Thummim or Liahona (words would appear on spindle from time to time) or a modern-day teleprompter? Why would God provide an underpowered seer stone that couldn’t be read in normal lighting conditions?

The seer stone in a hat story is simply an attempt to discredit the truth and destroy Joseph Smith. Sadly, Intellectuals and scholars are trying to hijack church history.

This image has an empty alt attribute; its file name is breastplat22-1024x361.png
Art Left by Anne Marie Oborn

Joseph’s history in the PGP uses the term Urim and Thummim 6 times–never the seer stone. With your head buried in a hat, the focal distance would be too close, out of focus, and unreadable! It would also be hard for the scribe to hear your muffled voice buried in a hat.

I’m sick of Sunday School teachers saying the seer stone in a hat is like your cell phone screen. You can’t read it very well in broad daylight. That is because your phone is designed for long battery life. If your phone had enough power you could read the screen on a sunny day. Also, Joseph was inside a house with small windows and low lighting conditions. Why would he bury his face in a hat with even less light?

Can you imagine how uncomfortable that would be to be bent over a hat with your voice muffled? It would be hard for the scribe to hear and for Joseph to breath.

This image has an empty alt attribute; its file name is ut49-1024x898.png
Art by Anthony Sweat

Do you remember how Joseph described Moroni’s visit in the log home in 1823? He said the light around Moroni seemed brighter than farther away. Why would God give Joseph an underpowered teleprompter? Why put limits on God?

Why didn’t the Lord give the Brother of Jared a hat along with the 2 seer stones? Don’t be swayed by the foolish revisionist history and their bogus artwork depicting the FALSE seer stone in a hat translation method! Eber D. Howe tried to sell that false notion in Mormonism Unvailed [sic] in 1834. David Whitmer tried to perpetuate the lie it in his 1887 tirade, AN ADDRESS TO ALL BELIEVERS IN CHRIST. David was a faithful witness for the Book of Mormon. However, he opposed Joseph on the Restoration of the Priesthood, Doctrine and Covenants, etc. and he started his own church. He is definitely not a creditable source for the translation method.

D&C 17:1 says the 3 Witness would be able to view the plates, breastplate, Urim and Thummim, Sword of Laban and the Liahona. No seer stone is mentioned.

This image has an empty alt attribute; its file name is breastp8.png
Hiram Page Seer Stone

Also remember that Hiram Page tried to lead the church astray with a seer stone in 1830 (D&C 28). Satan loves a counterfeit!

How many revelations were given in the Doctrine and Covenants via a seer stone? Zero. How many revelations were given via the Urim and Thummim? At least 8 sections (Sections 3, 6, 7, 11, 14, 15, 16, and 17).Why would God preserve the Urim and Thummim and records for about 4,000 years if a seer stone was used? Mormon and Moroni spent many years abridging all the records. That would be a huge waste if the plates were not even used as many scholars now claim. The seer stone in a hat doesn’t pass the common sense test! Follow the prophets, not the intellectuals and scholars.” Source: About Central America Jonathan Neville | 6/5/20 URL: https://wp.me/p741A5-Tm

I share a few comments about two books, “From Darkness Unto Light by Michael Hubbard McKay, Gerrit J. Dirkmaat and “Joseph Smith’s Seer Stones” by Michael Hubbard MacKay and Nicholas J. Frederick. My comments will be in RED and the Historian Richard Bushman’s comments will remain in BLACK

Foreword by Richard Bushman about “From Darkness Unto Light” by Michael Hubbard McKay, Gerrit J. Dirkmaat

My comments in Red and Richard Bushman’s in Black

“This volume is the first of what could be many potential histories coming out of the Joseph Smith Papers Project. Michael Hubbard MacKay and Gerrit Dirkmaat have been editors of the Documents series, which is just beginning to appear. The results of this research can be partially found in the introductions, headnotes, and footnotes of The Joseph Smith Papers volumes, but the findings will be properly valued only when integrated into the narrative of early Church history. [I personally don’t think the idea of a stone in a hat adds value into Church history. It only moves the Church backwards in an old sectarian notion that began in the book “Mormonism Unvailed” in 1834, that said the stone in the hat was ever used for translation.] Only then will readers grasp what the new discoveries mean. [The old discoveries, not new discoveries, are the same old dogma that my mother used to tell me about saying, that Joseph never used an occultic seer stone to translate]. The two authors have done just that for Joseph Smith’s early years from the recovery of the plates in September 1827 through the publication of the Book of Mormon in March 1830. 

Books like this one will bring Latter-day Saint readers up to date on the results of the latest historical research. [These historians say the latest historical research are quotes from Martin Harris, David Whitmer, William McClelland, and Emma Smith, that say very late in the Church history, that a stone in a hat was used. I believe the first hand witnesses, Joseph Smith and Oliver, and the 8 passages of scripture that say the “Interpreters” (spectacles and breastplate attached) were the only instruments used]. While, like all histories, From Darkness unto Light is necessarily an interpretation, the authors base their story firmly on the original sources. [Yes, original sources from Martin and David and Emma who all never saw the spectacles and breastplate]. They get down to what historians consider to be the bedrock of historical construction. [Wow!] Working from original materials, the authors introduce readers to aspects of early Church history that are well known to historians but that are not necessarily common knowledge in the Church. [That’s precisely the point. Historians dig up things from the past and revisit them to bring up new ideas for which they can become peer reviewed and develop a pet theory that makes them look smart]. MacKay and Dirkmaat also reveal brand new findings in this work. They speak at length, for example, about Joseph Smith’s use of two seer stones in translation. In translating, Joseph probably first used the stones set in spectacles that came with the plates, and then, for most of the translation period, substituted one of the stones he had found. [Bushman says probably first used the spectacles and then substituted one of the stones he found. Based on what? I say the spectacles and breatplate together were used for the entire translation]. Joseph put the seer stone in a hat to exclude the light [Why did the Lord not make powerful enough seer stone light for Joseph?], and read off the translated text by looking in the stone. All the while, the plates lay wrapped in a cloth on the table. Apparently Joseph did not look at the plates through most of the translation. [Then explain to me why Nephi, Mormon and others were so diligent it writing on and securing the plates, if Joseph would later just ignore them totally? Silly]!

This description will startle Latter-day Saints who are familiar with artistic depictions showing Joseph Smith translating with a finger on the plates while he writes down the words as they come to him. [Picture left: I am familiar with pictures of Joseph’s finger on the plates following the words, but that is also incorrect. I ask a question here, where was the breastplate this entire time, and why would the Lord put a breastplate with the spectacles in the stone box with the plates, if they were never intended to be used later? I’ll show you how the breastplate was used in my article at the bottom, titled, Joseph’s Three Sacred Artifacts for Translation]. The image of Joseph with his face in the hat as he translates is not so well known and is much less decorous, [decorous meaning: Suitable to a character, or to the time, place, and occasion; marked with decorum; becoming; proper; seemly; befitting], which may shock some readers. [Yes the picture on the right shocks me, doesn’t it you?] But it is essential that the Church at large become aware of what historians have discovered in the sources. Failure to acknowledge these factual accounts, almost all of them in friendly sources, can devastate Latter-day Saints who run across them. Feeling that the Church has covered up the truth, they become disillusioned and even angry. This book is an attempt to repair the misconceptions so that the next generation of Latter-day Saints will be better informed. [As a non-historian and slightly educated man, I don’t believe the Church has ever covered up truth. I believe many revisionist historians in the Church have covered the truth to spread their theory of importance so their buddies will think the are smart as they are peer reviewed. Sad! I am not disillusioned as believe I have come up with the Lord’s help a possible scenario that explains your Historic covering up, titled, Joseph’s Three Sacred Artifacts for Translation]

For years Mormon scholars simply disregarded critical sources, such as the affidavits concerning the Smith family in E. D. Howe’s Mormonism Unvailed. [So E.D. Howe an anti-Mormon’s affidavits are now credible]? They felt the critical writings were too biased to be of any use. But in recent years, automatic exclusion of negative reports is no longer the practice. Everything has to be examined and evaluated. MacKay and Dirkmaat work on the principle that bias must be taken into account in analyzing any historical source. The art of the historian is to extract useful information from original sources whether negative or positive. [Who determines if it is negative or positive sources? Oh, the Historians, I see!] The notes of From Darkness unto Light show the authors ranging through sources all across the spectrum. The result is a much enriched and compelling narrative, [I call it non-compelling and made up history trying to tear down traditional sources of Joseph and Oliver] one that will hold up under critical scrutiny.” Richard Bushman Forward to From Darkness Unto Light by Michael Hubbard McKay, Gerrit J. Dirkmaat

Introduction From Darkness Unto Light by Michael Hubbard McKay, Gerrit J. Dirkmaat

Again my comments in RED and McKay & Dirkmaat in black

The actual process by which the Book of Mormon was translated, according to the witnesses of the event and the earliest sources, is generally unknown to members of the Church. [No it isn’t. Read JSH 1:34-35, 42, 62, and 75, Mosiah 28:13, 20 (History of the Church, 4:537). Ether 3:22-23, 4:5, Lucy Mack Smith and more]. Because Joseph Smith only explained [?Only?] that “through the medium of the Urim and Thummim I translated the record by the gift, and power of God,” little emphasis has been placed upon the actual process of translation. Although the well-known “History of Joseph Smith” recounts Joseph Smith’s explanation of the device found with the plates as being composed of two stones, [Yes that is what Lucy Mack Smith says] most artists’ renderings depicting these events generally excluded images of the stones entirely, and no attempts were made to show the stones being used in the way witnesses described. [Why did they do this since the spectacles were found in the stone box and not a single peep stone]. These artists’ paintings powerfully conveyed an image to modern Latter-day Saints of Joseph Smith sitting at a table with the plates in front of him, his finger running over the top of the characters, with Oliver Cowdery dutifully seated across from him taking the dictation down. Thus generations of Mormons have come to imagine the translation process in much the same way reflected in these portrayals, a process by which the miracle of translation occurred by Joseph Smith looking at the plates and speaking a translation to Cowdery without the use of any external tools or the seer stones themselves, despite the testimonies of witnesses that the process occurred very differently. Those witnesses make the use of the stones the central aspect of the translation. They give an account of Joseph Smith placing various seer stones into a hat in order to block out the external light. Then God caused words to appear on the shining stones that translated the reformed Egyptian text into English. [Witnesses you speak of are David, Martin and Emma who never saw the spectacles nor the breastplate, but they all saw Joseph’s brown stone as he had it with him a lot. Don’t you think these so called witnesses just assumed that Joseph used that rock they so often saw him with? I do].

By Anthony Sweat

Those who are antagonistic toward the Church and Joseph Smith have used this discrepancy between witnesses of the translation and average members of the Church as a cudgel to beat upon the faith of believers. The very use of these witness statements by antagonistic or disrespectful authors or television programs to create a deprecating image of Joseph Smith has further alienated members from a proper understanding of the translation process. These detractors highlight the apparent ridiculousness of a scene that involves Joseph translating with his head buried in a “magic” hat, knowing that such imagery would offend the sensibilities of twenty-first-century Mormons. [Then why do you use that magic hat imagery if it is silly, and hard to believe? Why not believe what Oliver said, “Day after day I continued, uninterrupted, to write from his mouth, as he translated with the Urim and Thummim, or, as the Nephites would have said, ‘Interpreters,’ the history or record called ‘The Book of Mormon.’ Also the Interpreters are: “the spectacles and the breastplate attached” as Joseph said, “With the records was found a curious instrument which the ancients called ‘Urim and Thummim,’ which consisted of two transparent stones set in the rim of a bow fastened to a breastplate. Through the medium of the Urim and Thummim I translated the record by the gift, and power of God.” Times and Seasons, 1 March 1842,” p. 707, The Joseph Smith Papers, accessed February 13, 2021, https://www.josephsmithpapers.org/paper-summary/times-and-seasons-1-march-1842/5

Although the witnesses’ explanations of the translation process differ from what is generally understood by Church members, the testimonies of these witnesses affirm that the use of the seer stones—placed as they were in a hat to block out the light so the words of God could be read—was the greatest evidence to them of the miraculous nature of the translation. Detractors make light of the translation process. However, they do so without informing their readers that their very sources for such apparently disdainful evidence stated that because of the use of a seer stone in the translation process, they had a greater testimony of the seership of Joseph Smith. [Detractors make light of the translation, because of the use of a single seer stone. Readers think the Church is crazy because they know the spectacles and breastplate were in the stone box and so why not use them? You cannot find anywhere in the Scriptures where it says Joseph used a “seer stone”, “seers stone”, “stone”, or “peep stone”, NOT ONE!]

Minerva Teichert

One way we attempt to deal with the problem of the inaccurate portrayal of the translation process is by adding depictions of the translation to this book. These images [the ones below marked with the name Anthony Sweat] were created by Anthony Sweat, assistant professor of Church history and doctrine at Brigham Young University. In addition to skillfully crafted artwork of the events surrounding the translation that more closely align with the testimonies of scribes and witnesses, Sweat has performed detailed and informative research on how images of the translation have been used over time. The appendix of this book contains his exclusive essay, “By the Gift and Power of Art,” which will help readers understand where the more well-known images of the translation originated and how their less accurate depictions have come to dominate the LDS imagination when considering the translation of the gold plates. [There are currently only two pictures (shown above right and left) in all the work of art found in the Church that even comes close to the proper translation and in both pictures they show a breastplate. Why did Anthony Sweat leave out pictures of the breastplate being used?]

Our book attempts to capture the first-person [You mean the first-person Joseph Smith or Oliver Cowdery, or the first person you think is accurate?] point of view of Joseph Smith and those who witnessed the translation and publication of the Book of Mormon. Though we have taken into account the perspectives of detractors and nonbelievers in our analysis, [But have you taken the perspective of Rod Meldrum, Hannah Stoddard, and Rian Nelson, who are not detractors?] the purpose of our book is to understand the coming forth of the Book of Mormon as a miracle, which can best be understood through the accounts of those closest to the process and by those who believed. To Joseph Smith and his friends and family, the miraculous translation process was a reality. In other words, our approach asks the question “How would Joseph and his family explain to others the translation process?” [Joseph would explain the translation process by saying how he used the spectacles and breastplate that cam in the stone box and how he was also able to keep them hidden as he promised. See my article below titled, Joseph’s Three Sacred Artifacts for Translation]

Each of the chapters presented in our book offers new material, [What is new? The old idea of Joseph using a peep stone in a hat? That is revisionist, not new material]. both in sources and in interpretation. In a mostly narrative format, we examine the primary events in the coming forth of the Book of Mormon from September 1827 to September 1830—only occasionally pausing to note significant changes in the story. This book is intended to bring the reader closer to the most important events in this chronology of events through the eyes of those who experienced them. [So you quote the scripture by Oliver and Joseph, or do you use the second hand information from Emma, David and Martin?] Its scope does not include larger topics such as the influence of broader religious cultures, nor does it generally attempt to place the coming forth of the Book of Mormon within the context of national trends, politics, or Protestantism, except in those times when it is clear that those broader influences were cognizant to Joseph Smith and his colleagues. This does not mean that we do not contextualize and historicize each account to understand it better, but we do attempt to let those closest to Joseph Smith be heard in their own words, while acknowledging that they had their own biases reflected in their accounts and interpretations. [Yes Emma’s testimony was given very near her death and she did not have time to edit the comments that were used. David Whitmer’s comments were all after he had left the church and called Joseph a fallen Prophet. Not great references. What about when Oliver said, “I wrote with my own pen the entire Book of Mormon (save a few pages) as it fell from the lips of the Prophet as he translated it by the gift and power of God by means of the Urim and Thummim, or as it is called by that book, holy interpreters. I beheld with my eyes and handled with my hands the gold plates from which it was translated. I also beheld the Interpreters. That book is true. … I wrote it myself as it fell from the lips of the Prophet.” When Cowdery returned to Church membership in 1848 he spoke to an Iowa conference. His words above were recorded by Reuben Miller]

In many ways, our book is an attempt to recapture the religious value of the translation and publication of the Book of Mormon in the minds of believing members. We are not making claims or an argument about the reality of the plates, nor are we making arguments about the historicity of the plates, which can be found in other publications. Instead, this book tries to get at the heart of what Joseph Smith and those closest to him believed about the translation and publication of the Book of Mormon[We are very happy to know you are not trying to say the plates never existed, only that Joseph never looked at them to translate. What exactly is the difference]?

Nevertheless, no work of history nor any examination of sources that speak of heavenly manifestations and the visitations of angels can demonstrate the reality of these miraculous events. Miracles are by definition events that cannot be replicated by mortal beings absent of the intervention of God. [I agree we all know the Book of Mormon is true by the Spirit and not by the translation method]. In this sense, logic and historical method cannot fully prove or disprove the miraculous claims made by Joseph Smith or the scribes who worked with him on the translation. Just as one cannot prove with historical sources or scientific inquiry alone the reality of Jesus Christ’s Resurrection or of the efficacy of his Atonement to save men and women from sin and death, faith and belief are the necessary ingredients for one to come to know that Joseph Smith was a prophet of God and that he performed the work of a seer in bringing forth the words of the Book of Mormon from darkness unto light. [We do however have the word on an Apostle, Jeffrey R. Holland who said, “Truly rock-ribbed faith and uncompromised conviction comes with its most complete power when it engages our head as well as our heart… Two manifestations, two witnesses if you will—the force of fact as well as the force of feeling.” Jeffery R. Holland 2017. This shows me that Moroni’s promise that, I “may know the truth of all things”, is true. My head and heart, my spiritual witness and the physical witness of things both work together, just as the attached spectacles with the breastplate represent Joseph’s head and heart together to have the amazing ability to translate “by the gift and power of God”] What historians can demonstrate, however, is how the witnesses to these events explained them, how they understood them, and how they came to believe, as Wilford Woodruff did, that Joseph Smith had been called by God to translate gold plates and publish that translation as the Book of Mormon.” From Darkness Unto Light by Michael Hubbard McKay, Gerrit J. Dirkmaat (Items in red above are from Rian Nelson)

Joseph Smith’s Seer Stones / Michael Hubbard MacKay and Nicholas J. Frederick.

Below are some note worthy quotes from Hubbard and Frederick. If you didn’t already know, most of these historians lean towards a a Mesoamerican theory of geography. The four paragraphs below however, let you see some of their thoughts about the Native Americans in North America and how influential these North American Indians were to the restoration and to Joseph Smith.

“Coupled with Christian interests, scholars like Samuel L. Mitchill of Columbia College examined Indian ruins in New York, claiming that Native American races had once met there in battle, resulting in the extermination of one race by another. Mitchill was well known enough to have reached public conscientiousness in Palmyra, having been mentioned in the Palmyra Freeman, and Martin Harris eventually visited him in February of 1828 to see if he could translate some of the characters on the gold plates.” Joseph Smith’s Seer Stones / Michael Hubbard MacKay and Nicholas J. Frederick. BYU Religious Studies Center, 2016.

Despite Joseph’s own later reticence to ascribe supernatural forces to his treasure seeking, he did maintain a connection with the sacred nature of the land. The very land where Joseph found his seer stones held divine providence in the minds of Americans, and Joseph’s claim that the stones came from Native Americans harmonized with a greater public perception of an underlying sacred Native American mythos surrounding the lands in which they now lived.

Joseph bound together the ideas of sacred land, ancient Native American artifacts, and digging for money with seer stones. He believed that he plucked his seer stones from a blessed landscape where they had been buried by ancient inhabitants and under the direction of God. The idea of America as a sacred place was not foreign to Americans, who believed “manifest destiny” was exhibited through the ancient inhabitants, who were considered by many to be Israelites. To Joseph, these ideas were inseparable.

Even as the idea of peoples from ancient Israel currently living in America was challenged, ancient artifacts were being regularly uncovered, and scholars at the American Philosophical Society eagerly compared Native American writing to European, Egyptian, and even Hebrew.Joseph Smith’s Seer Stones/ Michael Hubbard MacKay and Nicholas J. Frederick. BYU Religious Studies Center, 2016.

SEER STONES: ANCIENT ROOTS AND RELIGIOUS SIGNIFICANCE

MacKay and Frederick in BLACK, my words in RED

This connection between Native Americans and Joseph Smith’s religious endeavors extended to his brown and white seer stones. William Stafford claimed that someone might find a stone in brass kettles or certain kinds of pots buried in the mounds, insisting that seer stones were being recovered that had a Native American origin. These artifacts were very clearly man-made items, and if a seer stone was found within a kettle, then it must have had some value or purpose as evidenced by the belief that the hands of those who made the kettle must have placed the stone inside. Brigham Young likely had these Native American kettles in mind when he stated that “[Joseph] got [the seer stone] in an Iron kettle 15 feet under ground. “Apparently, the idea of Joseph Smith’s seer stones being anciently deposited by Native Americans became a natural assumption for some and suggested a similar origin for the Nephite interpreters. According to Joseph’s narrative, the Nephite interpreters originated with the ancient American inhabitants, [Brother of Jared See Ether chapters 3 and 4 below] as the ancient prophet Moroni supposedly placed them in the ground for Joseph to find. At least one of the other two seer stones also shows signs of being prepared anciently.

[It should have been obvious to these authors to add to this dialogue the FACT that Ether 3:24 speaks about this very thing. Why did the authors say, “as the ancient prophet Moroni supposedly placed them in the ground for Joseph to find. At least one of the other two seer stones also shows signs of being prepared anciently?” MacKay & Frederick]

[These authors MacKay and Frederick should have said for sure the place these two stones originated, if they would have accurately quoted Ether 3:23 below in orange. Then they would not have to say supposedly.]

“And behold, when ye shall come unto me, ye shall write them and shall seal them up, that no one can interpret them; for ye shall write them in a language that they cannot be read.

And behold, these two stones will I give unto thee, and ye shall seal them up also with the things which ye shall write.

For behold, the language which ye shall write I have confounded; wherefore I will cause in my own due time that these stones shall magnify to the eyes of men these things which ye shall write.

And when the Lord had said these words, he showed unto the brother of Jared all the inhabitants of the earth which had been, and also all that would be; and he withheld them not from his sight, even unto the ends of the earth.” Ether 3:22-25

This image has an empty alt attribute; its file name is ut6.png

“Wherefore the Lord hath commanded me to write them; and I have written them. And he commanded me that I should seal them up; and he also hath commanded that I should seal up the interpretation thereof; wherefore I have sealed up the interpreters, according to the commandment of the Lord.” Ether 4:5

Tying these strings together, Joseph Smith was highly influenced by the Second Great Awakening, marked by revivals and itinerant preachers, but he was also naturally affected by the Christian conceptualization of America. The patriotic sense of success was bound with the divine providence of the United States, an idea given weight by the belief that Native Americans were heirs of the biblical Israelites. Pulling ancient artifacts from the soil seemed only to support his religious longings and sense of calling, even if they were driven by local searches for buried treasure. Before the Book of Mormon provided the narrative, Joseph Smith’s brown and white stones were artifacts of an ancient past and an expression of his religious devotion in the nineteenth century. Joseph Smith’s Seer Stones/ Michael Hubbard MacKay and Nicholas J. Frederick. BYU Religious Studies Center, 2016. [Probably true, but these brown and white stones had nothing to do with the translation.]

Witnesses Movie by The Interpreter uses Martin’s supposed story

Some of the earliest witnesses remembered his seer stones as Native American artifacts. Martin Harris, an associate of the Smiths prior to Joseph’s recovery of the gold plates in 1827, apparently experienced Joseph using a single seer stone to help him find a toothpick he had lost. [This story was used in the Witnesses movie just released by Daniel Peterson and The Interpreter Foundation. We are not sure if this second have information is correct]. He remembered, “Joseph had had this stone for some time [before 1827]. There was a company there in that neighborhood, who were digging for money supposed to have been hidden by the ancients.” Having known about his earlier seer stone retrieval, he was initially skeptical of Joseph when he first heard about his retrieval of the gold plates. Harris immediately thought “the money-diggers had probably dug up an old brass kettle, or something of the kind.” William Stafford also claimed that Smith searched for brass kettles filled with treasure, and Harris may have been referencing Smith’s retrieval of a kettle that could have had Joseph Smith’s seer stone inside. Even the retrieval of the gold plates suggested that items were being prepared for the restoration of the gospel by Native Americans. See MacKay and Dirkmaat, From Darkness unto Light, chs. 2–3; “Mormonism—No. II,” Tiffany’s Monthly 5 (August 1859): 167.

“Seer Stone v Urim & Thummim Book of Mormon Translation on Trial” Magic & Treasure Digging by James and Hannah Stoddard

Richard L. Bushman, progressive historian and author of Rough Stone Rolling, would later echo this argument, adding that Joseph was “involved in magic,” had “treasure-seeking greed,” and that magic was a “preparatory gospel” in training the young man as a prophet of God. However, Bushman argued that “all sorts of treasure seekers were also serious Christians,” so to him, it just wasn’t a big deal:

Purchase today!
This is a MUST READ!

It was no more scandalous than say gambling, playing poker today. A little bit discredited and slightly morally disreputable but not really evil. And when it was found that all sorts of treasure seekers were also serious Christians, why not the Smiths too? So, instead of being a puzzle or a contradiction, it was just one aspect of Smith family culture and not really anything to be worried about.

Contrary to Bushman’s claims, when Mormonism Unvailed was published in 1834, accusing the Smith family of involvement in magic, treasure digging, etc. the public was incensed! The First Presidency reported that Hurlbut’s claims “fired the minds of the people with much indignation” against Joseph Smith and the Church. No good Christian in Joseph Smith’s day heard Hurlbut and thought, “Those Smiths are kind of weird but no big deal.”

The accusations of magic and treasure digging Hurlbut & Howe conjured up carried grave implications for early 19th century Americans, and they published them with the specific intent of destroying Joseph Smith’s character. Just as his enemies had hoped, the publication resulted in increased and intense persecution. When “serious Christians” in Joseph Smith’s day—and this is true as well for serious Christians in our day—heard that Joseph Smith was “expert in the arts of necromancy” and that he had spent his boyhood “digging into the hills and mountains” searching for gold, the slanders destroyed his credibility and impeded interest in the ongoing work of the Restoration of the Gospel. Viewed as “blots” on the character of the young Prophet, most of the persecution leveled against the Church in 1834 was rooted firmly in these scandalous tales.”

Read my full blog about seer stones, who had them and where they found them on my website here: https://www.worksofjoseph.com/seer-stones/


Joseph’s Three Sacred Artifacts for Translation
[A short version of “Mother I have got the Key” a 26-page PDF in 2-pages], by Rian Nelson

The Prophet Joseph Smith stated, “On the west side of this hill not far from the top, under a stone of considerable size, lay the plates, deposited in a stone box.” “Having removed the earth, I obtained a lever, which I got fixed under the edge of the stone, and with a little exertion raised it up. I looked in, and there indeed did I behold the plates, the Urim and Thummim, and the breastplate…” Joseph Smith-History 1:51-52

1- The Key

This image has an empty alt attribute; its file name is breast-7.png
Plain lens spectacles

On the night of Sept 22, 1837, after Joseph returned from the Hill Cumorah (End of 4th year of Moroni’s instructions), Lucy Mack Smith said, “I trembled so much with fear lest all might be lost again by some small failure in keeping the commandments, that I was under the necessity of leaving the room to conceal my feelings. Joseph saw this and followed me. “Mother,” said he. “Do not be uneasy. All is right. See here,” said he, “I have got the key.”

I knew not what he meant, but took the article in my hands and, examining it with no covering but a silk handkerchief, found that it consisted of two smooth three-cornered diamonds set in glass, and the glasses were set in silver bows connected with each other in much the same way that old-fashioned spectacles are made. (See picture upper right). He took them again and left me but did not tell me anything of the record….

Diamond’s set in glass
as Lucy describes the spectacles

That of which I spoke, which Joseph termed a key, was indeed nothing more nor less than a Urim and Thummim by which the angel manifested those things to him that were shown him in vision; by which also he could at any time ascertain the approach of danger, either to himself or the record, and for this cause he kept these things constantly about his person.” History of Joseph Smith, by Lucy Mack Smith

Joseph loved this “Key”, as through it he could see all things as prophets of old have as well. “After breakfast [on the day he received the plates and the Urim and Thummim] Joseph [Smith] called me into the other room and he set his foot on the bed and leaned his head on his hand and says… “it is ten times better than I expected.” Then he went on to tell the length and width and thickness of the plates, and said he, “they appear to be gold.” But he seemed to think more of the glasses or the Urim and Thummim than he did of the plates, for, says he, “I can see anything; they are marvelous.” Joseph Knight’s Recollection of Early Mormon History, BYU Studies, Vol. 17, No. 1; spelling modernized

2- Breastplate
“After bringing home the plates, Joseph now commenced work with his father on the farm in order to be as near as possible the treasure that was committed to his care.

Front of Breastplate
Back of Breastplate with Pocket

Soon after this, he came in from work one afternoon, and after remaining a short time, he put on his greatcoat and left the house. I was engaged at the time in an upper room in preparing some oilcloths for painting. When he returned, he requested me to come downstairs. I told him that I could not leave my work just then, yet upon his urgent request, I finally concluded to go down and see what he wanted, upon which he handed me the breastplate spoken of in his history. It was wrapped in a thin muslin handkerchief, so thin that I could see the glistening metal and ascertain its proportions without any difficulty.

William Smith’s Description

With these quotes below, I am assuming William Smith saw the Urim and Thummim and maybe even the translation process. He gives an amazing description of the entire process. Of course we don’t know about the authenticity, but I am intrigued by William being quoted as saying, “[Joseph] always used it in connection with the breastplate when receiving official communications, and usually so when translating as it permitted him to have both hands free to hold the plates.”

The spectacles fit in a pocket on the back side of the breastplate next to the chest of Joseph Smith.

William Smith’s description: “A silver bow ran over one stone, under the other, around [sic] over that one and under the first in the shape of a horizontal figure 8[T]hey were much too large for Joseph and he could only see through one at a time using sometimes one and sometimes the other.” These stones, he continued, “were attached to the breastplate by a rod which was fastened at the outer shoulde[r] edge of the breastplate and to the edge of the silver bow.” (Tyrell Givens, By the Hand of Mormon, p.22)

Another account from William Smith: “Among other things we inquired minutely about the Urim and Thummim and the breastplate. We asked him what was meant by the expression “two rims of a bow,” which held the former. He said a double silver bow was twisted into the shape of the figure eight, and the two stones were placed literally between the two rims of a bow. At one end was attached a rod which was connected with the outer edge of the right shoulder of the breast-plate. By pressing the head a little forward, the rod held the Urim and Thummim before the eyes much like a pair of spectacles. A pocket was prepared in the breastplate on the left side, immediately over the heart. When not in use the Urim and Thummim was placed in this pocket, the rod being of just the right length to allow it to be so deposited. This instrument could, however, be detached from the breastplate and his brother said Joseph often wore it detached when away from home, but always used it in connection with the breastplate when receiving official communications, and usually so when translating as it permitted him to have both hands free to hold the plates.” (J. W. Peterson in The Rod of Iron I:3 (February 1924)

Article titled “Joseph’s Three Sacred Artifacts for Translation” continues, It was concave on one side and convex on the other and extended from the neck downwards as far as the center of the stomach of a man of extraordinary size. It had four straps of the same material for the purpose of fastening it to the breast, two of which ran back to go over the shoulders, and the other two were designed to fasten to the hips. They were just the width of two of my fingers (for I measured them), and they had holes in the end of them to be convenient in fastening. The whole plate was worth at least five hundred dollars. After I had examined it, Joseph placed it in the chest with the Urim and Thummim (Picture left).”  History of Joseph Smith, by Lucy Mack Smith

Alvin’s Box

3- Gold Plates
“I have myself seen and handled the golden plates;
they are about eight inches long, and six wide; some of them are sealed together and are not to be opened, and some of them are loose. They are all connected by a ring which passes through a hole at the end of each plate and are covered with letters beautifully engraved. I have seen and felt also the Urim and Thummim. They resemble two large bright diamonds set in a bow like a pair of spectacles. My son puts these over his eyes when he reads unknown languages, and they enable him to interpret them in English. I have likewise carried in my hands the sacred breastplate. It is composed of pure gold and is made to fit the breast very exactly.” Lucy Mack Smith (in Henry Caswall, The City of the Mormons; or, Three Days at Nauvoo, in 1842, 2nd ed. revised and enlarged, London: J. G. F. & J. Rivington, 1843

Interpreters (Breastplate + Spectacles)
Joseph’s “Key” is certainly not a seer stone. It is the spectacles acting as a key to unlock the breastplate for a connected view of revealing “by the Gift and Power of God.”

“And behold, these two stones will I give unto thee, and ye shall seal them up also with the things which ye shall write” Ether 3:23. We will call the Key with the Breastplate, “Interpreters” as Moroni first said, “I have sealed up the interpreters, according to the commandment of the Lord” Ether 4:5.

As you read the Book of Mormon there is only one word that describes what to call the breastplate with the two stones in the rims of a bow.” INTERPRETERS. Nowhere in the entire Book of Mormon will you hear the term Urim and Thummim or seer stone or single stone. It also mentions Interpreters once in the PGP in JSH 1:75* That means whenever we say the word “Interpreters” we mean the breastplate with the spectacles as one unit.

There are thousands of Members of the Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-day Saints that believe the Interpreters are the instrument that Joseph Smith found with the gold plates buried in the hill of Cumorah. These Interpreters began their journey near hill Ramah in upstate New York as the Lord touched these two stones and asked the Brother of Jared to seal these stones up with the interpreters to come forth at a later date to be translated and as we know Joseph Smith was that person.

“Again, he told me, that when I got those plates of which he had spoken—for the time that they should be obtained was not yet fulfilled—I should not show them to any person; neither the breastplate with the Urim and Thummim; only to those to whom I should be commanded to show them; if I did I should be destroyed.”(Joseph Smith History 1:35,42)

The breastplate would have been worn under Joseph’s shirt and Joseph’s eyes would be looking through the glasses and seeing the gold plates on the table. The Large farmers hat would be placed as a shield or prop between Joseph and Emma with the hat blocking the eyes of Emma so she could not see the plates or the glasses. Joseph would hold the hat brim with one hand and have his other hand on top of the plates with his finger pointing at the text on the plates or to use his hand in turning the pages.

The spectacles or “key” would have been attached to the breastplate on the right side of Joseph with a downward slant so when Joseph bends over the spectacles, they would be directly over the gold plates. On the back of the breastplate is a pocket to store the glasses on Josephs left and over his heart. So, whenever we say the word “Interpreters” we mean the breastplate with the spectacles as one unit.

Prepared from the Beginning
“And now he translated them by the means of those two stones which were fastened into the two rims of a bow. Now these things were prepared from the beginning, and were handed down from generation to generation, for the purpose of interpreting languages; And they have been kept and preserved by the hand of the Lord, that he should discover to every creature who should possess the land the iniquities and abominations of his people; And whosoever has these things is called seer, after the manner of old times.” Mosiah 28: 13-16

Conclusion

If an individual seer stone was used it would contradict all the scriptures, which we find that are the “true word of the Lord”, and that is what I rely upon when understanding the proper method of translation. This is the scripture that sums up the “Proper Translation” in my opinion. “He said there was a book deposited, written upon gold plates, giving an account of the former inhabitants of this continent, and the source from whence they sprang. He also said that the fulness of the everlasting Gospel was contained in it, as delivered by the Savior to the ancient inhabitants; Also, that there were two stones in silver bows—and these stones, fastened to a breastplate, constituted what is called the Urim and Thummim—deposited with the plates; and the possession and use of these stones were what constituted “seers” in ancient or former times; and that God had prepared them for the purpose of translating the book.” JSH 1:34-35.” Joseph’s Three Sacred Artifacts for Translation by Rian Nelson

As the quote from JSH 1:34-35 says, “and these stones, fastened to a breastplate, constituted what is called the Urim and Thummim.” No stone in a hat is mentioned, and how could a single seer stone be called a Urim & Thummim? After reading this scripture it says the two stones in silver bows were fastened to a breastplate and called Urim & Thummim. I believe Joseph’s scriptural words.

1- Read a PDF of the 2-page article “Joseph’s Three Sacred Artifacts for Translation” here
2- Read over 16 scriptures and historical quotes here:
3- Read my 26-Page Free PDF here.
4- Purchase entire 128-page Heartland Handbook by Rod Meldrum & Rian Nelson Here $15

Two different paintings by Anne Marie Oborn

Anne Marie Oborn at her home in Bountiful Utah, just after painting this beautiful art called “Mother I have got the Key”

Read my full blog about seer stones, who had them and where they found them on my website here: https://www.worksofjoseph.com/seer-stones/

 
Contents of the Box (No Liahona nor Sword of Laban. They were in another part of the hill called the Cave at Cumorah
1-Gold Plates
2- Spectacles
3- Breastplate
Notice two Stones Crossways as Joseph said.

 

Book of Mormon Lands Drift!

0

“This article was summitted to me to be shared as anonymous information from a man who wants this information to be known and prayed about. I have made slight spelling edits, added bold, color and added maps and map descriptions. This information comes from a very studious and spiritual man who has seen, heard, and studied both sides of the Mesoamerica vs Heartland theory’s of the Book of Mormon. He has important and authoritative information from many authorities, leaders, and members of The Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-day Saints.” Rian Nelson

Book of Mormon Lands Drift: One Cumorah or Two?
by Anonymous

“When I joined the Church over 50 years ago, my sacred experience with the Book of Mormon had profoundly shaped my testimony and deep gratitude for the truths of the restoration. When I was baptized I knew nothing of peoples, places, lands, records, wars, travels or prophets in the Book of Mormon. My acceptance of the Book, the Prophet Joseph Smith and the restoration of the gospel was driven by the pure and precious doctrines of Christ expressed in the 87 verses I read in my blue soft-backed copy of the scriptures. Those verses, prayed about as counseled in Moroni 10:4-5, were sufficient to bring to me a now life-long witness by the power of the Holy Ghost that the book is true. I also express my gratitude to God for sending His Beloved Son to America numerous times in the glorious process of the restoration of the gospel of Jesus Christ.

I attended BYU for the first time and enrolled in religious education classes in pursuit of training for a possible career in Seminaries and Institutes of Religion. I sensed a growing interest from Church members about Book of Mormon lands in Mesoamerica. In fact, I was fascinated by such books as Ancient America Speaks, He Walked the Americas, and Ancient America and the Book of Mormon, that had been published in the 1950s and ‘60s and were readily available to interested members of the Church. In my Book of Mormon 622 graduate class, “Evidences of the Book of Mormon,” I, along with my others in the class each wrote a paper pertaining to the class objectives. My paper was about Indian Legends. Thus began my own curiosity and study about the so-called Book of Mormon lands.

With my many church callings in The Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-day Saints, and subsequent assignments in Mexico and visits to other Latin American stakes further fueled my interest in Book of Mormon lands. In many years of service in the various callings, I especially enjoyed sitting literally at the feet of the prophets, seers, and revelators for instruction and teaching in the ways of the Lord, particularly associated with meetings at the General Conference of the Church. Over the years of my participation in these meetings, I noted the frequent reference to “drift.The Brethren were often advising the members to be alert to “drift” from correct principles, practices, and procedures found in the Church at large when we made our stake and mission and local unit visits. Based upon my own experiences in Latin America and in North America (U.S.A.), I felt drift was highly apparent in Book of Mormon land models.

To me this map above represents the Author’s view of “Drift.”

Since this original 1917 map of L.E. Hills of the RLDS Church, which was hard for the Meso theorists to say north was really northward, as Mesoamerica had a directional east to west flow, so their map has rotated 45 degrees east. These Meso theorists now use what we call the CES Fantasy Map as you see above. Our Heartland map shows the same directional flow of cities as their fantasy map does. We show Lehi landing in Florida, Nephi going to Tennessee and Mosiah traveling north to meet the Mulekites near Missouri. The last battles begin at Zarahemla, (Montrose, IA) and go east through Illinois, Indiana, Ohio and to New York. This is the same pattern of the ancient Hopewell Culture who started in Florida in 550 BC and ended in New York in 400 AD, just like the Nephites of the Book of Mormon. The fantasy map shows a make-believe location where the Nephites travel the same route as we show in the United States of America, which follows a historically accurate route that non-Mormon archaeologists all prove as true. Some of those groups who use the Fantasy Map are: CES, Book of Mormon Central, FAIRMormon, The Interpreter, Meridian Magazine, More Good Foundation, and many other LDS based Apologists.

Most of these organizations say they are neutral like the Church, which means they say they have no specific location for the Book of Mormon, yet the organizations I just named, only consider the events of the Book of Mormon to have begun in Mesoamerica. None of them will allow any information from our Heartland websites to be included on theirs. (That is not Neutral). The Heartland ideas we espouse and share are not neutral. We believe the Book of Mormon events happened initially in the USA and eventually the Lamanites spread to other parts of America, North, Central and South. In Ether 10:20 it says, “they built a great city by the narrow neck of land, by the place where the sea divides the land”, not where the land divides the sea as it shows in the Panama neck.” Rian Nelson

Anonymous Author continues, I title this paper, “Book of Mormon Lands Drift: One Cumorah or Two?” with a specific subject in mind. In my own journeys in the Church as a convert, a teacher, a priesthood leader, and a participating member, I have come to an awareness of a “drift” from inspiration in the days of Joseph Smith and his associates with respect to Book of Mormon lands associated with the Hill Cumorah, the New Jerusalem, Adam-ondi-Ahman, Zarahemla, Manti, and the land of promise in the United States of America. The drift seems to illustrate an ever growing momentum toward speculation of Mesoamerican models for Book of Mormon lands that must incorporate two Cumorah’s, no New Jerusalem or Adam-ondi-Ahman in proximity to a supposed Zarahemla, and no relationship between ancient American Indian history and their promised land beginnings in eastern North America. The drift recognized in this subject seems to be spurred on by such comments as follows: “The Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-day Saints has no official position on Book of Mormon geography.”[1] And “the specific location of the ancient Book of Mormon civilizations are unknown.”[2]

Further: “Although Church leadership officially and consistently distances itself from issues regarding Book of Mormon geography in order to focus attention on the spiritual message of the book, private speculation and scholarship in this area has been abundant. Based upon these criteria, many scholars currently see northern Central America and  southern Mexico (Mesoamerica) as the most likely location of Book of Mormon lands. However, such views are private and do not represent an official position of the Church.

Hemispheric Model and Limited Model’s

In early Church history, the most common opinion among members and Church leaders was that the Book of Mormon lands encompassed all of North and South America, (See Hemispheric Model Map Left) although at least one more limited alternative view was also held for a time by some. The official position of the Church is that the events narrated in the Book of Mormon occurred somewhere in the Americas, but that the specific location has not been revealed.”[3]

I will draw upon commonly available resources to illustrate a rough time line of a growing perception of drift from inspiration (statements from latter-day prophets and other Church leaders about Book of Mormon lands) to speculation (statements from scholars and academic researchers) who purport the efficacy and preponderance of ancient stone ruins as the preferred locations of Book of Mormon lands. This paper will utilize latter-day scripture and a variety of commentary from Church leaders which will clearly show a dramatic shift in recent decades to the acceptance of Mesoamerican models in Central America versus North American (U.S.A.) models from early Church history locales.

(Author note) In the Book of Ether, the prophet Moroni certifies once again, as one who helped abridge the multitude of records (even “an account of those ancient inhabitants who were destroyed by the hand of the Lord upon the face of this north country,” Ether 1:1), and as prophets before him in the Book of Mormon had certified for centuries, that this land where records were buried and the Savior had taught was a “choice land above all other lands, a chosen land of the Lord” (Ether 13:2), descriptions always associated with the promised land of America. He testifies that the prophet Ether had seen the “days of Christ” hundreds of years before and “he spake concerning a New Jerusalem upon this land” (Ether 13:4).

New Jerusalem in the Centre of the Land. USA

There are numerous traditions of Jesus Christ appearing in North, South and Central America, and the isles of the sea. He said to the assembled multitude in the land of Bountiful, “I have other sheep, which are not of this land, neither of the land of Jerusalem, neither in any parts of that land round about whither I have been to minister… I shall go unto them… I go to show myself unto them” (3 Nephi 16:1, 3). He likely visited numerous lands and great numbers of people in many places. But the Book of Mormon is a sacred and inspired testament of His visit to a particular remnant of the house of Israel, a covenant people, the seed of Joseph, in a land of liberty, even the promised land, a land choice above all other lands. This paper will give support to the divinely appointed land where the book came forth.

Evidence of ancient civilizations found in the Book of Mormon land of promise in America include “ridges and banks of earth,” “walls of stone,” “forts of security,” places of entrance and earthworks demonstrating that they were “casting up dirt round about to shield them” in their cities (Alma 49). Types of construction common to the Nephites, but not as common to those found in Mesoamerica are described. Prophet-Captain Moroni instructed his people to “commence in digging up heaps of earth round about the cities…and upon the top of these ridges of earth he caused that there should be timbers, yea, works of timbers built up to the height of a man, round about the cities.” He further “caused that upon those works of timbers there should be a frame of pickets built upon the timbers round about, and they were strong and high.” And he caused “towers to be erected…and places of security to be built upon those towers.” He did prepare strongholds… “round about every city.” He caused them “to erect fortifications, prepare deep ditches… to secure their armies and their people” (Alma 50:1-6). Earthen mound sites and construction projects are common in ancient eastern United States of America.[4] [See Art Below] Metallic objects of war, huge earthen embankments, curious relics, defensive fortifications and great mound burial places point to a vast civilization in the eastern United States of America at the time illustrated in the Book of Mormon. Remember there was a great destruction in the land at the coming of Christ, enough to eradicate the land of buildings, tents, temples, houses of wood and cement, highways, sanctuaries, synagogues, etc.  Evidently the structures that existed before Christ’s appearance in the land of promise were destroyed to the point that they could no longer be found on the land. The record states the following possibilities: they could have been taken up, buried, sunk, hidden, rent, fallen upon, drowned, crushed, burned or carried away to destroy them from before the face of the risen Savior of the world (3rd Nephi 8-10).  Early settlers in western New York lived among the “remnants of ruin, ashes, blood and bone and remains of thousands of the human race.”[5]

“Moroni Fortifies the Lands of the Nephites” Alma 50 by Clark Kelley Price

The following references will portray a rough timeline of inspiration and commentary with regard to proposed Book of Mormon lands from 1830-2012.

1- 1830 – Book of Mormon published in New York State.

2- 1830 – D&C 28:8, “Go unto the Lamanites and preach my gospel unto them.”
D&C 28:15, “Thou shalt take thy journey among the Lamanites.”

3- 1830 – D&C 30, Peter Whitmer and Oliver Cowdery to build up the Church among the Lamanites. 

4- 1830-1831 – D&C 32, Mission into the wilderness among the Lamanites (of the Indian tribes).
D&C 49:24, The Lamanites shall blossom as the rose.
1832 –   D&C 84:1-4, city of New Jerusalem to be built in western Missouri.


“Zelph in Vision” by Ken Corbett
(This is a real mound called today Russell-Naples #8 in Valley City, Illinois. See the Skeleton said to be 7-9 feet long, of Zelph, Joseph said, “the heavens were opened” and he said this man’s name is Zelph, a white Lamanite who fought for the Nephites in one of the last Battles between the Nephites and Lamanites. Joseph shows you the large arrowhead found in Zelph’s ribs which killed him.
“Zelph a Man of God” by Ken Corbett.
This depicts the same hill in Valley city, on the Illinois River, as the painting above. You see the altar Joseph describes and Zelph’s Prophet’s name was, “Onondagas” who was known from the Rocky Mountains to Hill Cumorah.

5- 1834 –  (Picture Below) Letter to Emma Smith “wandering over the plains of the Nephites.”
June  4, 1834 – “recounting occasionally the history of the Book of Mormon.” “… over the mounds of that beloved people of the Lord.”
June 3, 1834 – Zelph mound, during Zion’s Camp march, west bluffs overlooking the Illinois River, south of Valley City, Illinois. Under the influence of the Spirit, Joseph discovered the skeleton of a white Lamanite warrior named “Zelph,” killed in a battle    between Lamanites and Nephites.[6]

“Wandering Over the the Plains of the Nephites by Ken Corbett
(See the Large Thigh Bone of Zelph that Wilford Woodruff brought in his wagon during Zion’s Camp)

6- Early 1830s – “The Book of Mormon is a record of the forefathers of our western tribes of Indians…, after having been hid up in the earth for the last 1400 years, containing the word of God which was delivered unto them. By it we learn that our western tribes of Indians are descendants from that Joseph who was sold into Egypt, and that the land of America is a promised land unto them, and unto it all the tribes of Israel will come, with as many of the Gentiles as shall comply with the requisitions of the new covenant.”[7]
-“The Book of Mormon has made known who Israel is, upon this continent. And while we behold the government of the United States gathering the Indians and locating them upon lands to be their own, how sweet it is to think that they may one day be gathered by the gospel.” (January 6, 1836)[8]

7- May 1838 – D&C 116:1. Spring Hill is named by the Lord “Adam-ondi-Ahman.”
May 1838 – A Nephite altar at Adam-ondi-Ahman, Spring Hill, Missouri (the remains of an old   Nephite altar or tower that stood there).[9]

8- September 1838 – Ancient city of Manti in Missouri. [10]
From history of travels of Kirtland Camp, “The camp passed through Huntsville, in Randolph County,…, and is the site of the City of Manti,…”[11]
-The same event is recorded in the journal of Samuel D. Taylor as follows: “We passed through Huntsville…this is the ancient site of the City of Manti, which is spoken of in the Book of Mormon…”[12]

9- 1840 – Apostle Orson Pratt wrote a missionary pamphlet in Scotland describing events of the restoration of the gospel and his understanding of lands of the Book of Mormon. He placed the Nephites in South America and the Jaredites in North America of the Western Hemisphere. Thus the Book of Mormon people occupied areas in all of North and South America. Mormon and Moroni hid the records in the New York Hill Cumorah. The final destruction of the Nephites was in North America and the Lamanites continued at war with each other over the whole face of the land. This was a common view among early Latter-day Saints.[13]

10- March 1841, 1842 – D&C 125:3, Nauvoo, Illinois, 1841 – “A city to be built opposite Nauvoo, let the name of Zarahemla be named upon it.” One hundred and sixty references to “Zarahemla” are found in the Book of Mormon account. Unfortunately a serious error has been perpetuated in early Church history documents about the first known reference to Zarahemla. The Joseph Smith Papers, Vol. 1, p. 344, shows that Joseph Smith did not put the name of Zarahemla on the town until the revelation cited above. Post-1841 Church history documents indicate erroneously that Zarahemla was named in 1839.
-(Author note: The Mesoamerica Model adherents have endlessly defended the 1842 Stephens and Catherwood research in Central America and the supposed correlations to Book of Mormon history. It has been many decades since latter-day prophets have referred to this material. These positions will not be cited herein, for as noted above with respect to the naming of Zarahemla by revelation in 1841, speculation is rampant as to who said what and when about Book of Mormon lands in Central America.)
-March 1842 – “I was informed concerning the aboriginal inhabitants of this country.[14]  
-“In this important and interesting book the history of ancient America is unfolded (The Book of Mormon).”[15]
-“The remnants are the Indians that now inhabit this country.”[16]

11- 1888 – “The Hill Cumorah is a high hill for that country, and had the appearance of a fortification or entrenchment around it.”[17]
-“I have seen these fortifications in many other parts of the United States.”[18]
-“Final battles were fought between Nephites and Lamanites at the Hill Cumorah, the Nephites made their last stand prior to their utter extermination, A.D., 385.”[19]

12- 1920 – Elder James E. Talmage of the Quorum of the Twelve. In the Eastern States Mission during the summer of 1920. “From Buffalo, drove to Palmyra, Joseph Smith farm, Sacred Grove, Hill Cumorah. He described last great battle, soils rich in calcium, and phosphate – indicative of decaying bones of armies that perished there – no doubt the wars of the Book of Mormon occurred in this place.[20]

13- 1923 – President Joseph Fielding Smith. “As I stood on the summit of the Hill Cumorah… I tried to picture the scenes of former days. Here were assembled vast armies filled with bitterness and bent on destruction… Here a people perished because of their extreme wickedness… I thought of the prophets, Ether, Mormon, Moroni, and tried to realize the sadness of their feelings as they witnesses the mad onrushing of their people to annihilation.”[21]

14- 1938 – President Joseph Fielding Smith. “In the face of this evidence coming from the Prophet Joseph Smith, Oliver Cowdery and David Whitmer, we cannot say that the Nephites and Lamanites did not possess the territory of the United States and that the Hill Cumorah is in Central America. Neither can we say that the great struggle which resulted in the destruction of the Nephites took place in Central America.”[22]

15- 1938, September – President Joseph Fielding Smith. “This being true, what would be more natural than that Moroni, like his father, Mormon, would deposit the plates in the land where the battles came to an end and the Nephites were destroyed? This Mormon says he did, and from all the evidence in the Book of Mormon, augmented by the testimony of the Prophet Joseph Smith, these final battles took place in the territory known as the United States and in the neighborhood of the Great Lakes and hills of Western New York. And here Moroni found the resting place for the sacred instrument which had been committed to his care.”[23]

16- 1950 – Elder John A. Widstoe. With respect to an “ideal map drawn based upon geographical facts mentioned in the book (Book of Mormon)… the conclusions drawn from them though they may be correct, must at best be held as intelligent conjectures.”
-First, “it is known by revelation that Adam… lived in or near the territory now known as the state of Missouri. This has no bearing on Book of Mormon geography since it deals with a period long before the coming of the Book of Mormon people to America.”
-Second, “the skeleton of Zelph was uncovered near the Illinois River during a journey into northwestern Missouri… is not of much value in Book of Mormon geographical studies, since Zelph probably dated from a later time when Nephites and Lamanites had been somewhat dispersed and had wandered over the country.”
-Third, “the hill (Cumorah) from which the Book of Mormon plates were obtained by Joseph Smith is definitely known.” “This is a fixed point in Book of Mormon later history.” But Elder Widstoe points out that there is a controversy with respect to the name Cumorah being applied to more than one hill and the plates “could be moved from one place to another by divine help.”
-Fourth, “a statement about Lehi’s party landing in Chile… is not found in the history of Joseph.” “Much doubt has been cast upon the reliability of this statement since diligent search has failed to trace it to the prophet.”[24]

17- April 1953 – Elder Mark E. Petersen. “I do not believe that there were two Cumorah’s, one in Central America and the other one up in New York, for the convenience of the Prophet Joseph Smith, so that the poor boy would not have to walk clear to Central America to get the gold plates.”[25]

18- 1956 – President Joseph Fielding Smith. “And again, what do we hear? Glad tidings from Cumorah! Moroni, an angel from heaven, declaring the fulfillment of the prophets – the book to be revealed. Who can read the words of Joseph Smith as recorded in section 128 of the Doctrine and Covenants and not feel that he had reference to the Hill Cumorah in Western New York? While in this statement it is not positively declared that the Hill Cumorah is the place where the plates were obtained, yet the implication that such is the case is overwhelming. Moroni declaring from Cumorah the book to be revealed!”[26]

19- 1956 – President Joseph Fielding Smith. “In the light of the revelation it is absurd for anyone to maintain that the Nephites and Lamanites did not possess this northern land.[27]

20- 1956 – President Joseph Fielding Smith. “Locale of Cumorah, Ramah, and Repliancum. This modernistic theory (that the Nephites and Lamanites were confined almost entirely within the borders of the territory comprising Central America and the southern part of Mexico) in order to be consistent, must place the waters of Ripliancum and the Hill Cumorah some place within the restricted territory of Central America, notwithstanding the teachings of the Church to the contrary for upwards of 100 years.”[28]

21- April 1961 – Elder Milton R.  Hunter. “The calamities of the Book of Mormon, stayed in the minds of the Lamanites or the American Indian, for 1500 years.” “American Indians had a tradition of convulsions that took place, at the time of Christ’s death.”  “Jesus had visited ancient America and given the ancestors of the American Indians the gospel.”
-“The Lamanites, or the American Indian retained that knowledge.”[29]

22- April 1962 – Elder Mark E. Petersen. “Polynesians are descendants of Lehi and blood relatives of the American Indians.”[30]

23- 1964 – President Ezra Taft Benson. “How I wish every American and every living soul would read the Book of Mormon. I testify to you that it is true. It tells about the prophetic history and mission of America.[31]

24- 1969 – President Ezra Taft Benson. “To me the United States is not just another nation. It is not    just one of a family of nations. The United States is a nation with a great mission to perform for the benefit and blessing of liberty-loving people everywhere.”[32]

25- 1977 – President Ezra Taft Benson. “Many great events have transpired in this land of destiny. This was the place where Adam dwelt; this was the place where the Garden of Eden was; it was here that Adam met with a body of high priests at Adam-ondi-Ahman shortly before his death and gave them his final blessing, and the place to which he will return to meet with the leaders of his people (D&C 107:53-57). This was the place of three former civilizations: that of Adam, that of the Jaredites, and that of the Nephites. This was also the place where our Heavenly Father and His Son, Jesus Christ, appeared to Joseph Smith, inaugurating the last dispensation.
-The Lord has also decreed that this land should be ‘the place of the new Jerusalem which should come down out of heaven and the holy sanctuary of the Lord’ (Ether 13:3). Here is our nation’s destiny!”[33]

26- 1981 – Elder Bruce R. McConkie. “A great nation (the United States of America) shall be set up… by the power of God, so that the gospel may be restored, the Book of Mormon come forth, its message go to the American remnant of Jews, that the eternal covenants of the Lord with his people might be fulfilled.” “The remnant of Jacob, including the Lamanites in the Americas”, will assist in the gathering of Israel to the promised land   New Jerusalem.[34]

27- 1980-81 – Author note: When I joined the Church the copy of the Book of Mormon I read was printed in 1961. That edition did not have references to America in the chapter headings. Neither did it have an introduction page. The brief explanation page following the testimony of Joseph Smith in the forward of the book is also now different and states “The Book of Mormon is a sacred record of people in ancient America.” Beginning in 1980, the introduction page has referred to the “Lamanites, and they are the principal ancestors of the American Indians.” Since 2007, this statement reads, “the Lamanites, and they are among the ancestors of the American Indians.” America is mentioned four times in the inspired headings of chapters of the Book of Mormon published after 1980. Post-1980 publications of the Book of Mormon have been guided by latter-day apostles serving on the Scriptures Committee of the Church which was organized in 1976. From a Church magazine article about this work we read that “inspired direction came from the scripture publication committee of the Quorum of the Twelve: Elder Thomas S. Monson, Elder Boyd K. Packer, and Elder Bruce R. McConkie with W. James Mortimer serving as executive secretary.”[35] The references to America and American are a significant message from latter-day apostles that ought to be heeded by the readers of the book.
-The Hill Cumorah anchors the foundational location of the sacred record in the east of the promised land. The future New Jerusalem anchors the holy account in the west of the promised land. There is ample space between the New Jerusalem and the Hill Cumorah in the land northward and in the land southward of this choice land to portray an epic history of the events of the Book of Mormon within America.
-What greater external evidence could there be of the Book of Mormon being prepared in the promised land than the words of prophets and Jesus Christ written on gold plates and buried by the prophet Moroni in the Hill Cumorah of the eastern United States of America. They then were translated by the gift and power of God when delivered to the Prophet Joseph who had them published to the world in western New York State in the promised land.

There are 3-Necks, in the Book of Mormon, all in different locations.

28- 1981 – David Palmer. “The Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-day Saints has no official position on Book of Mormon geography.”[36]
– “I speculate that Moroni carried the plates by himself up to the Palmyra, New York area and buried them there. One purpose of Mormon’s compiling an abridgement in the first place may have been the need to have a set of records that were lightweight enough to be portable. It is also possible that Moroni placed the Book of Mormon plates in the New York hill hundreds of years later, as a resurrected being – the same physical status as he held when he appeared to Joseph Smith.”[37]
– “A ‘two-Cumorah’ theory is thus most appropriate, since records were hidden in both Mormon’s Cumorah and Moroni’s Cumorah. Therefore, it matters little whether it was Joseph Smith or one of his associates who called the hill in New York “Cumorah.”[38]
– “It is interesting to note that the eminent Book of Mormon scholar, Sidney Sperry, originally thought that Mormon’s Cumorah was in New York. Nevertheless, he challenged generations of students at the Brigham Young University to check out that theory. The late Dr. Sperry eventually concluded, with most of his students, that there were indeed two Cumorah’s (Sperry, 1968).”[39]
– Summary: “There are two hills called Cumorah. The one in the state of New York was where Moroni buried the plates later given to Joseph Smith. The original hill Cumorah is in Mexico. It was the place where Mormon buried the Nephite library and where the Nephites were destroyed.”[40]

29- 1985 – John L. Sorenson. “Cumorah must be part of the northern or western extremity of the Tuxla Mountains, some 90 miles from the narrow pass and near the huge site of Tres Zapotes. The Tuxtla (‘place of the macaws’) region has been described by artist-author Miguel Covarrubias as ‘a land of unprecedented fertility, watered in all directions by streams, water falls, and lakes.’ Mormon called it ’a land of many waters, rivers and fountains’ (Mormon 6:4). A thousand years before, that area had been key in the late Olmec settlement system no doubt for the same reason.
– “The river Sidon matches the Grijalva River, which comes out of the Guatemalan highlands, runs through a major basin of intermediate elevation, then continues to the sea across a substantial coastal plain. The length of the river, 300 miles, fits what is said about the Sidon, and no other major stream is found in this section of southern Mexico; the Book of Mormon mentions only the one river.”[41]
– Author Note:  This river matches, of necessity, the definition of a river mentioned in the post-1980 edition of the Book of Mormon and Triple Combination indexes “most prominent river in Nephite territory, runs north to sea.” The 2013 edition of the indexes will no longer make reference to the Sidon River flowing north to the sea, as will other interpretive references to geography and places named in the Book of Mormon text be eliminated.

30- December 1985 – President Ezra Taft Benson. “I testify that America is a choice land. The Book of Mormon records the resurrected Lord’s appearance on the American continent.”[42]

31- 1986 – President Ezra Taft Benson. “For example, in the Book of Mormon we find a pattern for preparing for the Second Coming. A major portion of the book centers on the few decades just prior to Christ’s coming to America.”[43] 

32- 1987 – President Ezra Taft Benson. “Third Nephi is a book that should be read and read again. Its testimony of the resurrected Christ in America is given in purity and beauty.”[44]

33- August 1988 – President Ezra Taft Benson. “Two great American Christian civilizations – the Jaredites and the Nephites – were swept off (this American nation) because they did not ‘serve the God of the land, who is Jesus Christ.’”[45]
– “The Book of Mormon chronicles the rise and fall of two mighty civilizations in America that failed to give heed to this decree, and thus met with destruction.”[46]

34- October 1990 – Office of the First Presidency Letter. In a letter to a bishop in an Oklahoma stake, Brother F. Michael Watson, secretary to the Office of the First Presidency responded to a member of the ward inquiring “about the location of the Hill Cumorah mentioned in the Book of Mormon, where the last battle between the Nephites and Lamanites took place.”
– “The Church has long maintained, as attested to by references in the writings of General Authorities, that the Hill Cumorah in western New York State is the same as referenced in the Book of Mormon.[47] (Elder F. Michael Watson now serves as a General Authority Seventy.)

35- 1992 – Encyclopedia of Mormonism. “Cumorah in the Book of Mormon refers to a hill and surrounding area where the final battles between the (Jaredites and the) Nephites and Lamanites took place, resulting in the annihilation of the (Jaredite and) Nephite people.
– “Because the New York site does not readily fit the Book of Mormon description of Book of Mormon geography, some Latter-day Saints have looked for other possible explanations and locations, including Mesoamerica.”[48]

36- 1997 – President Gordon B. Hinckley. “I marvel at the miracle of America, the land which the God of Heaven long ago declared to be a land choice above all other lands and concerning which He has made a promise and given a warning in these remarkable words. ‘Behold, this is a choice land, and whatsoever nation shall possess it shall be free   from bondage, and from captivity, and from all other nations under heaven, if they will but serve the God of the land, who is Jesus Christ’ (Ether 2:12). But surely this is a good land, a choice land, a chosen land. To me it is a miracle, a creation of the Almighty.”[49]

37- 2002 – Terryl Givens. “For most Latter-day Saints, the point of departure for all historical investigation of the Book of Mormon is the position expressed by BYU professor of anthropology, John Sorenson.”[50]
– “Nevertheless, there is something startling in the leap this distinguished sociocultural anthropologist makes into plausible specificity. The Nephite lands are likely ‘the territory between Guatemala City and the city of Veracruz, Mexico,’ he writes.”[51]
– “Speculation has continued and is moving toward a consensus among Mormon scholars.”[52]
-“Since the 1960’s Mormon scholars have been zeroing in on the lands of Mesoamerica as the stage on which Book of Mormon history unfolded. Sidney Sperry at BYU, its archeology department, and various Book of Mormon related societies (the Society for Early Archaeology; the Ancient America Foundation; and the Foundation for Research in Ancient America) all operated on that assumption.”[53]
– Author note: Givens deftly weaves the American Indian ancient history into the more encompassing and expanded lands of ancient peoples throughout the Americas in his views of Book of Mormon lands. Though the plates were indeed found in the New   York Hill Cumorah, ancient stone ruins depicting a history of a people are found more specifically in the Mesoamerican model. Thus the question arises: Does the preponderance of stone ruins in Mesoamerica overwhelm the expanding view of archaeology defining the possible location of the Book of Mormon people and lands?
– After all, the findings of Stephens and Catherwood in the 1840s and the “stupendous ruins, the elegant sculpture and the magnificence of the ruins” advanced the 20th century rush to tours and books and speculations in the land southward in post 1980 much more readily than the revealed Zarahemla, Manti, Cumorah, Adam-ondi-Ahman, and New Jerusalem in the promised land of eastern North America.

38- 2003 – Dennis Largey. “Some modern scholars believe there are two Cumorah’s, one in Central America where the final battle between the Nephites and Lamanites took place and where Mormon hid all the records, and a second hill where the gold plates were deposited by Moroni and where Joseph Smith received them from the angel Moroni.”[54]

39- 2011 – President Thomas S. Monson. “The Lord gave a divine promise to the ancient inhabitants of this favored country (the United States): ‘Behold, this is a choice land, and whatsoever nation shall possess it shall be free from bondage, and from captivity, and from all other nations under heaven, if they will but serve the God of the land, who is Jesus Christ” (Ether 2:12).[55]
-“Our Heavenly Father inspired the leaders of…the United States of America, that    they might together, under His direction, having been raised up by God for the purpose, establish the Constitution of this country and…Bill of Rights, that by the year of our Lord 1805 [there would be] a climate where our Heavenly Father could send into this period of mortality a choice spirit who would be known as Joseph Smith, Jr.”[56]

40- December 2012—Elder L. Tom Perry. “The United States is the promised land foretold in the Book of Mormon—a place where divine guidance directed inspired men to create the conditions necessary for the Restoration of the gospel of Jesus Christ. It was the birth of the United States of America that ushered out the Great Apostasy, when the earth was darkened by the absence of prophets and revealed light. It was no coincidence that the lovely morning of the First Vision occurred just a few decades after the establishment of the United States.
– The First Vision precipitated a flood of revealed truth. Knowledge was restored about the nature of the Godhead. A new translated scripture gave a second witness and testament of Jesus Christ.”[57]

41- “The Book of Mormon reveals the inheritance of Joseph, son of Israel, who was not forgotten when land was distributed to the tribes of Israel. This was promised in the Abrahamic covenant…  Josephs inheritance was to be a land choice above all others. Choice because it was chosen to be the repository of sacred writings on golden plates from which the Book of Mormon would one day come. Choice because it would eventually host the world headquarters of the Restored Church of Jesus Christ in the latter days. And it was choice because it was a land of liberty for those who worship the Lord and keep His commandments.Russell M Nelson President, Quorum of 12 June, 2016 Provo Missionary Training Center

Author note and summary:

The divinely-appointed location of the Hill Cumorah in the land of promise testifies of ancient preparation by prophets of old to serve Joseph Smith, the latter-day prophet of the restoration. The record testifies of cities that were destroyed, of some that were rebuilt, and of most, if not all, being abandoned in the years following Christ’s visit as war raged upon the promised land. The fate of cities and therefore societies and cultures that were destroyed in the promised land of Eastern America is clear in the record. Why would anyone expect to find an ancient Mesoamerica type civilization with huge stone pyramids when the Book of Mormon makes no mention of any buildings made of stone? The Nephite building material of choice was wood, and their largest buildings and temples were made of wood, not stone including wicked King Noah’s palace (see Mosiah 11:8-10; Helaman 3:9-11). That their cities were built of wood is attested to by the fact that so many were destroyed by burning (see 3 Nephi 8:14, 9:9-10, Mormon 5:5, Ether 14:17). The massive stone edifices (not cement) erected to pagan gods in Mesoamerica were obviously not built according to that which was described in the text, nor are they located in this promised land of the United States of America.


This image has an empty alt attribute; its file name is Christ-visits-the-Nephites-in-Americas-Heartland.jpg
Christ Appears to the Nephites in North America by Kendra Burton

“This painting above, shows Christ descending in a shaft of light to visit multitudes of Nephites who are streaming up a ramped earthen platform mound reminiscent of other earthen monuments made by the civilization now known as the Hopewell Mound Builders. The background is a vast plain with interspersed massive grass-covered mounds, wooden homes with thatched roofs and hardwood forests, while the foreground shows a large wooden temple atop a monumental ramped earth structure.  The scene is one that is true to the Book of Mormon record, without stone pyramids or thick jungle vegetation since nowhere in the text is there any mention of stone buildings, palm trees, monkeys or a tropical climate. 

The Heartland geography research has overwhelmingly demonstrated through Book of Mormon prophesies, Joseph Smith’s writings, DNA, archaeological, linguistic and cultural evidences that the most likely location for the setting of the Book of Mormon was in America’s Heartland. This painting is consistent with Joseph Smith’s known and historically documented statements and actions in such accounts as the those found in D&C 28, 30, and 32, the Wentworth Letter, the American Revivalist account, the Zelph accounts, Joseph’s hand-written letter to his wife while on Zion’s camp, and many additional sources.” Rod Meldrum, Author “Exploring the Book of Mormon in America’s Heartland”

The Book of Mormon account illustrates a continuous ebb and flow of faith and folly among a people in a choice land, the promised land. The keystone cities around which the Book of Mormon story revolves are Zarahemla and the future New Jerusalem which will be built in the land which is choice above all other lands. The Lord has revealed to latter-day prophets that the location of the yet future New Jerusalem will be in America. The Book of Mormon prophets wrote their messages in and about the same places and among the same people where the risen Lord Jesus Christ visited the promised land of America, the chief city being Zarahemla, revealed in D&C 125. The Book of Mormon cites the land of Zarahemla, the city of Zarahemla, people of Zarahemla, and a King Zarahemla 160 times in the record. Even the Book of Moses 6:17 says “the people of God came out of the land of Shulon and dwelt in a land of promise, which he called after his own son, whom he had named Cainan.” And Section 107:53 records, “Three years prior to the death of Adam he called Seth, Enos, Cainan, Mahalaleel, Jared, Enoch, and Methuselah (all high priests) with the residue of his posterity who were righteous, into the valley of Adam-ondi-Ahman. There he bestowed upon them his last blessing.”

Author Conclusions:

  1. As I comprehend the term “drift” from the counsel of the Brethren, it is not in the sense of the worst possible conditions; such as apostasy, or ignorant and aimless studies, or lack of direction, inspiration, and purpose, or lack of testimony and support of the prophets, seers, and revelators. Rather, I speak of “drift” as defined by tendency, inclination, trending, intent and tenor, or being carried along by circumstances.
  2. I see no drift in the words of the Latter day Church leaders with respect to the Hill Cumorah being located in the particular part of the vast promised lands which include the United States of America.
  3. I do recognize drift in the consensus theories and scholarly views pertaining to dual Cumorah’s as espoused by certain Church sponsored organizations. These views do not constitute an official Church position by default. Neither do I advocate criticism and personal attacks on persons who are faithful Church members and advocate alternative Book of Mormon land models. These attacks represent a pronounced drift from clearly depicted mission statements of these organizations such as “seek to deepen understanding and nurture discipleship among Latter-day Saints while promoting mutual respect and goodwill among people of all faiths.”
  4. Some of the grandest experiences of my life have been associated with tours and explorations of Mesoamerican and North American ruins, edifices, mounds, jungles, plains, and cultures. I applaud those who have invested in study, research, writing, and travel to delve into the lands and models of ancient peoples and practices in the Americas. I would hope that additional faith, energy, focus and forums could be devoted to the ancient people, cultures, and histories of North America, particularly the Eastern United States of America and Canada. The one Cumorah model is very deserving of increased attention and scholarly research of Church sponsored organizations. It is time to study and explore potential Book of Mormon lands  models beyond Mesoamerica and thus serve and honor the Lord as He has honored this great and promised land of the United States of America.

The Illustrated Encyclopedia of Native American Mounds & Earthworks

“The most common question that is asked about mounds is, “How many exist?” In the 1800’s the Smithsonian sponsored many expeditions to identify mound sites across America. A map (shown above) was produced by Cyrus Thomas in 1894 in a Bureau of Ethnology book. They found approximately 100,000 mound sites, many with complexes containing 2 to 100 mounds. The figure of 100,000 mounds once existing— based on Cyrus Thomas map revealing 100,000 sites—is often cited by others, but that estimate is far, far too low. After visiting several thousand mounds and reviewing the literature, I am fairly certain that over 1,000,000 mounds once existed and that perhaps 100,000 still exist. Oddly, some new mound sites are discovered each year by archaeological surveys in remote areas. But in truth, a large majority of America’s mounds have been completely destroyed by farming, construction, looting, and deliberate total excavations” – Gregory L. Little, Ed.D., The Illustrated Encyclopedia of Native American Mounds & Earthworks, Eagle Wing Books, Inc., Memphis, TN [2009].

Author Further considerations:

I am deeply grateful for many friends and associates in the Church who have counseled with me with respect to the preparation and content of this paper. I marvel at the value of correct principles associated with counseling together.

In Mosiah 18 we learn of Alma preaching the gospel, teaching the people the principles of faith, repentance and baptism, and organizing the Church of Christ around the city and land of Zarahemla. These events were occurring in 147 B.C. in the promised land and continued until approximately A.D. 326. In light of the testimonies of Joseph Smith and the prophets since 1830, shouldn’t consideration be given by our own dedicated and faithful scholars in institutions of higher learning and Church History Departments to expanded efforts and research in the realm of the ancient history of North America? These professionals could explore the development of The Church of Jesus Christ of former days among the ancient inhabitants of North America.

Likewise, our Neal A. Maxwell Institute for Religious Scholarship (replacing The Foundation for Ancient Research and Mormon Studies (FARMS), might also be encouraged to focus research and development on the ancient American Indian and the developing and remarkable DNA evidence linking them to ancient Israel.  What about advanced studies for scholarly expertise on the Lamanite history of the Americas from 500 B.C. to A.D. 385? LDS scholars should lead the world in an understanding of the ancient Lamanite/Indian history and culture of the eastern United States of America. The Adena (roughly 1000 B.C. – A.D. 100) and Hopewell (roughly 300 B.C. – A.D. 400) cultures of North America are parallel in time and could be linked to the Book of Mormon, and the ancient Church of Jesus Christ in thousands of historic sites within and not far distance from the Latter-day Church historic sites.

Our own faithful scholars and academics could open the windows of exploration and discovery to truths about ancient peoples and societies in North America that are related to the people of the sacred Book of Mormon. Latter-day prophets have long talked of the “people of the book,” “the people of the covenant,” the “day of the Lamanite,” and the “children of the promise.” Surely it is time for our scholarly resources to demonstrate appropriate attention and research to the ancient North American Indians who must be counted among the people of the book and their real ancient American history be told in these latter days.

Consider the glorious contribution to strengthening faith and testimony among members of the Church by gifted and skillful researchers and writers who amplify the divine purposes of God for designating the Book of Mormon to come forth in the promised land of North America as the special and second witness in the latter-days to bring the people unto Jesus Christ. The numerous visits of the Lord to America certify over and over that the choice land is indeed where His holy work has been centered in the last days.” Anonymous

                                                           Notes

[1] Palmer, David, In Search of Cumorah, p. 19, 1981.

[2] Largey, Dennis, Book of Mormon Reference Companion, 2003, p. 288.

[3] Encyclopedia of Mormonism, edited by Daniel H. Ludlow, 1992, p. 176-179.

[4] History of the Church 2:78-80.

[5] Smith, Joseph Fielding, Doctrines of Salvation, vol. 3, pp. 235-236.

[6] History of the Church 2:79-80.

[7] Teachings of the Prophet Joseph Smith, 2002, pp. 13-14.

[8] Ibid. 7,at p.92.

[9] Discourses of the Prophet Joseph Smith, p. 208.

[10] Ibid. 5, at p. 3:239.

[11] Millennial Star, 16:296.

[12] Journal of Samuel D. Taylor, September 25, 1838, filed in Church Historian’s Office.

[13] The Joseph Smith Papers, Histories, Vol. 1, appendix, 1840, pp. 519, 532-537.

[14] Discourses of the Prophet Joseph Smith, 1965, Wentworth Letter, pp. 217.

[15] Ibid., p. 217.

[16] Ibid., p .218.

[17] Whitney, Orson F., Life of Heber C. Kimball, 1888, pp. 25-26.

[18] Ibid.

[19] Ibid.

[20] Talmage, James E., journal entry, 20 August 1920, pp. 132-33.

[21] Ibid. 5, President Joseph Fielding Smith from a conference of the Eastern States Mission, near Palmyra, New        York, September 21-23, 1923,  at p. 242.

[22] Ibid. pp. 3:239-240 (from Church News, 1938).

[23] Ibid. p. 3:240 (Church News, September 10, 1938, p. 1).

[24] Widstoe, John A., “Is Book of Mormon Geography Known?,” Improvement Era, July 1950 pp. 547 and 596.

[25] Petersen, Mark E., General Conference, April 1953.

[26] Ibid. 5, at pp. 237-238.

[27] Ibid., p. 238.

[28] Ibid., p. 238.

[29] Hunter, Milton R., General Conference, April 1961, p. 60.

[30] Peterson, Mark E., General Conference, April 1962.

[31] Benson, Ezra Taft, The Teachings of Ezra Taft Benson, p. 51.

[32] Ibid., p. 589.

[33] Ibid., pp. 587-88.

[34] McConkie, Bruce R., Mortal Messiah, Book 4, 1981, pp. 348-349, 358.

[35] Harper, Bruce T., “The Church Publishes a New Triple Combination,” Ensign, October 1981.

[36] Palmer, David, In Search of Cumorah, Horizon Publishing, 1981, p. 19.

[37] Ibid., p. 20.

[38] Ibid., p. 21

[39] Ibid., p. 25

[40] Ibid., p. 26.

[41] Sorenson, John L., An Ancient American Setting, 1985, p. 347.

[42] Benson, Ezra Taft, Teachings of Ezra Taft Benson, p 17 (1 Dec. 1985 Devotional).

[43] Ibid., p. 59 (Ensign, November 1986, Conference Report).

[44] Ibid., p. 60 (Ensign, May 1987, Conference Report).

[45] Ibid., p. 621 (parenthesis added).

[46] Ibid., p. 576. (August 1988)

[47] Office of the First Presidency letter, October 1990.

[48] Encyclopedia of Mormonism, 1992, David A. Palmer citation,  pp. 346-347.  (parenthesis added)

[49] Hinckley, Gordon B., Teachings of Gordon B. Hinckley, 1997, pp. 9-10.

[50] Givens, Terryl, By The Hand of Mormon, 2002.

[51] Ibid.

[52] Ibid.

[53] Ibid.

[54] Largey, Dennis, Book of Mormon Reference Companion,  citing

 David A. Palmer, 2003, p. 222-224.

[55] Monson, Thomas S., Teachings of Thomas S. Monson, 2011, pp. 14-15.

[56] Ibid., pp. 157-158.

[57] Perry, L. Tom. “The Tradition of Light and Testimony.” Ensign, December 2012, pp. 29-30.

How I Understand Chosen vs Choice

“I think there is importance in the Brethren being neutral on Geography, evolution and other difficult issues. They want us to gain our own witness to secondary information. They have given us sound doctrine and that is what we should focus on. I know through the Spirit that the Book of Mormon is true. However, I love to seek for other truth and as Moroni has said “I may know the truth of all things”

I believe the Land of Promise spoken of in the Book of Mormon is the United States of America. The Constitution was created by the Lord, Adam and Eve were placed on this same land and the New Jerusalem will be on this same land. No need for me to check out Mesoamerica anymore as I did for 40 years.

Just like evolution. I don’t believe we came from an ape and I know that matter cannot come from nothing. I don’t have to look into science to figure this out, but by the witness of what the scriptures tell us.

I don’t expect President Nelson to come right out and tell me where the Book of Mormon events happened, or if we came from an ape, I know through sound reasoning the answer that makes most sense to me. Now if the Brethren say otherwise, I would always listen to them first, and then pray about it, but in my opinion the Church is neutral on difficult issues that exist to help each of us individually come to a knowledge of the “truth of all things” as promised in the Book of Mormon. I don’t need to be commanded in all things!

“The Book of Mormon reveals that Joseph, the son of Jacob who was once sold into Egypt, foresaw the Prophet Joseph Smith and his day (see 2 Ne. 3:6-21) and noted that there would be many similarities in their lives. Centuries later, the Prophet Joseph stated, “I feel like Joseph in Egypt.” (The Personal Writings of Joseph Smith, ed. Dean C. Jessee, Salt Lake City: Deseret Book Co., 1984, p. 409; spelling modernized.)

The Book of Mormon reveals that the inheritance of Joseph, son of Israel, was not forgotten when, as promised in the Abrahamic covenant, land was distributed to the tribes of Israel. Joseph’s inheritance was to be a land choice above all others. (See Ether 13:2, 8.) It was choice not because of beauty or wealth of natural resources, but choice because it was chosen. It was to be the repository of sacred writing on plates of gold from which the Book of Mormon would one day come, choice because it would eventually host world headquarters of the restored church of Jesus Christ in the latter days.” A Treasured Testament Elder Russell M. Nelson Of the Quorum of the Twelve Apostles Ensign: July 1993 here:

I paraphrase what Pres. Nelson mentioned above, where was the repository of sacred writings, and where is the headquarters of the Church?, in other words, what was the Land Chosen by God? The USA. Not Greenland, not Brazil, not, Guatemala, not Quebec, but the land chosen was the heartland and the territory of the United States. See my blog here about being chosen, not necessarily as being the best country or the most beautiful, but the Choice of the Lord.

This is very simple to understand, and those who believe in a different location of the events of the Book of Mormon just don’t understand the quote by Elder Perry who said, “The United States is the promised land foretold in the Book of Mormon—a place where divine guidance directed inspired men to create the conditions necessary for the Restoration of the gospel of Jesus Christ.” Elder L. Tom Perry Ensign Dec. 2012″

By Rian Nelson

North America has 4-Seasons- Mesoamerica has 2!

0

SEASONS!

“…at some seasons of the year…” (Alma 46:40). As the Book of Mormon states there were some seasons of the year, that doesn’t fit the climate in Mesoamerica which has tropic and subtropic climates. The Heartland of the United States has Winter, Spring, Summer and Fall, which is the type of climate most indicative of what is said in the Book of Mormon. Alma 40:46 And there were some who died with fevers, which at some seasons of the year were very frequent in the land—but not so much so with fevers, because of the excellent qualities of the many plants and roots which God had prepared to remove the cause of diseases, to which men were subject by the nature of the climate.” So some seasons of the year had more fevers than others, and certain herbs were found during different climates in the land, which I feel is the Heartland of the United States and not in Mesoamerica.

At what seasons of the year would fevers be more likely? In South America there are basically two seasons. Hot and hotter. Or, warm and warmer. Rainy or not rainy? Dry or wet? In North America there are 4 seasons of the year and and at what time of the year are fevers and the flu more frequent?

Four Seasons in the Promised Land

Migrating Animals

“The Waters of Mormon, were in the borders of the and of Shilom, which was prone to “having been infested, by times or at seasons, by wild beasts” (Mosiah 18:4). A seasonal infestation of wild beasts could indicate migratory patterns caused by changing seasons that affect the abundance or scarcity of available food throughout the year in temperate climates. There are no migratory land animals in climates that do not have distinctive seasons, such as near the equator.” Page 171 Annotated Book of Mormon

Migratory animals live in locales that are difficult to survive in year-round. Instead of hibernating (the survival choice of many land animals) when food and water become scarce, these animals choose to migrate in search of more hospitable habitats and terrain. Most land animals practice seasonal migration — a type of migration that corresponds with the change in seasons, while others migrate in search of mates. 

American Bison

American bison inhabit the grasslands and parklands of Canada and the central United States. They are nomadic as well as seasonal migratory animals. During the day, bison slowly graze on grasses, herbs and shrubs, moving approximately 2 miles each day; this slow-moving migratory pattern is called “nomadic migration.” During their seasonal migration, American bison move to more southerly habitats in the winter covering up to 150 miles during their journey. https://animals.mom.me/land-animals-migrate-3520.html

Elk Migration

Elk wintering in Jackson Hole, Wyoming, after migrating there during the fall As is true for many species of deer, especially those in mountainous regions, elk migrate into areas of higher altitude in the spring, following the retreating snows, and the opposite direction in the fall. Hunting pressure also impacts migration and movements.[46] During the winter, they favor wooded areas and sheltered valleys for protection from the wind and availability of tree bark to eat. Roosevelt elk are generally non-migratory due to less seasonal variability of food sources.[37]

The Greater Yellowstone Ecosystem elk herd numbers over 200,000 individuals and during the spring and fall, they take part in the longest elk migration in the continental U.S. Elk in the southern regions of Yellowstone National Park and in the surrounding National Forests migrate south towards the town of Jackson, Wyoming, where they winter for up to six months on the National Elk Refuge. Conservationists there ensure the herd is well fed during the harsh winters.[47] Many of the elk that reside in the northern sections of the Greater Yellowstone Ecosystem migrate to lower altitudes in Montana, mainly to the north and west. https://en.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/Elk

Mammals Migration

“Seasonal movements are not widespread among terrestrial species of mammals, because walking speed is relatively slow and energy consumption great. Marine and flying mammals have a much greater tendency to migrate, a tendency that is directly related to their locomotive powers.

Terrestrial Mammals

True migration among mammals occurs mostly among large artiodactyls (even-toed ungulates) living in habitats with wide fluctuations of climatic and biotic conditions.

In North American Arctic regions, herds of caribou (Rangifer tarandus) settle during the summer in the barrens—rather flat wasteland with little vegetation. In July the animals begin to move irregularly southward and spend the winter in the taiga, or northern forests, through which they wander freely with no general directional trend. Each herd seems to move in accordance with local conditions and without a well-defined pattern. The caribou again move northward as early as late February and return to the barrens. These migrations follow the same routes from year to year.

In former times, American bison (Bison bison) migrated regularly through the Great Plains. Herds of as many as 4,000,000 animals moved from north to south in fall and returned when spring rains brought fresh grass to the northern part of their range. Bison travelled over more or less circular routes and spent the winter in areas 320 to 640 kilometres (200 to 400 miles) from the summer range. Other North American mammals, such as elk (Cervus canadensis), mule deer (Odocoileus hemionus), and dall sheep (Ovis dalli), still migrate regularly in areas undisturbed by man.

Mesoamerican Migration

A few birds and the butterfly migrate in Mesoamerica.  “And it came to pass that the people did follow the course of the beasts, and did devour the carcasses of them which fell by the way, until they had devoured them all.” Ether 9:34 I doubt in Ether that Mormon was referring to either a bird or a butterfly or even the turkey which is from Mesoamerica. 

Domesticated Animals

What are domestic animals?

The term is very vague especially if you’re talking about Mesoamerica. If you mean animals of burden, they had none, but there are other animals

What they had for food, ritual sacrifice & companions (if they were pets, they were never used as food.) dogs & turkeys.

The dogs that they had are the Chihuahuas (debated to be techichi) & Mexican Hairless (Xoloitzcuintli). There was people who breed them to have select qualities. It’s a debate whether the ones as pets were breeded differently than the ones that were eaten other than the ones that would be eaten were fatten. https://tecpaocelotl.livejournal.com/16190.html

Jaredites Bring Their Animals

The Jaredites would not have brought their animals from the Middle East to Mesoamerica as they would not have survived the climate. This is another reason why it makes sense that the Jaredites landed in North America in a temperate climate and a place for domesticated animals.

“The Jaredites left their homeland driving great herds of cattle before them in the immemorial Asiatic manner, and even if they had never been nomads before, they certainly lived the life of the steppes during those many years before they set sail (Ether 3:3, p. 464), and when they embarked, they crammed all they could of their beasts into their small boats, “flocks and herds” and other beasts (Ether 6:4, p. 466), and upon reaching the New World continued to cultivate “all manner of cattle, of oxen, and cows, and of sheep…and of goats” just as their ancestors had in the old country (Ether 9:18, p. 471)” – Hugh Nibley, “The World of the Jaredites;” Part VIII, Improvement Era, [Apr. 1952], 236. The Nephites, who came from Jerusalem, then had religiously essential sheep, goats, cows and oxen brought in by the Jaredites to North America. This allowed the Nephites, who were from the House of Joseph, to practice the Law of Moses in the land of the future New Jerusalem. Page 493 Annotated Book of Mormon.

Domesticated Animals in Mesoamerica

“Dogs, turkeys, and the Musovy duck were the only domesticated animals in ancient Mesoamerica. All were used for food, but they made only a minor contribution to the Aztec diet. The Aztecs also fished and hunted wild game, but again these food sources were limited…Archaeologists do find the bones of fish, deer, rabbit, iguana, dog, turkey, and other animals in Aztec domestic trash deposits, but rarely in dense concentrations. Meat from large animals was a minor part of the Aztec diet. Early Spanish observers noted the widespread use of insects among the Aztecs, including ants, grasshoppers, manuey worms, and jumil bugs. Insects are high in protein, tasty, and could often be harvested in large numbers. The Aztecs also gathered great amounts of blue-green spirulina algae…from the surface of the lakes. This algae, known as tecuitlatl, is extremely high in protein, grows rapidly, and abundantly, and is easy to gather with fine nets…The Spanish soldiers and priests had a low opinion of the palatability of this algae, but it was much prized by the Aztecs.” —The Aztecs, Smith (p. 67) http://www.foodtimeline.org/foodmaya.html

Turkeys Were Domesticated Not For Meat, But For Ancient Mesoamerican Ceremonies

A staple for many a Thanksgiving and Christmas lunch, the turkey is now synonymous with the holiday season and roast dinners.

But this wasn’t always the case. Now archaeologists have uncovered the earliest origins of the all-American domestic turkey in Mexico, finding that these early birds were not prized for their tasty meat, but rather traded for their cultural significance in rituals and sacrifice.

“The archaeological evidence suggests that meat from deer and rabbit was a more popular meal choice for people in pre-Columbian societies; turkeys are likely to have also been kept for their increasingly important symbolic and cultural role,” explained Dr Aurélie Manin, who led the study published in Royal Society Open Science.

The team of researchers studied the bones of 55 turkeys collected from Mesoamerica – which spans an area from central Mexico to northern Costa Rica – that dated to between 300 BCE and 1500 CE.  https://www.iflscience.com/plants-and-animals/turkeys-were-domesticated-not-for-meat-but-for-ancient-mesoamerican-ceremonies/

Law of Moses

Mesoamerica did not have lambs, sheep, rams, bullocks, doves, wheat, barley or wine during the time of the Book of Mormon. These were all necessary animals and plants to practice the Law of Moses.

Not only this, but the proper seasons were required to practice the Law of Moses. In Mesoamerica there is very little change in seasons.

Beginning in the Spring (the Jewish month of the Abib* or “Aviv” [Nisan], which was a critical stage of barley maturation as discussed on p. 160 Annotated Book of Mormon), and continuing through the year, seasonal changes are necessary for observing all of the holy convocations of the Law of Moses (see Appendix, p. 532 Annotated Book of Mormon). See blog on Barley here: 

“Observe the month of Abib, and keep the Passover unto the LORD thy God. For in the month of Abib [Early Spring] the LORD thy God brought thee forth out of Egypt by night. Thou shalt therefore sacrifice the Passover unto the LORD thy God, of the flock and the herd, in the place which the LORD shall choose to place His name there” – Deuteronomy 16:1-2.

“And thou shalt observe the Feast of Weeks, of the Firstfruits of Wheat Harvest, [late Spring] and the Feast of Ingathering [Tabernacles] at the year’s end [early Fall]” – Exodus 34:22.

Three times thou shalt keep a feast unto Me in the year. Thou shalt keep the Feast of Unleavened Bread [Spring]: (thou shalt eat unleavened bread seven days, as I commanded thee, in the time appointed of the month Abib, for in it thou camest out from Egypt. And none shall appear before Me empty:) And the Feast of Harvest [Pentecost] [early Summer], the firstfruits of thy labours, which thou hast sown in the field. And the Feast of Ingathering, which is in the end of the year [Fall], when thou hast gathered in thy labours out of the field” – Exodus 23:14-17.

*Abib: The first month of the Jewish ecclesiastical year, corresponding nearly to the Gregorian April. After the Babylonian captivity this month was called Nisan (see the Jewish calendar on p. 308 of the Annotated Book of Mormon) (https://en.wiktionary.org/wiki/Abib)

THE LAW OF MOSES AND SEASONAL FEASTS
Four Seasons in the Promised Land

3 Nephi 1:24-26 “And there were no contentions save it were a few that began to preach, endeavoring to prove by the scriptures, that it was no more expedient to observe the Law of Moses. Now in this thing they did err, having not understood the scriptures.  But it came to pass that they soon became converted and were convinced of the error which they were in, for
it was made known unto them that the Law was not yet fulfilled, and that it must be fulfilled in every whit; yea, the word came unto them that it must be fulfilled; yea, that one jot or tittle should not pass away till it should all be fulfilled; therefore in this same year were they brought to a knowledge of their error and did confess their faults. And thus the ninety and second year did pass away, bringing glad tidings unto the people because of the signs which did come to pass according to the words of the prophecy of all the holy prophets.”

It was no more expedient to observe the Law of Moses: The Nephites were observing the Law of Moses as contained in the Plates of Brass for over 600 years since they left Jerusalem. They were commanded to observe it until Jesus Christ’s Atonement fulfilled the Law. (The Hebrew word jot is the smallest letter of the square Hebrew alphabet. A tittle refers to a small stroke or point in writing or printing. It is now most commonly used as the name for the dot over the letter i. ) Page 380 Annotated Book of Mormon

Lambs

Remember the most important symbolic animal in the Israelite culture is the Lamb, as in “the Lamb of God.” I have heard the Lamb is known as the only animal that will not resist its own death. That surely describes the Savior of the World.

“…they had a lamb-skin about their loins…” (3 Nephi 4:7).

Hopewell-era stone carvings of white and black lambs resemble the photos on the right and below.

The Nephites observed the Law of Moses by sacrificing lambs during
Passover. The Lamanites possibly mocked the Nephites and their
religion by wearing a lambskin about their loins “dyed with blood” (3
Nephi 4:7). The Lamanites might have killed Nephite lambs, then wore
and displayed the lamb-skin as an act of defiance and sacrilege to the
Law of Moses during battles with the Nephites. (Research by Amberli Nelson) Page 385 Annotated Book of Mormon

(Above) “Kee-o-kúk, The Watchful Fox, Chief of the Tribe” by George Catlin,1835, oil on canvas; Smithsonian American Art Museum. (Note the red-dyed loin cloth. “…and they were naked, save it were a skin which was girded about their loins… ” (Alma 43:20). (Left) Joseph Smith met with Chief Kee-O-Kuk on Aug. 12, 1841; see p. 117 Annotated Book of Mormon) 

Mesoamerica did not have sheep or goats or bullocks or rams to practice the Law of Moses. North America did as Hugh Nibley states below.

“If my insistent harping on central Asia annoys you, let me remind you again that the book of Ether gives us no choice. It never lets us forget that what the Jaredite kings did was a conscious imitation and unbroken continuation of the ways of “the ancients,” of “them of old” on the other side of the water. This, incidentally, is another indication that we are not to regard the Jaredite migration as taking place immediately after the flood, for the fall of the tower saw the destruction of an ancient and established order. The Jaredites left their homeland driving great herds of cattle before them in the immemorial Asiatic manner, and even if they had never been nomads before, they certainly lived the life of the steppes during those many years before they set sail (Ether 3:3), and when they embarked, they crammed all they could of their beasts into their small boats, “flocks and herds” and other beasts (Ether 6:4), and upon reaching the New World continued to cultivate “all manner of cattle, of oxen, and cows, and of sheep” just as their ancestors had in the old country (Ether 9:18). Now you know, how the Nephites could have had sheep in North America brought to this land by the Jaredites. The Nephites could continue practicing the Law of Moses in the land of The New Jerusalem.” (2 Nephi 25:24 Mosiah 2:3) Hugh Nibley from Lehi in the Desert; The Great Open Spaces

Why are Baby Farm Animals Typically Born in the Spring? IOWA AG LITERACY …Some of my friends even celebrate events like ‘Lambaggedon’. So many baby lambs can be born on a single weekend that family and friends have to come from miles away to help out. They make the event fun with a little contest. Guess the number of lambs to be born between Friday morning and Monday noon. Closest guess gets the privilege of naming one of the lambs.

But why are so many babies born in the spring?

In a lot of ways spring is the perfect time for babies to be born. Mother mammals usually need better, richer food to produce quality milk for their babies to nurse. For grazing animals like cattle, sheep, and horses, the fresh green grass and other plants on pasture in spring and early summer are rich in nutrients. These plants can have a higher percentage of protein and ‘total digestible nutrients’. This can lead to better milk production for the babies. Most calves are born between January and May because of this reason. Read more about early calving here.

Spring is also a good time for babies to be born because the days become longer and temperatures rise. With the warmer weather it is easier for the baby to survive. There is less chance of harsh weather. Just like humans, animals need to be protected from severe weather. Cows often like to wander away from the herd to give birth in solitude. This can put the mother and calf at risk. If the cow has any problems during the birthing process, a farmer might not be available to assist and help pull the calf. Away from the herd, especially in cold weather, the calf might be less likely to survive. Away from the herd, the baby might be in danger from predators like foxes, coyotes, or even large birds of prey like eagles. In many, contemporary farming operations calving and farrowing happens in a barn or ‘under roof’. This protects the mother and baby from many of those dangers.

Because spring is such a good time of year for babies, many animals evolved to accommodate these natural cycles. Many Iowans are familiar with the deer rut that happens in October, November, and December. Male deer are at peak testosterone, get more aggressive, and start fighting for mates. They wander out of their natural habitats which leads to increased motor vehicle accidents when they cross roads. This is in large part because the female deer come into estrus in the fall. As the days shorten, their hormones trigger the estrus cycles. A deer’s gestation will take 201 days. So if the female gets pregnant on October 1, you can expect a fawn around April 20th. Why are Baby Farm Animals Typically Born in the Spring?

Warfare only in the Tropics?

Apparently, the only place the Nephites could have fought is in tropics like Mexico where a narrow neck of land is located. From Book of Mormon Central we read this:

“When we carefully examine the accounts of wars in the middle portion of the Nephite record, we find that military action did not take place at random throughout the calendar year but at particular times. Whatever realistic scene we assume for the Nephite lands, we would expect to find a similar seasonal pattern in that area’s secular historical sources. I consider Mesoamerica (central and southern Mexico and northern Central America) to have been the scene of the Nephite conflicts, but whatever plausible location one chooses will lie in the tropics because, among other reasons, only in those areas are there feasible isthmuses located that could correspond to the “narrow neck of land” of the Nephites. Everywhere in those latitudes, war was normally carried on by the pre-Columbian inhabitants during a limited annual period. This paper investigates the evidence for seasonality of warfare in the Book of Mormon account and compares it with what is currently known about the timing of warfare in Mesoamerica.” https://archive.bookofmormoncentral.org/content/seasonality-warfare-book-mormon-and-mesoamerica

Cold Climate

(Below) “On a cold March 16, 1621, in Plymouth, Massachusetts, the English settlers were startled to see a Native American Indian approach them and with great enthusiasm speak the famous words, ‘Welcome, Englishmen.’ His name was Samoset (c. 1590–1653) and he towered over them. He stood before them ‘a tall straight man…’ What impressed them the most was that he was ‘stark naked,’ with just a fringe strap of leather around his waist When a cold gust of wind kicked up, one of the Pilgrims was moved to throw his coat over the Indian’s shoulders” – Nathaniel Philbrick, Mayflower, A Story of Courage, Community and War, Viking, Penguin Group (USA) Inc., NY, NY [2006], 93.

This encounter (below) shows that native Indian tribes could acclimate to the cold months even though non-natives, not accustomed to the cold, needed to be fully clothed for protection from the “cold gust of wind.”

CONFLICT BETWEEN SCIENCE AND RELIGION?

0

Many intellectuals and scientists love sharing the quote which says, “The Church has no official position on the theory of evolution.” The Church has also said they are neutral on the Geography of the Book of Mormon. These statements by the Church don’t say that we have to be neutral about these things. I believe the Church is telling us to search and pray for ourselves. The Church shouldn’t tell us everything as we are accountable for our own intelligence that we learn in this life.

Supposedly those writers at FAIR Mormon use Elder Holland’s statement below as he says, “I do not know the details of what happened on this planet before that” [Adam and Eve], to feel they can tell us all about evolution as they are smarter than the Prophets. This secular society needs to have the faith of the Brethren and end this tremendous amount of time spent in promoting evolution of ape to man and from nothing comes something.

WE DID NOT COME FROM AN APE OF THIS I AM MOST CERTAIN! MAN DID NOT EVOLVE FROM NOTHING! ADAM WAS PLACED ON THE EARTH IN ABOUT 4,000 BC!

The presiding church leaders are unified on doctrinal issues and Joseph Fielding Smith did not stand alone in his quest against evolutionary theories.  After becoming Prophet and President of the Church, he said the following in General Conference, October 1970 (italics and underlining are added):

As I ponder the principles of the gospel, I am struck forcibly by the uniform manner in which I and all the Brethren have taught them over the years.  The truths of the gospel are everlastingly the same. Like God himself, they are the same yesterday, today and forever.  What I have taught and written in the past I would teach and write again under the same circumstances. And what I say of myself should be true for all the Brethren and for all the elders of the Church.  We are all called to preach the gospel, to be ministers of Christ, to raise the warning voice, and to “teach one another the doctrine of the kingdom.”

Joseph Fielding Smith

Man, His Origin and Destiny by Joseph Fielding Smith

CONFLICT BETWEEN SCIENCE AND RELIGION—1

IS there a conflict between religion and science? Between the revealed word of the Lord to his prophets and the truth revealed through scientific investigation, there is no conflict. There can be no disagreement wherein truth is arrayed against truth. Could such a thing be possible all things would perish in confusion. There is a conflict existing between revealed truth coming from the Lord to his chosen servants and the false doctrines advocated by men of science. There is also a conflict between false religion and truth revealed through scientific investigation. The time will come when nothing will remain except truth…

As long as men of science ignore the light of truth and have no faith in the Divine Creator, they will search the hard way to find out the works of the Lord and will formulate false theories which may prove both harmful and pernicious in that they will guide their fellows who accept them away from the revealed plan leading to eternal life.

Unfortunately most scientists depend entirely upon their own intelligence and wisdom without a thought of divine aid. It is said repeatedly that scientists do not take God into their reckoning in the search of truth. This is an unfortunate condition, for if they were men of prayer and faith, seeking divine help they would come to the truth more readily and would avoid the many pitfalls of false hypotheses.

The Church, nevertheless, is very grateful to the wonderful men and women who have been benefactors of humanity in a thousand ways, perhaps unconscious of the fact that divine aid has been given them, even if they did not seek it. Such as Harvey, Jenner, Lister, Pasteur, the Curies, Morse, Tesla, Whitney, Farnsworth and thousands of others. It is foolish for one to think, however, that these discoveries and inventions have come to light during the past few centuries because men are more intelligent today than they were in former times. The poetry of the Psalms, the wisdom of Proverbs, the admonition and teachings of the Old Testament prophets, have never been surpassed. The painting and sculpture of the ancients equal or surpass anything produced today. The Damascus steel has been the marvel of the world and thousands of other things known and practiced by the ancients indicate an intelligence of the highest quality. Dr. Robert A. Millikan, who has been deceived by some modern theories, testifies that the ancients were as intelligent as men are today and that there have been billions of people who have lived and died with “as high intelligence” as people manifest today. 3

If this is true,” it has been said, “why, then, is it that the ancients did not have modern means of travel, of communication, numerous inventions for their convenience, such as we have today?” The answer to this question is, because the time had not come for these inventions and discoveries to be revealed. Let us not forget that the Spirit of the Lord has played a great part in all of the developments that have come to benefit mankind in these latter centuries. Can there be an honest doubt that the ancient seers saw these things in vision? They wrote about them and have predicted their coming; but the Almighty withheld from them these benefits for his own purpose. It is inconsistent to think that the Son of God, who by command of his Father organized the earth on which we stand, who could turn water into wine, raise the dead, give eyesight to the blind, cleanse the lepers, command the elements and have them obey him, and then could not have revealed, had it pleased him, these modern inventions. Nahum without question saw our present means of transportation. 4 John on the Isle of Patmos without doubt saw our airplanes and described them as they are now being used in war. It is revealed in the Book of Mormon that the Brother of Jared saw our day; 5 and the Lord revealed to Enoch the history of this earth and its inhabitants down to the end of time. 6 Isaiah also must have seen these modern conditions when he speaks of the gathering of Israel and that those being gathered would “fly as a cloud, and as the doves to their windows.” 7 Joel declared that in the last days the Lord would pour out his spirit upon all flesh; and “your sons and your daughters shall prophesy, your old men shall dream dreams, your young men shall see visions: and also upon the servants and upon the handmaids in those days will I pour out my spirit.” 8 We are living in that day.

The reason for all of this great activity which was denied the ancient peoples is that we are living in the day of restitution; a day in which preparation shall be made to bring the earth back again to its primitive glory as it was when the Lord pronounced it good. It is the day spoken of by Peter as a time of “refreshing,” and restitution of all things spoken of by all the prophets. 9 The same that was prophesied of by Paul in his epistle to the Ephesians, that “in the dispensation of the fulness of times he might gather together in one all things in Christ, both which are in heaven, and which are on earth; even in him.” 10

Henry George Bohn, printer and historian, writing of the Origin and Progress of Printing, wrote as follows:

“Nature does not advance by leaps,” says an old proverb; neither does her offspring, Art. All the great boons vouchsafed to man by a munificent providence are of gradual development; and though some may appear to have come upon us suddenly, reflection and inquiry will always show that they have had their previous stages.

Indeed, nothing in this great world which concerns the well-being of man takes place by accident, but is brought forward by divine will, precisely at the moment most suitable to our condition. So it was with astronomy, the mariner’s compass, the steamengine, gas, the electric telegraph, and many other of those blessings which have progressed with civilization. The elements were there and known, but the time had not arrived for their fructification. 11

Daniel in his vision of the last days saw a “time of trouble” such as “never was since there was a nation even to that same time.” He saw the time of the redemption of the righteous, and the day of the resurrection, when the dead should come forth, “some to everlasting life, and some to shame and everlasting contempt.” It was to come in a day when “many should run to and fro, and knowledge shall be increased.” 12 Who can deny that this day is here? Paul also saw our time and described the conditions accurately as they now are. In writing to Timothy he said:

This know also, that in the last days perilous times shall come.

For men shall be lovers of their own selves, covetous, boasters, proud, blasphemers, disobedient to parents, unthankful, unholy.

Without natural affection, trucebreakers, false accusers, incontinent, fierce, despisers of those that are good,

Traitors, heady, highminded, lovers of pleasure more than lovers of God;

Having a form of godliness, but denying the power thereof: from such turn away. 13

In writing to the members of the Church at Thessaly, Paul also predicted that because men would turn away from the truth the Lord, “Shall send them strong delusion, that they should believe a lie: That they all might be damned who believe not the truth, but had pleasure in unrighteousness.” 14

What the prophets predicted has come to pass. Enoch, Moses, Isaiah, Daniel, Peter, Paul, the Jaredite and Nephite prophets, told the story of man’s turning away from God, boasting in his own wisdom and his denial of the truth as truly and clearly by prophecy thousands of years ago, as we see it fulfilled today. We live in an age of materialism; of unbelief in the power of God, and denial of the divine calling of Jesus Christ as the Redeemer of the world and the Only Begotten Son of God in the flesh. This reminds us of the words of Jacob, brother of Nephi:

O that cunning plan of the evil one! O the vainness, and the frailties, and the foolishness of men! When they are learned they think they are wise, and they hearken not unto the counsel of God, for they set it aside, supposing they know of themselves, wherefore, their wisdom is foolishness and it profiteth them not. And they shall perish.

But to be learned is good if they hearken unto the counsels of God.

But wo unto the rich, who are rich as to the teachings of the world. For because they are rich they despise the poor, and they persecute the meek, and their hearts are upon their treasures; wherefore, their treasure is their god. And behold, their treasure shall perish with them also.

And wo unto the deaf that will not hear; for they shall perish.

Wo unto the blind that will not see; for they shall perish also.

Wo unto the uncircumcised of heart, for a knowledge of their iniquities shall smite them at the last day.

Wo unto the liar, for he shall be thrust down to hell.

Wo unto the murderer who deliberately killeth, for he shall die.

Wo unto them who commit whoredoms, for they shall be thrust down to hell.

Yea, wo unto those who worship idols, for the devil of all devils delighteth in them.

And in fine, wo unto all those who die in their sins; for they shall return to God, and behold his face, and remain in their sins. 15

There is great divergence between the path traversed by the scientific investigator, who labors without faith in God, and that traveled by those who accept the divine revelations and walk in the light of his revelations. The scientist, searching without divine aid, depending solely on his own research and wisdom, reaches certain conclusions in relation to the origin of things; how worlds come into being and how they are eventually to die, perhaps to disintegrate and be recreated again in one eternal round. These theories are uncertain; they change from time to time, but quite generally scientists all agree that all things must eventually come to an end and then, some of them believe, the recreation will take place again. They like to talk about the “dying sun” 16 and have written volumes about the Universe how it came into being by chance and is subject to the temporal laws which we mortals understand and by which we are governed, and therefore, according to their calculations based on things which they see naturally, they conclude that all things in the Universe are governed by the same mutable laws that bind us to this mundane sphere. The Lord said to Isaiah:

. . . Forasmuch as this people draw near me with their mouth, and with their lips do honour me, but have removed their heart far from me, and their fear toward me is taught by the precept of men:

Therefore, behold, I will proceed to do a marvellous work among this people, even a marvellous work and a wonder: for the wisdom of their wise men shall perish, and the understanding of their prudent men shall be hid. 17

By revelation direct from our Eternal Father, we learn a very different story in relation to the beginning of things and the end thereof. There is a Supreme Ruler in the Universe, the Creator of worlds and all things that are in them. He does not create worlds to be destroyed. They are created to bring to pass his divine purpose for he said his work and glory is, “To bring to pass the immortality and eternal life of man.” 18 Life is not an accident 19 and the human race is not destined to “die and cease to be.” 20 Neither is life “an unimportant by-product . . . off the main line.” 21

Gordon B. Hinckley

―When I was a college student there were many discussions on the question of organic evolution. I took classes in geology and biology and heard the whole story of Darwinism as it was then taught. I wondered about it. I thought much about it. But I did not let it sway me, for I read what the scriptures said about our origins and our relationship to God.‖ (Gordon B. Hinckley, Faith: The Essence of True Religion, p. 18.)

―None of us . . . knows enough. The learning process is an endless process. We must read, we must observe, we must assimilate, and we must ponder that to which we expose our minds. I believe in evolution, not organic evolution, as it is called, but in the evolution of the mind, the heart, and the soul of man. I believe in improvement. I believe in growth.‖ (Gordon B. Hinckley, Teachings of Gordon B. Hinckley, p. 298.)

Moroni traveled from Mexico to New York?

0

Moroni traveled from Mexico to New York?

This is a false RLDS Teaching!

by Stephen Reed Mesa, Arizona

There are always members and alleged scholars who belong to The Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-day Saints, who enjoy misrepresenting the Church to which they belong, by teaching false doctrine.

One false idea they enjoy promoting is that The Book of Mormon occurred entirely within the confines of Mesoamerica or Central America and Southern Mexico.

They even claim, laughably, that the Prophet Moroni walked with the plates, from Central America to upstate New York after the final Nephite battle, then stumbled upon a hill and buried in it the gold plates. Then 1,400 years later, the Prophet Joseph Smith by chance grew up in a home near that hill.

The idea that there are Two Cumorahs, originated with a member of The Reorganized Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-day Saints. His name was Henry A. Stebbins.

Stebbins wrote an article in The Saints’ Herald, dated March 15, 1911 where he introduced the idea of Two Cumorahs and the Prophet Moroni walking to present-day New York.

It is not a teaching of The Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-day Saints.

Here is an excerpt from Stebbins’ March 15, 1911 article from the RLDS Saints’ Herald publication:

Actually, this is a screenshot of Page 131 from “New Light on American Archaeology” published in 1924, written by another member of the RLDS Church, Louis E. Hills. He was quoting from the earlier March 15, 1911 Saints’ Herald article to justify his Two Cumorah Theory restricted to Mesoamerica.

Here is the link to that page in that book, with the name “Stebbins” in the search query:

https://babel.hathitrust.org/cgi/pt?id=wu.89058377359&view=2up&seq=135&skin=mobile&q1=Stebbins

This is the 1917 map created and copyrighted by Louis E. Hills, showing his false idea that The Book of Mormon was restricted to Mesoamerica, forcing the Prophet Moroni to travel to New York to bury the plates. He justified Moroni walking to New York by quoting an older RLDS Scholar,

Henry A. Stebbins.

In 1835, (before 1911 and 1924), Oliver Cowdery under the direction of Joseph Smith, wrote in his Letter IV:

He [The Angel Moroni] said this history was written and deposited not far from that place, and that it was our brother’s privilege, if obedient to the commandments of the Lord, to obtain and translate the same by the means of the Urim and Thummim, which were deposited for that purpose with the record.

https://www.josephsmithpapers.org/paper-summary/history-1834-1836/68

The history or The Book of Mormon was written and deposited not far from the home of Joseph Smith, in present-day New York, not in Mexico. (And no stone in a hat was used to translate it, as you just read.) Thus, the final Jaredite and Nephite Battles occurred at the Hill Cumorah in New York and The Book of Mormon occurred in North America.

The false Mesoamerica Two Cumorah theory, is an RLDS idea and was plagiarized by LDS Scholars to resell for money. This is because the copyrights belonging to Louis E. Hills on his books and maps, have expired. His books and maps are now in the Public Domain, meaning anyone can resell them.

Hills died in 1925, which was 90 years after Oliver Cowdery wrote his Letter IV.

The next time you hear someone claiming Moroni walked from Mexico to New York, just laugh. Because it’s a false idea which originated over 100 years ago, from members belonging to another Church which didn’t follow Brigham Young to the Salt Lake Valley.

Art by Val Chadwick Bagley

Grave Creek Stone-Not a Hoax

0

Why is it that so many artifacts found in North America over the years have been called a hoax by most of the so-called archaeologists and scientists? Why do the “smart ones” seem to lack so much knowledge? Why did the Smithsonian hide artifacts and claim that all Native Americans were Savages? Most scientists don’t like discussing things that go against their pet theories. The map below was patterned after a map of Cyrus Thomas from 1891. Look at the amazing dates that are said to be during the Adena and Hopewell timeline in the Book of Mormon. Why would no LDS archaeologist even consider this? The non-Mormon scholars and archaeologists have no reason to lie about their findings. This is why we have so little faith in some of our Church historians who won’t even look or consider. It is very sad indeed.

Purchase over 200 Maps  

For example, I have an acquaintance who is a well known professor in Utah who is a wonderful man, a great member of the Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-day Saints, and has spent over 30 years of research to find evidences of the Book of Mormon in Mesoamerica. His donors have spent millions of dollars researching all over the land of Mexico and Central America looking for any little proof of a connection to the Book of Mormon. He refuses to even consider artifacts in North America.

Here is a quote from another LDS researcher friend of mine who said,  “Mesoamerica fits because of things like populations, writing systems, warfare, city-state governments, kings, raised highways, and so much more. This is not saying that the Nephites were the Maya. Rather, it seems that the Nephites were a small group affected by Mesoamerican culture.” These serious archaeologists searching in Mesoamerica have found nothing of substance, but only suggestions of why the Book of Mormon happened in Mesoamerica. Now understand, as a heartlander I don’t think I have all the answers either. I am just saying why not take all of this possible evidence of Nephites in North America and research it? Why not spend $1 million of the $8 million these LDS archaeologists just received, and search things in North America. They could still use the $7 million in Mesoamerica.

This is why almost all so-called evidence of the Book of Mormon in North America is called a hoax because it doesn’t fit their paradigm so they don’t want to explore it further, in case it goes against their belief. We have the same bias who believe in the heartland theory, but like me, most of us have studied the Mesoamerican theory for many years and found very little.

Recently this first acquaintance I mentioned earlier, spent a few days in Ohio with 4 non-Mormon PhD’s, scientists and archaeologists who were looking for evidence of ancient civilizations of Hebrew culture in Ohio. Combined they had over 90 years of archaeological experience of Ancient Hebrew existing in Ohio. We did find 7 ancient Adena roundhouses dated from about 400 to 200 BC, using magnetometry from Germany.* However not one of our non-Mormon friends could convince this acquaintance of mine to even consider looking in Ohio for Hebrew artifacts. Understand this event? A wonderful LDS archaeologist who is so focused in Mesoamerica that he won’t even look at this Hebrew evidence in North America. He doesn’t even want to take the chance that it is a possibility. You would think with Lehi being from the tribe of Joseph, and Mulek from the tribe of Judah and possibly existing evidence in North America, why wouldn’t that be something he would want to at least take a look at? It’s called confirmation bias, and we all do it. *See my other blog here. https://www.bofm.blog/in-search-of-the-lost-menorah-in-ohio/

This is why I think it is important for my readers to view all the information that is out there. I believe we should be open minded to all theories. It shows strength when we are willing to look at the other side which just strengthens our own resolve as we learn and pray about truth. As Moroni said, “we may know the true of all things.”

The Grave Creek Stone (Left)

Smithsonian photograph 90-9022
(MS 3146, E.H. Davis Collection, National Anthropological Archives)

Fig 2

The Grave Creek Stone was discovered in 1838 during the excavation of the Grave Creek Mound, in Moundsville, West Virginia, on the Ohio River, about 10 miles south of Wheeling. The stone, an actual photograph of which appears in Figure 1 above, was a small inscribed sandstone disk, about 1 7/8″ (4.8 cm) wide, and 1 1/2″ (3.6 cm) high. The reverse side was uninscribed.

In 1838, the mound was reported to have been 69 feet high and 295 feet in diameter at the base, making it the largest of the Adena mounds. Today the mound is preserved in the Grave Creek Mound State Park. According to the Park website, the mound is currently believed to have been built between 250 BC and 150 BC. Figure 2 below shows the mound in its present condition. Note the relative size of the cars and house.


Grave Creek Mound Archaeological Complex

 

The Mound

“The heart of the site is probably the most famous and certainly the largest of the Adena Burial mounds. A massive undertaking, the total effort required the movement of more than 60,000 tons of earth. Artifacts and exhibits interpreting the lifestyle of the Adena people are displayed in the Delf Norona Museum, adjacent to the 2,000 year old mound. The most impressive and largest Adena mound, Grave Creek Mound is the largest conical type of any of the mound builder structures. Construction of the mound took place in successive stages from about 250-150 B.C., as indicated by the multiple burials at different levels within the structures. In 1838, road engineers measured its height at 69 feet and its diameter at the base at 295 feet. Originally a moat of about 40 feet in width and five feet in depth with one causeway encircled it.

The first recorded excavation of the mound took place in 1838, conducted by local amateurs. To gain entrance to the mound, two horizontal tunnels and one vertical shaft were created. This led to the most significant discovery of two burial vaults.

In addition to the Adena ornaments and remains found in the interior, the upper vault contained a small flat sandstone tablet. Later, authenticity of the tablet and the meaning of its inscription became quite controversial. Though the stone has never been authenticated and has been disputed by most professionals, a replica of the original is on display in the museum.

Grave Creek Archaeological Complex also maintains a 136-seat theater with a small stage.


The Museum

The Delf Norona Museum opened in December 1978. The thoroughly modern facility, with its natural brick facade and pyramid-shaped skylights is an architectural tribute to a prehistoric era. Exhibits and displays on the upper level portray and clarify what is known about the cultural life of this prehistoric people and the construction of the Grave Creek Mound. We also have the archaeology exhibits that pertain to the early inhabitants of the area including the First Homes of West Virginia; the Grave Creek Tablet; The Building of the Mound; The Builders of the Mound and Who They Were.

Open year-round to visitors. An interpretive lecture is available to groups with advance reservation and group leaders can contact the museum for a list of hands-on programs

 

The Adena People

About 1000 B.C. marks the beginning of a new period in North America. Called the Woodland Period, this period lasted until about 700 A.D. During this time, a new culture emerged and made significant settlements in what is now known as West Virginia. These people are known to us today by the general term the Mound Builders, so called for their practice of creating earthen burial mounds and other earthworks. The Mound Builders lived over a wide range from the Atlantic, the Midwest and the Ohio Valley to the Mississippi Valley. The term “mound builders” refers to several cultures that span a period of about 20 centuries.

The first group of people to develop this unique way of life were the Adena, from about 1000 B.C. to about 1 A.D. They had well-organized societies and lived in a wide area including much of present day Ohio, Indiana, West Virginia, Kentucky and parts of Pennsylvania and New York. A later group of Mound Builders, the Hopewell, lived from about 1 A.D. to 700 A.D. and represented a greater refinement over the earlier Adena culture. Other cultures extended Mound Builders to about 1300 A.D.

The labour of many people must have been required to build these mounds since they did not use the wheel and had no horses. The large amounts of earth had to be moved by the basket-load. Perhaps for this reason, the mounds were often used more than once. We find in many mounds there are multiple burials at different levels. Over time the mounds gradually increased in size.

Most of the people were cremated after death, placed in small log tombs and covered with earth. They often were buried in the flesh and more important people were laid to rest with a variety of artifacts such as flint tools, beads, pipes and mica and copper ornaments.

Grave Creek Mound is of the late Adena Period and was built in successive stages over a period of 100 years or more. We do not know why the Adena chose to build the particular mound on such a huge scale compared with other burial mounds in the area that generally range in size from 20 to 300 feet in diameter.

A typical Adena house was built in a circular form from 15 to 45 feet in diameter. The walls consisted of paired posts tilted outward, joined to other wood to form a conical-shaped roof. The roof was covered with bark and the walls may have been bark, wickerwork or some combination. They were extensive traders as evidenced by the types of ,material found in the mounds they constructed. Copper from the western Great Lakes region and shells from the Gulf of Mexico, all attest to the range of their economic activity. In addition, the culture also practiced agriculture, hunting and fishing.

About 500 B.C., the Adena culture began slowly to give way to a more sophisticated culture, the Hopewell. Although little remains of their villages, the Adena left great monuments to mark their passing, and one of the greatest of these in the Grave Creek Mound.” by The West Virginia Department of Arts, Culture and History See my blog about the Adena people here: https://www.bofm.blog/the-adena-culture-is-the-jaredite-culture/


The Grave Creek Stone


Fig. 1.
The Grave Creek Stone

Smithsonian photograph 90-9022
(MS 3146, E.H. Davis Collection, National Anthropological Archives)

The Grave Creek Stone was discovered in 1838 during the excavation of the Grave Creek Mound, in Moundsville, West Virginia, on the Ohio River, about 10 miles south of Wheeling. The stone, an actual photograph of which appears in Figure 1 above, was a small inscribed sandstone disk, about 1 7/8″ (4.8 cm) wide, and 1 1/2″ (3.6 cm) high. The reverse side was uninscribed.

In 1838, the mound was reported to have been 69 feet high and 295 feet in diameter at the base, making it the largest of the Adena mounds. Today the mound is preserved in the Grave Creek Mound State Park. According to the Park website, the mound is currently believed to have been built between 250 BC and 150 BC. Figure 2 below shows the mound in its present condition. Note the relative size of the cars and house


Fig. 2
The Grave Creek Mound today

Lifted from Home in West Virginia website.

It is not known where the stone itself is today. In 1868 it was in the collection of E.H. Davis, of Squier and Davis fame, before most of Davis’s collection was sold to the Blackmore Museum, now part of the British Museum. Fig. 1 above, the only known photograph of the actual stone, is cropped from a photograph of items 60 – 65 of the Davis collection taken shortly before the sale. Nevertheless, the British Museum’s North American Ethnographic Collection confirms that the Grave Creek Stone is not at present in the Museum’s Squier and Davis collections (personal communication, 12/4/89). According to Barnhart (1986, p. 124n), the stone was probably in the collection of Wills de Hass at the time of his death in 1910, and may have passed from there “to parts unknown.” De Hass’s papers are preserved in a library in West Virginia, and may provide some information, or even contain the stone itself, but I have not checked this out.

The Cast and Wax Impression

In 1868, however, Davis made a plaster cast of the stone and deposited it in the Smithsonian Institution. In 1990, Donal Buchanan and I visited the Smithsonian’s National Museum of Natural History in order to view the cast and to check out rumors that the Smithsonian had the original. The NMNH in fact has four casts of the stone, but no original.


(C) Smithsonian Institution Fig. 3.
Cast of the Grave Creek Stone.

Smithsonian Institution Photograph No. 6768
(Catalogue No. 7252)

Two of the casts have catalog number NMNH 7252, one NMNH 138470, and one NMNH 325934. The darker of the two 7252s, which I call 7252 #1, is painted realistically and signed at the bottom of the front in pale white ink, “E.H. Davis W. Va.” It is shown in Figure 3 above. The white marks under the figure at the bottom are just the remnants of Davis’s signature, upside down. The second, lighter colored NMNH 7252 #2 and the two higher numbered casts appear to be derivative casts made from the above NMNH 7252 #1.

The National Anthropological Archives (MS 3146, E.H. Davis Collection) also has a wax impression of the stone that Davis made at the same time. It is unprotected and badly cracked, but confirms some details that do not show well on the cast. In particular, it clearly shows an X-shaped letter at the left end of the second line, and a lozenge- or diamond-shaped letter at the left end of the third line, that only partially “took” on the cast.

Our inspection confirmed the view of Charles Whittlesey, (1876) that the drawing by Capt. Seth Eastman, which appeared in Henry R. Schoolcraft’s 1850 Indian Tribes of the United States, was the only reliable drawing of the stone, of the six depicted by Whittlesey. Unfortunately, many of the early scholars who made serious attempts to interpret the inscription, including Rafn, Jomard, and Bing-Lvy, worked from seriously inferior copies of the stone. This may at least in part account for the total divergence of the early interpretations, as to both language and content.


Fig. 4
Photocopy of Seth Eastman drawing of Grave Creek Stone

from Henry R. Schoolcraft Indian Tribes of the United States, 1850,
by way of Barnhart (1986).
(added 2/08)

It should be noted that although Whittlesey (1876, p. 2) presents what he calls a “Copy of Grave Creek Stone — No. 1. by Captain Eastman, United States Army,” what he shows is not actually Eastman’s copy of the stone, but rather a redrawing of Eastman’s copy. Furthermore, his redrawing differs in two important respects from Eastman’s — First, Eastman draws the leftmost letter in the first line with its two verticals meeting at the bottom to form a “V”, whereas Whittlesey has them more nearly parallel, and distinctly open at the bottom. And second, Eastman correctly draws the leftmost letter on the third line as a lozenge or diamond that closes at its top, whereas Whittlesey draws this letter to be distinctly open at the top. In a second, 1879 article, Whittlesey includes his redrawing of Eastman again, with the somewhat misleading explanation, “I insert again the only correct copy made by Captain Eastman, United States Army, from the original in 1850, for Schoolcraft’s Indian Tribes.” Williams (1991, p. 84) also reproduces Whittlesey’s 1876 illustration, giving an 1879 article by M.C. Read as his immediate source.

A New Drawing

Below is my own attempt to draw the inscription, based on a tracing of the above photograph of the cast, supplemented by our inspection of the actual cast and wax impression.

Fig. 5.
The Grave Creek Inscription

It is not obvious from the inscription itself whether the lines are to be read from left to right or right to left, or perhaps even back and forth or “boustrophedon.” It is not even obvious which end of the stone is the top. Many of the letters are invertible top for bottom, and two actually appear along with their own inverse. I have merely followed the universal convention of placing the figure at the bottom.

The horizontal guide lines are more shallow than the letters themselves, and are not part of the inscription. In Figure 5 below, I have eliminated them and separated the lines for clarity.

Fig. 6.The Letters of the Grave Creek Inscription

The principal difference between my drawing and Eastman’s is that in the D-like second letter from the right in the last line, Eastman has drawn the crossbar as a faint wavering line, which one might interpret as a stray scratch, while in fact it is straight and bold, and definitely part of the letter. I have drawn the vertical of the “D” to extend down below the crossbar to meet the loop, as Eastman did, since this appears to be what was intended. However, this continuation in fact is not very clear on either the cast or the wax impression. It is therefore not inconceivable that the vertical only extends down to the crossbar, as it appears in Whittlesey’s Copy #2, from the American Pioneer, May 1843, and Copy #3, used by Jomard.

The Early Controversy

Historian Terry Barnhart has recently published an excellent overview (1986) of the 19th century controversy over the authenticity of the Grave Creek Stone. Schoolcraft, Wills de Hass, and J.P. MacLean supported its authenticity, while E.G. Squier, Davis, and M.C. Read regarded it as a forgery. Barnhart’s most interesting observation is that in 1847, Squier had made much of the “singular omission” of any mention of the stone in Dr. James W. Clemens’ first-hand, day-by day account of the excavation, which appeared in S.G. Morton’s 1839 Crania Americana. In 1858, however, de Hass managed to produce the manuscript original of Clemens’ account, and demonstrated that Morton had merely taken it upon himself to expurgate the stone’s discovery from the published version. Dr. Clemens in fact recorded the inscribed stone on the day of its discovery.

In 1877, the Ohio State Archaeological Society appointed a committee to study the authenticity of the stone. Committee member M.C. Read published a strong denunciation, that included a widely cited experiment to determine if the inscription was alphabetic: He asked four persons who had no training in ancient inscriptions to fabricate twenty or more arbitrary “letters” composed of straight lines and combinations of straight lines. “The result, said Read, was that ‘In every case an inscription was produced presenting as many indications of being alphabetical’ as that on the Grave Creek stone. Accordingly, Read concluded that the Grave Creek inscription was ‘just such a medley of characters as anyone would produce who undertook to invent an inscription to puzzle the curious.'” (Barnhart 1986 p. 120)

Committee member Rev. J.B. MacLean, on the other hand, published his own article in which he “did not hesitate to pronounce its authenticity as incontestable…. Regardless of who found the stone or whether it was discovered inside or outside the mound, all professed witnesses agreed it had come from the mound. To MacLean, this was the unassailable preposition.” (Barnhart 1986 p. 122)

Barnhart’s discussion stops short of the two influential articles by Charles Whittlesey, already mentioned above. The first, entitled “Archaeological Frauds,” (1876) deals at length with the Grave Creek Stone. Whittlesey ominously cites Squier’s finding that “Dr. Clemens, in his first account of the opening of the mound, makes no mention of this stone” (p. 5), but himself makes no mention of de Hass’s correction of this misconception.

The Prehistoric Mound as it appeared in 1857

Whittlesey condemns the inscription itself on the very peculiar grounds that even “If the Grave Creek find was free from suspicion as to its integrity, it has undergone so many mutations from transcribers and translators that its value to ethnologists is gone.” (1876, p. 5) Whittlesey himself had already demonstrated that most of the copies that had been made of the stone were unreliable. However, even though these inaccurate copies created considerable unfortunate confusion among scholars, they in no way altered the inscription itself or in any way lessened any ultimate value it might have to ethnologists.

It was also true that the many attempts at translation differed completely as to substance and even purported language and alphabet. However, this does not demonstrate that none of the proposed translations could be of any merit, but merely that at most one could be of any merit. Even if they all proved erroneous (which Whittlesey did not even begin to attempt to demonstrate in either of his articles), it still would not follow that there could never be a valid translation. Nor would they in any way hamper any future valid translation. In any event, the disagreement among the translations may have been more the fault of the bad copies the translators had to work with than of the inscription or of the translators themselves.

Whittlesey concludes that “The best authorities in the United States have condemned it during many years. The preponderances of proof as well as of probabilities are decidedly against it.” (1876, p. 5) The very title of his article clearly classifies it as a fraud.

In his second, 1879 article, entitled “The Grave Creek Inscribed Stone,” Whittlesey intriguingly backs off his earlier position that the stone itself is a clearcut hoax. Instead, he now merely insists that the inscription is not alphabetic: “I agree with Prof. Read that the characters on the stone, by whomsoever they were cut, are not alphabetical or phonetic. If they have any meaning and are not a mere jumble of characters they must be symbolic or picture writing. It is therefore of small consequence whether the stone is antique or modern, whether it is genuine or a fraud.” (p. 66) He concludes, “If Professor Read and myself are right in our conclusions, that the figures are neither of the Runic, Phonician, Canaanite, Hebrew, Libyan, Celtic, or any other alphabet language, its importance has been greatly overrated.” (p. 68)

After Whittlesey’s two articles the Grave Creek Stone was generally dropped from serious consideration by archaeologists, except as a textbook example of an established hoax. It was so thoroughly discredited that they even lost track of its whereabouts.

Wills de Hass was appointed to head the Smithsonian Bureau of Ethnology’s Mound Survey project, but was quickly replaced in favor of Cyrus Thomas. It is not unlikely that this had something to do with his favorable position toward the Grave Creek Stone. Thomas, on the other hand, “took a very strong, almost sarcastic, stance toward the Grave Creek Stone and Schoolcraft’s support of it.” (Williams 1991, p. 86)

The Bil Stumps Reading

A 1930 article in Science News Letter reported in all seriousness that one Andrew Price had at last “cleared up one of the greatest hoaxes in the record of American science,” by translating the Grave Creek inscription into “good old West Virginian.” (Davis 1930) According to the article, “That hoax, perpetrated by some unknown practical jokesmith, has stood triumphantly undetected for ninety odd years.” The inscription, according to Price, reads, in plain English,

BIL STUMPS STONE OCT 14 1838

Price claims that this hoax was inspired by Charles Dickens’ The Pickwick Papers, published just the year before the Grave Creek mound was opened. In Dickens’ novel, Mr. Pickwick discovers a stone bearing the following cryptic inscription:

X
B I L S T
U M
P S H I
S. M.
A R K

After Pickwick announces that he has unearthed “a curious inscription of unquestionable antiquity,” the message is ignominiously deciphered as reading

X BIL STUMPS HIS MARK

A diagram accompanying the Science News Letter article indicates that Price interprets the three lines on the Grave Creek Stone as follows:

B I L-S T-U M
P S S T O N E
O C T-1 4-1 8 3 8

Over these letters is a transcription of the inscription that is bad beyond Whittlesey’s wildest imagination. Letters are pushed together or pulled apart and lines added or ignored wherever convenient. Letters from different lines are even joined together, and in several cases letter portions are used more than once in this manner. Even this mutilated transcription must be tortured beyond endurance before it will confess to Price’s reading.

The Bil Stumps reading is an amusing spoof that has no true relation to the inscription. Even Williams (1991, p. 87) concurs in this assessment. The only hoax here was that the likes of Science News Letter fell for Price’s “solution.”

Figure 7.
The Hough Stone

Photo courtesy Robert B. Miller, Jr.
[Added 8/31/00]

In 1951, Philip R. Hough purchased for $1 an inscribed stone from an assemblage of unprovenienced Indian artifacts offered for sale by a gun dealer near Steubenville, Ohio. Hough sent a rubbing of the stone to the Smithsonian. He was informed that it closely resembled the Grave Creek stone, and might either be the original or a clever copy. Hough duly reported his find and its circumstances in a note in the Tennessee Archaeologist (1952).

In 1988, Hough’s grandson Robert B. Miller, Jr., then of Richmond Va., sent a photograph of the Hough stone to the late Victor Moseley, then president of the Midwestern Epigraphic Society. Moseley passed the photo on to me, which is displayed in Figure 6 above.

A close comparison of the Hough stone to the cast shown in Figure 3 above reveals, unfortunately, that it is not the original Grave Creek Stone. Its guide lines are too straight, too evenly spaced, and too parallel. Furthermore, the vertical alignment of the letters does not match that on the cast. It is, however, definitely a deliberate modern copy of the Grave Creek stone, and not, like the Braxton Creek and Ohio County stones, a possible corroborating inscription in the same script. There is no evidence that whoever made it was attempting to pass it off as the genuine article, and Hough is to be commended for his straightforward reporting of the matter.

Barry Fell

Modern interest in the stone has been revived, at least among amateurs like myself, by the late Barry Fell in his 1976 book America B.C. (1976a, p. 21, ch. 11). Fell offers yet another entirely different translation of the inscription, stating that the script is Iberian and the language Punic:

The mound raised-on-high for Tasach
This tile
(His) queen caused-to-be-made.

He argues that although the Iberian script was already known in 1838, the phonetic values of the letters were not completely understood until the publication of Diringer’s The Alphabet in 1968, so that if the inscription yields an intelligible translation using these values, it must be genuine.

Fell provides the details of his translation in (1976b). In this article, he generally follows Eastman’s drawing of the stone. However, it should be noted that he adds a short foot to the third letter from the left in the second line, and then reads it, together with its two neighbors, as a single letter (a Semitic shin). I see no evidence of a foot or any connection at the base apart from the guideline, which should not be taken as part of the inscription, and believe this group should instead be read as three separate letters. I have no idea how this change would alter sense of his reading.

Fell’s translation is incorporated into an exhibit about the stone in the Delf Norona Museum at the Grave Creek Mound State Park. The replica of the stone on display there is not an actual cast of the original stone, but merely an artist’s reconstruction based on Eastman’s drawing.

Humbug?
The mound was built over a period of 200 years with burial vaults at different layers.

The Grave Creek Stone plays the lead role in Chapter 4 of Stephen Williams’ 1991 Fantastic Archaeology, entitled “The American Humbug: They’ll Believe Almost Anything!” Williams initially has the stone first noticed by Schoolcraft five years after the excavation among some artifacts taken from the mound by its owner, Abelard Tomlinson. In his next paragraph, however, Williams indicates that Tomlinson actually exhibited the stone about two years after the excavation (p. 82). Either way, he warns, following Samuel F. Haven, that the claim that the stone came from the mound was greatly “weakened by the time that purportedly elapsed between its discovery and the announcement of the find” (p. 84). He makes no mention of de Hass’s 1858 demonstration that Clemens in fact recorded it on the day it was found. Instead, he cautions the reader that “the problem of a time delay is a common thread running through a number of Fantastic Archaeology cases” (p. 85).

Williams places great weight on Read’s experiment to determine that the inscription is not alphabetical. “Read … says: ‘It [the inscription] is precisely of such character as would be the result of an ordinary attempt to manufacture an inscription’ and that any of the laborers could have made it. Read’s well-structured and careful testing should have laid the question of the Grave Creek inscription to rest.” (p. 86)

Williams’ overall assessment of the stone, echoed in the title of his chapter, is, “Bah, humbug, Mr. Tomlinson.” (p. 87)

Kelley

In a critical review of Williams’ book, philologist David H. Kelley deals at length with Williams’ treatment of the Grave Creek Stone. Kelly is the author of Deciphering the Mayan Script, a 1976 text that was instrumental in establishing the phonetic character of the Mayan glyphs. He considers as entirely appropriate Schoolcraft’s much-ridiculed, if inconclusive, attempt to identify the alphabet of the inscription.

Kelley writes, “I have a hard time criticizing the view that the inscription is non-alphabetic, for that seems to me an obvious fantasy. I think that anyone who could not recognize that obvious fact should, ipso facto, disbar himself from any serious discussion of the problem. Williams praises an ‘experiment’ by Read to determine what geometric forms would be produced by a teacher, a schoolgirl, a druggist, and a college professor asked ‘to write down twenty or more arbitrary symbols, not resembling any characters known to them and using only straight lines.’ This rubbish is utterly irrelevant to the question of alphabets. If one can match an inscription to a specific alphabet or even to a closely related group of alphabets, it is alphabetic; otherwise, it is not. Inventing imaginary systems (by people familiar with alphabets) seems to have been a useful propaganda device, but such systems do nothing to support Read’s conclusion that any of the labourers could have invented such an inscription. ‘Bah, humbug, Mr. Read.'” (1995, p. 12)

Display at Grave Creek Mound of objects found during an early dig at the mound.

Kelly goes on to discuss the similar Braxton Creek and Ohio County inscriptions mentioned by Fell, and concludes, “My major point, however, is not to argue that the inscriptions are, indeed, genuine, but rather that I do not find it fantastic to think that they may be. Williams’s account makes the Grave Creek inscription look like obvious humbug, but he did not know many important facts which supported Tomlinson’s account of the find, and he completely misinterpreted Schoolcraft’s comparisons…. Williams’s book …. should not be used as a bludgeon against looking at important but unusual data and trying to put such data in a genuinely appropriate archaeological context.” (pp 13-14)

Smith

Most recently, Rev. C. Edward Smith, Jr. (1998) has made a detailed study of Fell’s (1976b) translation of the Grave Creek inscription. Smith argues that Fell’s interpretation of the text as Punic does not work at all, even taking his letter values as given. Personally, I couldn’t tell Punic language from Arabic, but Smith cogently maintains that Fell doesn’t seem to see the difference either, using as he does Wehr’s Arabic dictionary to read Punic. Both are Semitic languages, but they belong to different branches of the family, and are evidently quite different in many pertinent respects.

Smith attempts no evaluation of Fell’s interpretation of the letters themselves as Iberian script, nor of the authenticity of the stone. He concludes, “we simply do not know — at this point in time and history — what the Grave Creek Stone says — only what it does not say.”

Conclusion

The Grave Creek Stone is long lost. It may turn up some day, but in the meanwhile, a surviving cast, a wax impression, Eastman’s drawing, and even a fuzzy photograph of the original give us an adequate indication of its appearance. The Hough Stone is a good copy, but regrettably is not the original.

Although it was amateurishly excavated, and years later there were numerous discrepancies about the details of its discovery, by all accounts it came out of the interior of the mound. Dr. Clemens documented the inscribed stone on the day of its discovery, even though Morton cut this account from the published version of Clemens’ report. There is no particular reason to think the stone is fraudulent.

Although David Kelley regards the inscription as obviously alphabetic, there is still no solid confirmation of Barry Fell’s identification of the script as Iberian. Fell’s translation of the language as Punic has been sharply criticized by Edward Smith. Perhaps future study will establish a consensus about the alphabet, the language, and/or the message.

(Left) Dr. Walter Hough (1859-1935), curator of ethnology, U.S. National Museum, Smithsonian Institution, shown holding a rare cast of the Grave Creek Mound inscription which has been in the museum for more than half a century. The original stone disappeared years ago.

 

 

 

References

Barnhart, Terry A. “Curious Antiquity? The Grave Creek Controversy Revisited.” West Virginia History 1986, pp. 103-124.

Davis, Emily C. “Printer’s Knowledge of Dickens Solves Scientific Hoax,” Science News Letter 17: 234-5, 1930.

Fell, Barry. America B.C. New York Times Books, 1976a.

Fell, Barry. “The Etymology of some Ancient American Inscriptions,” Epigraphic Society Occasional Publications Vol. 3, No. 76 part 2, Sept. 1976b.

Hough, Philip R. “My Part in the Story of the Grave Creek Tablet,” Tennessee Archaeologist Vol. 8 #2, Summer 1952, pp. 47-48.

Kelley, David H. “Epigraphy and Other Fantasies,” The Review of Archaeology, vol. 15, #2 (April 19, 1995), pp. 8-14.

Smith, C. Edward, Jr. “What the Grave Creek Stone Does not Say: An Epigraphic and Philological Analysis.” PO Box 96, Colerain, OH 43916. Revised Jan. 1998, June 2006.

Whittlesey, Charles. “Archaeological Frauds,” Western Reserve and Northern Ohio Historical Society Tract No. 33, Nov. 1876, pp. 1-7.

Whittlesey, Charles. “The Grave Creek Inscribed Stone,” Western Reserve and Northern Ohio Historical Society Tract No. 44, April 1879, pp. 65-68.

Williams, Stephen. Fantastic Archaeology: The Wild Side of North American Prehistory. University of Pennsylvania Press, 1991.
Return to Archaeological Outliers page. Page written and maintained by J. Huston McCulloch
Send comments to: [email protected]

Drawings on this page may be freely downloaded and copied, with credit to this website.
Figure 3 may not be used without the permission of the Smithsonian Department of Anthropology.

 https://www.asc.ohio-state.edu/mcculloch.2/arch/grvcrk.html


North America Inhabited by Adam and Noah before the Flood, & at the same Location as the New Jerusalem will be!

0

The Lord has said, the first shall be last and the last shall be first. It makes sense that our life will begin and end at the same location, and this life also includes the events of the Book of Mormon happening in that same area. This is not a coincidence. The Lord has planned out our existence and life, before, during and after. Missouri is an important place in the Lord’s plans. This is so obvious that those who believe in other geography theories are in a great and spacious building. You just need common sense and the scriptures to determine that as Elder L. Tom Perry said, “The United States is the promised land foretold in the Book of Mormon—a place where divine guidance directed inspired men to create the conditions necessary for the Restoration of the gospel of Jesus Christ.” Elder L. Tom Perry Ensign Dec. 2012


When I type in a google search for, Where is the Garden of Eden? This is the first result:

Mesopotamia

The Garden of Eden is considered to be mythological by most scholars. [Wow this is how some of the same scholars feel about the Book of Mormon]. Among those who consider it to have been real, there have been various suggestions for its location: at the head of the Persian Gulf, in southern Mesopotamia (now Iraq) where the Tigris and Euphrates rivers run into the sea; and in Armenia.

Most Bible commentaries state that the site of the Garden of Eden was in the Middle East, situated somewhere near where the Tigris and Euphrates Rivers are today. This is to easy as the bible mentions the name Euphrates so I assume most scholars think it must be where that river named Euphrates is located today. We know that is silly to assume as their is Place in Lebanon called Sidon and the same as a River Sidon in the Book of Mormon. Names alone don’t tell location. Did you know there was an ancient of Memphis in Egypt and today there is a city not so ancient named Memphis, TN?

“The word Nephi may come from the Egyptian city of N-ph, transliterated into Hebrew as Noph, which appears in the Old Testament in several places, and translated into English as Memphis. Actually, Hebrew in Nephi’s day (600 BC) was written without vowels, so it would be nph in Egyptian letters transliterated into nph in Hebrew letters when the Egyptian city we now call Memphis was referred to in the Old Testament.” Smith’s Bible Dictionary

This is based on the description given in Genesis 2:8–14:The Lord God planted a garden eastward in Eden. . . . Now a river went out of Eden to water the garden, and from there it parted and became four riverheads. The name of the first is Pishon . . . . The name of the second river is Gihon. . . . The name of the third river is Hiddekel [Tigris].  ;. . . The fourth river is the Euphrates.

Mississippi 3- River Divisions

The importance of the Mississippi river in the history of the Native Americans goes without saying. It could be called three different rivers as explained below and it could be the four rivers described in Genesis flowing out of Eden. (More below)

The Mississippi River can be divided into three sections: the Upper Mississippi, the river from its headwaters to the confluence with the Missouri River; the Middle Mississippi, which is downriver from the Missouri to the Ohio River; and the Lower Mississippi, which flows from the Ohio to the Gulf of Mexico. Source

Named by Algonkian-speaking Indians, Mississippi can be translated as “Father of Waters.” The river, the largest in North America, drains 31 states and 2 Canadian provinces, and runs 2,350 miles from its source to the Gulf of Mexico. The Mississippi River is truly one of the great forces that has shaped the United States into the country it is today. Although its role has changed over the past few centuries, the Mississippi has always been important to those who lived along its banks. Indigenous peoples fished its waters and depended on the waterway for transportation. Explorers and traders traveled the river in hopes of conquering more land and obtaining wealth for their countries. Settlers moved close to take advantage of the rich farmland the river provided. All of these pursuits resulted in a trade industry that brought about a social and economic transformation, when news and goods made their way downriver and livelihoods were provided. In fact, the Mississippi River’s economic and strategic value was so important that when Ulysses S. Grant won the siege of Vicksburg and control of the river during the Civil War, the Confederacy was dealt a serious blow. Today, although still used to transport goods, the river has taken on yet another identity: that of entertainer. Literature, pleasure boats, and floating casinos all showcase a new dimension of this magnificent river. https://www.arcadiapublishing.com/Products/9780738507453

Give these four rivers some thought: The Maps below seems logical.

We know by revelation that the New Jerusalem and Adam-Ondi-Ahman are in Missouri. Before the earth was divided it existed together with no Atlantic Ocean between. It would make sense that if Adam was placed in Missouri that the 4-rivers spoken of in Genesis could be in or near Missouri. See the Map below as it shows the Head of Sidon near St. Louis, MO which very well could be this area in Genesis 2:10 that says, ““And a river went out of Eden to water the garden; and from thence it was parted and became into four heads.” These four rivers could be any of the ones shown below, Upper Mississippi, Lower Mississippi, Ohio/Allegheny, or the Missouri. It makes a lot of sense. I would rather find commonality in the Land of Missouri where we know by revelation it’s existence of Adam, and we have no idea about Mesopotamia, except by the commonality of the name Euphrates in the Bible and in Iraq today.

THE MOST MISUNDERSTOOD QUOTE BY MESOAMERICAN THEORISTS-

“You know there has been great discussion in relation to Zion–where it is, and where the gathering of the dispensation is, and which I am now going to tell you. The prophets have spoken and written upon it; but I will make a proclamation that will cover a broader ground. The whole of America is Zion itself from north to south.” President Joseph Smith’s Remarks–The Whole of America Zion–April Conference, 1844 Section Six 1843-44, p.362

Mesoamerican activists actually cite this above quote as evidence that the Book of Mormon took place in Central America. WRONG!

The United States of America has been and is truly great. It is the Promised Land of the Book of Mormon. Today it is receiving relentless attacks from some very unpatriotic and evil people. We are in a World War 3 cyber battle and it is time to stand up and applaud the goodness of these United States. We know this land will not be possessed by a disobedient people. We have time to save our land, but it is becoming a challenge. Prophets and Apostles have spoken of the Choice Land and the responsibility those of us who are citizens must act with more dignity, respect, honor, faith and righteousness than those living in any other country. Not because we are better people, but because far more is expected of us. The penalty for our sin and disobedience will be far greater than those who live in other countries, as more is expected of us. We welcome all into the United States that want to come here legally and adopt our way of life which is freedom to choose right or wrong and be willing to accept the blessings or the curse for disobedience. Love our neighbor as ourselves, and above all Love the Lord our God with all our Heart, Might, Mind and Strength.

Find out about how to explain the Prophet Joseph Smith’s quote above. Complete Blog Here

Eden, Garden of; LDS Bible Dictionary

The home of our first parents, Adam and Eve (Gen. 2:8–3:244:16Isa. 51:32 Ne. 2:19–25Moses 3–4Abr. 5), designated as a garden, eastward in Eden. Latter-day revelation confirms the biblical account of the Garden of Eden and adds the important information that it was located on what is now the North American continent. https://www.churchofjesuschrist.org/study/scriptures/bd/eden-garden-of?lang=eng

Missouri is Eden & New Jerusalem

”We must remember that the whole earth was paradisaical before the Fall. The Garden of Eden was a center place. After the Fall, there was no Garden of Eden or paradisaical status on earth. Yet relative to the locale of the site of the Garden of Eden, the Prophet Joseph Smith learned through revelation (D&C 57) that Jackson County was the location of a Zion to be and the New Jerusalem to come. The Prophet first visited Jackson County, Missouri, in the summer of 1831. The Prophet visited Jackson County again in April and May 1832. On one of the occasions, or perhaps both, the Prophet Joseph apparently instructed his close associates, and perhaps even a general Church gathering, that the ancient Garden of Eden was also located in Jackson County.” Bruce A. Van Orden, associate professor of Church history, Brigham Young University.

“When Lehi landed in the Promised land, it seems he found bounties of all kind, just as Adam and Eve had found in the garden of Eden. It makes sense that Lehi was upon the same land as Adam began his life, the area of the united States of America today.

Janne Mattson Sjödahl

Janne Mattson Sjödahl (29 November 1853 – 23 June 1939) was a Swedish convert to The Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-day Saints (LDS Church) and was the author of influential commentaries on LDS Church scriptures. Sjödahl was among the first commentators to advance a “limited geography model” for the theorized geography of the Book of Mormon.

In 1874, Sjödahl moved to England and enrolled in Spurgeon’s College in London, where he graduated with a degree in divinity in 1876. While in England, Sjödahl mastered English and also specialized in Greek and Hebrew. In addition to knowing Swedish and Norwegian from his childhood, Sjödahl would also master the German, Icelandic, and Arabic languages…

On 8 June 1886, Sjödahl was excommunicated from the Baptist Church, possibly on charges of adultery.[1] Around the same time, Sjödahl became associated with Ferdinand Friis Hintze, a Danish missionary from the LDS Church. Following his excommunication, Sjödahl travelled to Utah Territory to further investigate Mormonism. On the sea journey, his son Janne Jr. died.

After arriving in Utah Territory, Sjödahl settled in Sanpete County, where a large number of Scandinavian Latter-day Saints had settled. On 7 October 1886, Sjödahl was baptized into the LDS Church in Manti.

Life in Manti

Upon settling in Manti, Sjödahl became the editor of the Manti Sentinel newspaper.

When the LDS Church’s Manti Utah Temple was completed in May 1888, Sjödahl became the first individual to receive his Endowment in the new temple. On 30 May 1888, Sjödahl and Christina Christofferson were married in the Manti Temple by Apostle Francis M. Lyman; they were the first couple married in the new temple. His second wife died in 1910.

Church Translator and Missionary

In 1888, Sjödahl completed a church-approved translation of the LDS Church’s Doctrine and Covenants into Swedish. In 1927, Sjödahl translated the Pearl of Great Price into Swedish, and in 1935 he completed the third revised translation of the Book of Mormon into Swedish.

Upon the completion of the translation, Sjödahl was asked by church president Wilford Woodruff to go on a mission to Palestine. In January 1889. Sjödahl arrived in Jaffa. He learned to speak Arabic and preached in Palestine for one year, organizing a branch of the church in Jaffa.[3] In January 1890, Sjödahl was asked to go to Bern, Switzerland to complete his mission. He arrived back in Utah Territory in July 1890.

Newspaper Editor and Publications

Upon returning to Utah, Sjödahl became employed by the Deseret News newspaper in Salt Lake City. From 1906 to 1914, Sjödahl was the chief editor of the newspaper. In 1914, Sjödahl returned to England and became an editor of the LDS Church’s Millennial Star in Liverpool.

In 1917, Sjödahl and LDS Church Apsotle Hyrum M. Smith, who was the president of the church’s European Mission, together worked on A Commentary on the Doctrine and Covenants. While Sjödahl wrote most of the text, it was reviewed and approved by Smith. When Doctrine and Covenants Commentary was first published in 1919 in Liverpool, it was a church-approved publication and only Smith was listed as an author. However, subsequent publication of Doctrine and Covenants Commentary have acknowledged Sjödahl as its coauthor. Doctrine and Covenants Commentary is still cited frequently by Latter-day Saint authors and commentators.

Upon returning to Utah in 1919, Sjödahl became an editor for the church’s Improvement Era magazine, in which he published more than 50 of his own articles. In 1920, Sjödahl worked with George F. Richards and James E. Talmage in revising the footnotes in the Book of Mormon; Sjödahl’s work was incorporated into the LDS Church’s 1920 English edition of that publication. In 1923 and 1924, he assisted Talmage in revising his church-approved book Articles of Faith.

An Introduction to the Study of the Book of Mormon

In 1927, Sjödahl published An Introduction to the Study of the Book of Mormon, an apologetic work and one of the founding works in the area of Book of Mormon studies. In this work, Sjödahl advanced an early version of the “limited geography model” of the Book of Mormon, one of the first authors to do so.

Sjödahl was also the editor of the LDS Church’s German, Danish–Norwegian, Dutch, and Swedish newspapers in Salt Lake City from 1919 until they ceased publication in 1935.

When Sjödahl died in 1939, he had partially completed an extensive commentary on the Book of Mormon. In 1955, Sjödahl’s material was taken by his son-in-law, Philip C. Reynolds, and combined with some materials by church general authority George Reynolds and published under their names the seven-volume Commentary on the Book of Mormon. In 1965, Philip Reynolds published under the same names Commentary on the Pearl of Great Price.

Publications

George Reynolds and Janne M. Sjödahl (1955) (Philip C. Reynolds, ed.). Commentary on the Book of Mormon (7 vols.) (Salt Lake City, Utah: Deseret News Press)—— and —— (1965) (Philip C. Reynolds, ed.). Commentary on the Pearl of Great Price (Salt Lake City, Utah: Deseret News Press)Janne M. Sjödahl (1927). An Introduction to the Study of the Book of Mormon (Salt Lake City, Utah: Deseret News Press)
—— (1913). The Reign of Antichrist, or, The Great Falling Away: A Study in Ecclesiastical History (Salt Lake City, Utah: Deseret News Press)
Hyrum M. Smith and Janne M. Sjödahl (1955, 2d ed.). The Doctrine and Covenants Containing Revelations Given to Joseph Smith Jr., the Prophet, with an Introduction and Historical and Exegetical Notes (Salt Lake City, Utah: Deseret News Press) [originally published in 1919 as A Commentary on the Doctrine and Covenants] source: Wikipedia

See my Blog Here about the stories in the D&C Commentary by Sjodahl and Hyrum Smith that support  events of the Book of Mormon  in North America 

In 1927, Janne M. Sjödahl a Swedish immigrant and convert to the LDS church, wrote a book on one of the founding works in the area of Book of Mormon studies. In his book he said; “The Onondagas: These have special interest… It appears from this, that this warrior, Zelph, was an Onondaga, as well as a “white” Lamanite, and that the Onondagas (of New York), consequently must be of Lamanite lineage. It also appears that at least some of the mounds in the Ohio Valley were erected by the descendants of Lehi” J.M. Sjodahl, An Introduction to the Study of the Book of Mormon.

THE LATTER DAY SAINTS MILLENNIAL STAR  THURSDAY, JANUARY 4, 1917, Editorial by J.M. Sjodahl, CONFIRMING THE BOOK OF MORMON.

According to the belief of the Latter-day Saints, the American continents were inhabited before the Flood. Somewhere in America, they believe, Enoch built his marvelous city, which was taken from the earth before the deluge. Somewhere in that region, Noah built the ark, and preached the gospel of repentance, and from America he was carried across the mighty deep until the vessel in which he and his family had found safety rested on
Mount Ararat.

The Book of Mormon tells us that some of those who were engaged in the construction of the Tower of Babel and who were scattered over the face of the earth were brought to America. There they grew to become a mighty nation. In course of time, however, they became exceedingly wicked and destroyed each other. These people are known as the Jaredites.

The sacred record mentioned also tells us that about six hundred years before our era, the Lord brought another colony of settlers to America. They came from Jerusalem. They also increased, prospered, and became wicked. Like the Jaredites, they destroyed each other, and but few remained after their sanguinary wars. From these the Red Indians have descended.

The Book of Mormon teaches, then, that there has been communication between Asia and America during the past ages, and that the American ancient civilization, of which many marvelous monuments still remain, are of Semitic origin, influenced, however, by Egyptian culture. This is implied by Nephi, when he says that he makes his record in the language of his father, “which consists of the learning of the Jews and the language of the Egyptians,” and, when the circumstances of the time in which Lehi lived before he emigrated from Jerusalem are considered, it is easily understood that the Egyptian influence must have been considerable upon the Hebrew mind and intellectual life generally. He lived at a time when Babylonia and Egypt were striving for supremacy in Palestine, and when the shortsighted leaders of the people favored the Egyptians in preference to the Chaldean’s, to such an extreme degree that many of them fled to Egypt, when the army of Nebuchadnezzar approached their beloved city. They even forced Jeremiah to accompany them to Egypt. Under the circumstances it is natural that Egyptian influence should have had a strong hold on the leading men among the Jews, as indicated in the Book of Mormon.

Lately, scientists have been inclined to doubt our belief in this respect. They have tried to account for the similarity observed in the civilizations of the Old World and the New, by supposing that similar needs and circumstances in different parts of the world may well lead isolated groups of men to work out systems of civilization of the same type. How much this theory owes to a desire to disprove the Book of Mormon, no one knows. Even scientists may have their prejudices. It is all the more noteworthy that a recent contributor to Science (New York, August 11th. 1910), G. Elliot Smith, contends that the pre-columbian civilization of the Americas came from Egypt. He places the date of its exodus from that country at 900 B.C. A “cultural migration,” he thinks, took place at that time, which left its influence also in India, China, and Polynesia. On this theory the trek eastward from the Red Sea. of Lehi and his company, would appear quite natural, though miraculously guided by divine power.” As quoted in the Literary Digest, September 9th, 1910, G. Elliot Smith writes” 

“The proof of the reality of this great migration of culture, is provided, not merely by the identical geographical distribution of a very extensive series of curiously distinctive, and often utterly bizarre, customs and beliefs, the precise dates and circumstances of the origin of which are known in their parent countries, but by the fact that these strange ingredients are compounded in a definite and highly complex manner, to form an artificial cultural structure, which no theory of independent evolution can possibly explain, because chance played so large a part in building it up in its original home.

“For instance, it is quite conceivable (though, I believe, utterly opposed to the evidence at our disposal) that different people might, independently the one or the other, have invented the practices of mummification, building megalithic monuments, circumcision, tattooing, and terraced irrigation; evolved the stories of the petrification of human beings, the strange adventures of the dead in the underworld, and the divine origin of kings ; and adopted sun-worship.

But why should the people of America and Egypt who built megalithic monuments, build them in accordance with very definite plans compounded of Egyptian, Babylonian, Indian, and East Asiatic models ? And why should the same people who did so, also have their wives’ chins tattooed, their sons circumcised, their dead mummified ? Or why should it be the same people who worshiped the sun and adopted the curiously artificial winged-sun-and-serpent symbolism, who practiced terraced irrigation in precisely the same way, who made idols, and held similar beliefs regarding them, who had identical stories of the wanderings of the dead in the underworld?

“If any theory of evolution of customs and beliefs is adequate to explain the independent origin of each item in the extensive repertoire, either of the New Empire Egyptian or the pre-Columbian American civilization (which I deny), it is utterly inconceivable that the fortuitous combination of hundreds of utterly incongruous and fantastic elements could possibly have happened twice. It is idle to deny the completeness of the demonstration which the existence of such a civilization in America supplies of the fact that it was derived from the late New Empire Egyptian civilization, modified by Ethiopian, Mediterranean, West Asiatic, Indian, Indonesian, East Asiatic, and Polynesian influences. * * *

“All that I claim, then, is that the influence of Egypt was handed on from place to place ; that the links which all ethnologists recognize as genuine bonds of union can with equal certainty be joined up into a cultural chain uniting Egypt to America.

“In almost every one of the focal points along this great migration route the folklore of today has preserved legends of the culture heroes who introduced some one or other of the elements of this peculiarly distinctive civilization. * * *

“At every spot where they touched and tarried, whether on the coasts of Asia, the islands of the Pacific, or on the continent of America, the new culture took root and flourished in its own distinctive manner, as it was subjected to the influence of the aborigines or to that of later comers of other ideas and traditions ; and each place became a fresh focus from which the new knowledge continued to radiate for long ages after the primary inoculation.

“The first great cultural wave (or the series of waves of which it was composed) continued to flow for several centuries. It must have begun some time after 900 B.C., because the initial equipment of the great wanderers included practices which were not invented in Egypt until that time. The last of the series of ripples in the great wave set out from India just after the practice of cremation made its appearance there, for at the end of the series the custom of incinerating the dead made its appearance in Indonesia, Polynesia, Mexico, and elsewhere.” J.M. Sjodahl, CONFIRMING THE BOOK OF MORMON.

Faith Crisis Solutions: How I Resolved My Questions  Regarding Joseph Smith’s Polygamy

0

Faith Crisis Solutions: How I Resolved My Questions  Regarding Joseph Smith’s Polygamy

By Kimberly W Smith 

“To many Latter-day Saints, Joseph Smith’s Polygamy is one of the most “troublesome” aspects of early Church history. Discovering this history has shocked many Latter-day Saints, leading to confusion and inner conflict.

“Although plural marriage is no longer practiced in the Church, I believe it is critical for every faithful latter-day saint to obtain a witness and testimony that it was the Lord who commanded Joseph Smith to institute the practice of plural marriage.  Joseph Smith’s “polygamy” is not a stain on his character and it is not something we need to apologize for or be embarrassed about. 

The First Vision

There are many in this generation who cannot understand plural marriage because they themselves are “governed by their passions and not by principles.” Not only is the world without knowledge in relation to this principle, but many of those among the Latter-day Saints are far from possessing a correct understanding of it. A great deal of the misunderstanding and confusion over the practice of plural marriage can be avoided when viewed in the light of the examples on the subject contained in ancient biblical records, and by using the correct terminology, such as Celestial marriage, or Eternal plural marriage. ‘Polygamy,’ ‘spiritual wifery,’ and ‘secret wife system’ are all unwarranted, derogatory, and counterfeit labels concocted by Joseph’s avowed enemy, the infamous John C. Bennett.  For every good thing, Satan produces a counterfeit that is exactly 180 degrees opposed, inverted, and distorted. The devil promotes lust, God promotes love. They are not comparable.  Warren Jeff’s polygamy is not comparable to Celestial Plural Marriage as revealed by God to the Prophet Joseph Smith. It is a Satanic counterfeit. 

If the idea of this principle or doctrine is something you have struggled with you are not alone.  It is also important to recognize that despite the truth of the principle, Plural marriage has been a source of controversy since the beginning of its practice by early members of The Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-day Saints.

The Law of God governing marriage in every dispensation has been consistent: A man may legally have but one living wife at a time, unless the Lord directs otherwise through the constituted channels of His Holy Priesthood. Joseph Smith emphasized this law: 

“I have constantly said no man shall have but one wife at a time unless the Lord directs otherwise.”

The Prophet taught the same law as found in the Book of Mormon:

“There shall not any man among you have save it be one wife; and concubines he shall have none,” and acting as the Lord’s mouthpiece, the prophet Jacob explained to the Nephites: “For if I will, saith the Lord of Hosts, raise up seed unto me, I will command my people; otherwise they shall hearken unto these things.” 

Because monogamy is the basic law of marriage within the Kingdom of God, the Lord has set clear bounds and restrictions on the taking of plural wives. The Priesthood is necessary to guide men in the practice of plural marriage, and if not practiced with “holiness and purity,” it is a sin. 

The Lord conferred upon the Prophet Joseph Smith “the keys and the power of the priesthood to restore all things and to make known all things.”  Joseph Smith held the power to turn the key and inquire of the Lord, and by revelation and commandment through the medium of the Lord’s anointed, a man could receive more than one wife.  

In ancient times, the keys and power over the plurality of wives were held by Abraham. Only through Abraham could Hagar obtain a blessing that her posterity would become a great nation. In relation to King David, the prophet Nathan held the keys. When David unlawfully took the wife of Uriah to be his own, Nathan came to reprove him for certain disobedience, and told him that through that act, he had lost his other wives; the Lord would give them to another. He also told him that, if he had been faithful, and if he had only asked for them, the Lord would have given him still more. 

Abraham

When the principle of the plurality of wives was revealed to the Prophet Joseph Smith, the Lord stated:  

“Verily I say unto you, that the wisdom of man in his fallen state knoweth not the purposes and the privileges of my Holy Priesthood, but ye shall know when ye receive a fullness.” 

The Lord made clear that in our current fallen state, it is impossible for any of us to understand His purposes without having received a fullness of knowledge. To our own detriment, we allow modern culture to influence our perception, and we so often mistakenly associate marriage with Hollywood’s corrupted version of romance and sexual pleasure, warping our view of its divine and intended purpose. In order to overcome our prejudices surrounding the doctrine of plural marriage, we must make an appeal to heaven and to scripture for understanding. 

One of the primary purposes for requiring plural marriage, according to the Book of Mormon, is to raise up seed unto the Lord. But not just any seed—the “Chosen Seed.” 

Among the greatest revelations ever received from the Lord to the Prophet, Joseph Smith was the doctrine on the eternal order of birthright lineage—that priesthood was passed down to this generation through “a chosen seed.” The Lord revealed:

“The order of this priesthood was confirmed to be handed down from father to son, and rightly belongs to the literal descendants of the chosen seed, to whom the promises were made.”

The revelation in the 84th section of the Book of Doctrine of Covenants illustrates this principle: 

“Abraham received the priesthood from Melchizedek, who received it through the lineage of his fathers, even till Noah; And from Noah till Enoch, through the lineage of their fathers.

And the Lord covenanted with Enoch, and swore unto him, that through his seed the “Messiah” would come: 

“And he sent forth an unalterable decree, that a remnant of his seed should always be found among all nations, while the earth should stand.

Here the Lord made an unbreakable oath with Enoch that not only would Jesus Christ descend through his seed, but this “chosen seedwould always be found on the Earth. In 1832, while he was working on the inspired translation of the Bible, the Prophet Joseph Smith was given a revelation in which the Lord revealed:

“Therefore, thus saith the Lord unto you, with whom the priesthood hath continued through the lineage of your fathers—

For ye are lawful heirs, according to the flesh, and have been hid from the world with Christ in God.”

Joseph Smith, inspired by God, came forth and declared that he and certain of the early brethren were the chosen seed, a royal lineage, and the legal heirs to the Priesthood. 

We often fail to realize the deeper significance of this revelation. The Priesthood comes to us through the lineage of our fathers and mothers. The Lord was not talking about the Priesthood line of authority; He was talking about the inherited right to receive the Priesthood. We receive a right to the Priesthood from our royal blood ancestry.

Eliza R. Snow

In Nauvoo, when Eliza R. Snowplural wife of the Prophet Joseph Smithfirst understood that the practice of plurality of wives was to be introduced into the Church, she recorded in her journal: “The subject was very repugnant to my feelings.” But later, after growing in her understanding of the principle through the teaching of the Holy Spirit, she wrote: “As I increased in knowledge concerning the principle and the design of plural marriage, I grew in love with it, and today esteem it a precious, sacred principle.”

In a blessing given to Eliza R. Snow by the Prophet Joseph Smith, he pronounced her to be a daughter of Judah’s royal house.  The Prophet also prophesied that Eliza R. Snow, by virtue of her royal lineage, would one day visit Jerusalem. In 1872, Brigham Young commissioned George A. Smith to rededicate the Holy Land. He was accompanied by Eliza R. Snow, and together with her brother, Lorenzo Snow, they stood on top of the Mount Olives and re-consecrated the Holy Land for the Gathering of the Jews and the House of Israel. 

Consider for a moment the significance of this knowledge—that our pioneer ancestors were men and women of honor, integrity, and noble character, who understood the sacred lineage of which they were a part—that the plural wives of the Prophet Joseph were not victims,  but were women who understood their religion,  they counted the cost of discipleship, and bore the cross of sacrifice so that the blessings of the birthright lineageand all the powers of the Priesthoodwould be placed on the heads of their posterity forever.  

In the Nauvoo Temple revelation, the Lord said unto Joseph Smith, as he said unto Abraham: “In thee and in thy seed shall the kindreds of the earth be blessed.” 

Members of the Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-day Saints, descendants of these faithful forbearers, are the “chosen seed.” We are heirs of the Eternal Priesthood through the lineage of our pioneer fathers and mothers. The vast majority of multi-generational members can trace their lineage back through the lines of faithful men and women who accepted the Celestial plural marriage covenant. We would not be here without them. The plural wives of the Restoration understoodlike the four wives of Jacobthat their offspring would inherit the rights, keys, and honors of the Priesthood. 

Many struggle to resolve concerns dealing with Joseph Smith’s polygamy. LDS Answers, a Joseph Smith foundation website,  provides accurate, faith-filled answers that tell the real story with the real facts and the real history.” Kimberly Smith (Editor added some bold and red for highlight)

https://ldsanswers.org/was-prophet-joseph-smith-commanded-practice-plural-marriage/
https://ldsanswers.org/did-joseph-smith-marry-a-14-year-old-girl/
https://ldsanswers.org/how-could-joseph-smiths-polyandrous-marriages-be-explained/

Behind the controversy, lies the untold history and inspiring stories of real women with their personal experiences, successes, failures, trials, and legacies. Latter-day Saint women looking for exemplary heroines will be inspired to discover female role models of strength, intelligence, compassion, courage, determination, talent, leadership, and accomplishment.

If you know someone who is struggling with the historic practice of plural marriage, this book will provide the reader with an honest and faith-filled account of the history, from the perspective of the women—the forgotten mothers of the Restoration.

https://josephsmithfoundation.org/store/product/joseph-smiths-plural-wives-volume-1-book-eliza-r-snow-mary-elizabeth-rollins-helen-mar-kimball-rachel-ivins-grant/

Kimberly Smith- Writer, Researcher at the Joseph Smith Foundation

Presentation: How I resolved my questions regarding Joseph Smith’s Polygamy-Faith Crisis Solutions! 
Sept 2021

Kimberly Smith is a writer and researcher of church history. She is the Research Director for the Joseph Smith Foundation and author of several articles on the web including the article: “Answering the Claim: Did Joseph Smith Fight Plural Marriage”. I will be speaking on How I resolved my questions regarding Joseph Smith’s Polygamy-Faith Crisis Solutions!  https://josephsmithfoundation.org/

See Kimberley’s New Video from the Sept 2021 Conference here:  bookofmormonevidence.org/streaming

 

Missouri Cherokee Tribes proclaim Jewish Heritage

0

“It is very difficult for us to communicate to the churches all that God has revealed to us, in consequence of tradition; for we are differently situated from any other people that ever existed upon this earth; consequently those former revelations cannot be suited to our conditions; they were given to other people, who were before us; but in the last days, God was to call a remnant, in which was to be deliverance, as well as in Jerusalem and Zion. Now if God should give no more revelations, where will we find Zion and this remnant? The time is near when desolation is to cover the earth, and then God will have a place of deliverance in His remnant, and in Zion.” —Joseph Smith, Jr.

Zion is The New Jerusalem

“Because of his faithfulness and integrity, Joseph received greater blessings than the progenitors of Jacob, and was rewarded with the land of Zion. His brothers, with malicious intent, separated him and cast him out from among them. The Lord, in rewarding him, separated him from his brothers — the other tribes of Israel — and gave him an inheritance in a land that is choice above all other lands, which, we have learned from the Book of Mormon and modern revelation, is America… We are informed in the revelations given to Joseph Smith the Prophet, that the city of Zion and the New Jerusalem is one and the same. In a number of revelations the Lord speaks of the New Jerusalem which is to be built…” Zion and Jerusalem by Joseph Fielding Smith, Improvement Era Vol. 22 JULY 1919

“I would that all men could believe in the destiny of America as did the early pioneers: that it is the land of Zion; that the founders of this nation were men of inspired vision; that the Constitution as written by the inspiration of heaven must be preserved at all costs. “I make a further plea that the citizens of this favored land live righteously that they might enjoy the fruits of their righteousness in this land of promise.” Let Not Your Heart Be Troubled Gordon B. Hinckley of the Quorum of the Twelve Apostles Oct. 29, 1974 

The location of Lamanites has nothing to do with where the events of the Book of Mormon began. Today the blood of the Lamanites is all over North and South America.

Hopi, Navajo, Aztec and Mayan all have Asian DNA. Only the North American Tribes near the Great Lakes have Jewish blood. See National Geographic link at the end of the post.

The Mayans and Aztecs are not Jewish as the BofM says the Lamanites are in the scriptures that follow. Experts and Historians have shown that the people all along the west coast of the United States from Alaska to California have Asian markers. The same is true of the Mesoamerican and Central and South American Natives.

Research into DNA studies continues to show new evidence that many Native Americans east of the Mississippi have the same Haplogroup X as many in western Eurasia. As the experts continue to try and explain away this evidence, the more I become excited about it. Those in the scientific arena continually want to push the narrative of their great theories about Evolution, Climate Change, Old Earth, Noah’s Flood Myth, etc.  With the new information from our recent Book, The Annotated Edition of the Book of Mormon, I am excited to continue the path of learning. I am finding some amazing things about DNA and a connection between the Lamanites and the Jews. It just makes sense that they are related as we know the Mulekites were Jewish and they surely left evidence of the Native Americans in North America didn’t they? We have also found many evidences of the Hebrew language and Hebrew artifacts in North America. See my blog with additional articles herehere, and here.

The Jews and the Natives east of the Mississippi have similar DNA and were smitten and scattered, and driven during the “Trail of Tears.” No such scattering by the Gentiles towards the South American Natives has occurred.

“A great nation (the United States of America) shall be set up… by the power of God, so that the gospel may be restored, the Book of Mormon come forth, its message go to the American remnant of Jews, that the eternal covenants of the Lord with his people might be fulfilled.” “The remnant of Jacob, including the Lamanites in the Americas”, will assist in the gathering of Israel to the promised land New Jerusalem.” McConkie, Bruce R., Mortal Messiah, Book 4, 1981, pp. 348-349, 358

“Which is my word to the Gentile, that soon it may go to the Jew, of whom the Lamanites are a remnant, that they may believe the gospel, and look not for a Messiah to come who has already come.” D&C 19:27

“And then shall the remnant of our seed know concerning us, how that we came out from Jerusalem, and that they are descendants of the Jews.” 2 Nephi 30:4

This image has an empty alt attribute; its file name is x2.jpg

We need to look no further than the scriptures to know the Lamanites ARE DESCENDANTS of the JEWS.

“And again, I command thee that thou shalt not covet thine own property, but impart it freely to the printing of the Book of Mormon, which contains the truth and the word of God—Which is my word to the Gentile, that soon it may go to the Jew, of whom the Lamanites are a remnant, that they may believe the gospel, and look not for a Messiah to come who has already come.” D&C 29:26-27
 
“Which is my word to the Gentile, that soon it may go to the Jew, of whom the Lamanites are a remnant, that they may believe the gospel, and look not for a Messiah to come who has already come.” D&C 19:27
 
“And then shall the remnant of our seed know concerning us, how that we came out from Jerusalem, and that they are descendants of the Jews.” 2 Nephi 30:4

D&C 57:1 “Hearken, O ye elders of my church, saith the Lord your God, who have assembled yourselves together, according to my commandments, in this land, which is the land of Missouri, which is the land which I have appointed and consecrated for the gathering of the saints.

2 Wherefore, this is the land of promise, and the place for the city of Zion.

3 And thus saith the Lord your God, if you will receive wisdom here is wisdom. Behold, the place which is now called Independence is the center place; and a spot for the temple is lying westward, upon a lot which is not far from the courthouse.

4 Wherefore, it is wisdom that the land should be purchased by the saints, and also every tract lying westward, even unto the line running directly between Jew and Gentile;” D&C 57:1-4

At that time the Lamanites (or Jews) lived on the west and the Gentiles (or Whites) lived on the east. In this way you may interpret D&C 57:1-4 as separating the Jews and Gentiles or the Lamanites and Whites


Lamanites a Branch of the House of Israel

“I would say to the Lamanites, if I could speak to them understandingly, that you are also a branch of the house of Israel, and chiefly of the house of Joseph, and your forefathers have fallen through the same examples of unbelief and sins, as have the Jews, and you, as their posterity, have wandered in sin and darkness for many generations; and you, like the Jews, have been driven and trampled under the foot of the Gentiles, and put to death through your wars with each other, and with the white man, until you are almost destroyed. But there is still a redemption and salvation for a remnant of you in the latter days. It is time for you to cease shedding each other’s blood or making war upon your fellow-man. Cease to destroy one another, learn to cultivate the earth, and raise your food therefrom; call upon the Great Spirit to protect you and deliver you from bondage and darkness, and the Great Spirit will hear you and deliver you, and a remnant of you will again become a delightsome people as your forefathers were when they kept the commandments of God.”

Wilford Woodruff History of His Life and Labors AS RECORDED IN HIS DAILY JOURNALS  PREPARED FOR PUBLICATION BY MATTHIAS F. COWLEY Salt Lake City, Utah 1909

Native Americans are Middle Eastern & Hebrew.

“The laboratory immediately stumbled into a scientific hornet’s nest. That Cherokee princess in someone’s genealogy was most likely a Jewish or North African princess. Its scientists have labeled the Cherokees not as Native Americans, but as a Middle Eastern-North African populationCherokees have high levels of test markers associated with the Berbers, native Egyptians, Turks, Lebanese, Hebrews and Mesopotamians. Genetically, they are more Jewish than the typical American Jew of European ancestry. So-called “full-blooded” Cherokees have high levels of European DNA and a trace of Asiatic (Native American) DNA. Their skin color and facial features are primarily Semitic in origin, not Native American.” Source:

Heber J Grant in London

“While listening to the remarks of Brother Ivins, referring to a book that was written by one of our enemies, in which the statement is made that there is not a particle of evidence to show that there is any trace of the Hebrew among the people who anciently inhabited this country, and that there is no evidence that would go to prove that the Book of Mormon is true. I was reminded of a little item of evidence that came under my observation while I was in the City of London. A gentleman there, to whom a very dear friend of mine, Col. Alex. G. Hawes, had given me a letter, kindly invited a number of newspaper men to his home to meet me. I am very sorry that the newspaper men declined the honor; but I had the privilege of meeting with this man and his family, and a few friends, and conversing with them. One of his friends had been a member of the British legation at Constantinople and had spent a considerable portion of his life there. He had traveled all over the holy land and was familiar with the people and their customs. Among other things, he said: “Mr. Grant, I was astonished beyond measure, when I visited Canada, to find there oriental patterns woven in beads, by the American Indians. They were the same patterns that were woven in rugs, in the oriental countries. I have traveled extensively, and I had never seen those oriental patterns in any part of the world except in the holy land, until I found them among the North American Indians. Those patterns have been handed down for hundreds of years, from generation to generation ; they are kept in families, and can be found nowhere else; and how under the heavens those Indians, who have no connection with the people of the holy land, should have the same patterns is a mystery to me.” “Well, mv friend,” I said, “if I were to inform you that the forefathers of these American Indians came from the city of Jerusalem, that would explain it, wouldn’t it?” He replied, “Well, of course, it would.” I asked him if he had ever read the Book of Mormon. He said, “No.” “Well, it will be my pleasure to send you a copy, and from it you will learn that the forefathers of the American Indians came from Jerusalem.” “Well,” he said, “that explains the mystery; I am much obliged for the book.” Now, the one thing for us to do, as Latter-day Saints, is to be loyal, to be true, to be patriotic, to be honest with God; then we need have no fear of what the world may say about us. We have the truth, and we know it, thank God; we know it, though the world may not know it. Let us follow the admonition of the Savior, and let our light so shine that other men seeing our good deeds shall glorify God.”

ELDER HEBER J. GRANT 79th Annual Conference of the Church of Jesus Christ of Latter- day Saints April 4th, 5th, and 6th, 1909, page 111-113

This image has an empty alt attribute; its file name is x6-1024x521.png


Who, then, are the Jews?

“Who, then, are the Jews, and what part shall they yet play in the gathering of Israel and the return of their King? There is a maze of fuzzy thinking and shoddy scholarship, both in the world and in the Church, that seeks to identify the Jews, both ancient and modern, and to expound upon what they have believed and do believe. It is not strange that the divines of the day-not knowing that the kingdom is to be restored to Israel at that glorious day; not having the Book of Mormon and latter-day revelation to guide them-it is not strange that they come up with false and twisted views about the mission and destiny of the Jews. It is a little sad that church members sometimes partake of these false views and of this secular spirit so as to misread the signs of the times.

The term Jew is a contraction of the name Judah, but the Jews are not the members of the tribe of Judah as such. After the reign of Solomon, the Lord’s people divided into the kingdom of Israel and the kingdom of Judah. Nearly ten tribes served Jeroboam in Israel and two and a half tribes served Rehoboam in Judah. The Levites were scattered among all the tribes. Judah, Simeon, and part of Benjamin comprised the kingdom of Judah. In actual fact, and considering blood lineage only, both kingdoms had in them people from all of the tribes. Lehi, who lived in Judah and was a Jew, was of the tribe of Manasseh. The Jews were nationals of the kingdom of Judah without reference to tribal ancestry. Thus the descendants of Lehi, both the Nephites and the Lamanites, were Jews because they came out from Jerusalem and from the kingdom of Judah. (2 Ne. 33:8.)

The Jews today are also those whose origins stem back to the kingdom of their fathers. Clearly the dominant tribe-dominant, however, only in the sense of political power and rulership-was Judah. As to the bloodlines, who knows whether there are more of Judah or of Simeon or of Benjamin or of some other tribe among the Jews as we know them? Paul, a Jew, was of the tribe of Benjamin. The name Judea, now used as a noun, is actually an adjective meaning Jewish and is the Greek and Roman designation for the land of Judah.

Since the Ten Tribes were taken into Assyria and lost from the knowledge of their fellows more than a century before the Jews went into Babylonian captivity, the prophets began to speak of Jews and Gentiles and to consider as a Gentile everyone who was not a Jew. This classifies Ephraim and the rest of scattered Israel as Gentiles. Everyone, in this sense, who is not a Jew is a Gentile, a concept that will enable us, in due course, to set forth what is meant by the fulness of the Gentiles.” (The Millennial Messiah: The Second Coming of the Son of Man, p.221-222) Bruce R. McConkie

Missouri Cherokee Tribes Proclaim Jewish Heritage

“The Northern Cherokee Nation of the Old Louisiana Territory has recently shocked the world by claiming their ancient Oral legends tell of a Cherokee migration made to America from the area known as Masada.

This startling evidence is being offered to the public by Beverly Baker Northup whom is the spokesperson for their organization. The evidence offered in support of this connection to Cherokees escaping the mountain *fortress of Masada (Details about Masada below) is based in part of what Northup claims is stories passed down from elders and the similarity between ancient words.

Aerial view of Masada (Hebrew מצדה), in the Judaean Desert 

Beverly Baker Northup believes there is a connection between these two peoples based on evidence of Jews of the region around Masada during Roman times wearing braided hair and the similarities that the spokesperson attributes to Hebrew language. In explaining this connection Beverly Baker Northup is quoted as saying:

The story has been kept alive among our Cherokee people that the Sicarii [More below*] who escaped from Masada, are some of our ancestors who managed to cross the water to this land, and later became known as Cherokees. (Please note the phonetic resemblance of Si’cari’i and, Cherokee or Tsa’ra-gi’.)”

*The Sicarii (Modern Hebrew: סיקריים siqariyim) were a splinter group of the Jewish Zealots who, in the decades preceding Jerusalem’s destruction in 70 CE, strongly opposed the Roman occupation of Judea and attempted to expel them and their sympathizers from the area.[1] The Sicarii carried sicae, or small daggers, concealed in their cloaks.[2] At public gatherings, they pulled out these daggers to attack Romans and Hebrew Roman sympathizers alike, blending into the crowd after the deed to escape detection.

The Sicarii are regarded as one of the earliest known organized assassination units of cloak and daggers, predating the Islamic Hashishin and Japanese ninja by centuries.[3][4] The derived Spanish term sicario is used in contemporary Latin America to describe a hitman working for a drug cartels.” Source

Northup claims that the famous scholar Josephus wrote that there were escapees from Masada in which the spokesperson for the Northern Cherokee states that this is evidence that gives credence to this connection between the Cherokee Indians and the Jews.

In addition to other startling claims, there is also the belief by the Northern Cherokee that a rock that was uncovered in Tennessee in 1889 that is named the Bat Creek Stone, proves a transatlantic connection to Jews.

Northup believes that the scratched writings on the rock indicate that the stone is evidence of a first century Atlantic Crossing to America by these escaped Jews that later became known as the Northern Cherokee Indians.

The Northern Cherokee attempted to gain full legislative recognition in the State of Missouri in 1985 that was eventually vetoed by Governor John Ashcroft. Governor Ashcroft made the following statement concerning his decision to veto the recognition of the Northern Cherokee:

“The Federal Government has traditionally exercised authority with respect to Indian Affairs. I am not persuaded that the state has such a substantial interest in this area that it should become involved in the recognition of Indian tribes.”

Sources among some federally recognized Indian Tribes have stated that Mr. Ashcroft’s comments were 100% correct and should be referred to from time to time.”

From Free Republic @ http://www.freerepublic.com/focus/fr/848921/posts

Native American Jews? A Fulfillment of Prophecy? By HaRav Ariel Bar Tzadok

Submitted by Quest-News-Service on Wed, 05/18/2011 

In 1650, Rabbi Menashe Ben Israel, Chief Rabbi of Amsterdam recorded an incredible story in his book Mikveh Yisrael. He relates a conversation that he had with a Jewish Dutch explorer of the Americas.

The explorer related how he made contact with the Native Americans but after trying to communicate with them in every possible European language, he had no success. Being a Jew, as was his first mate, these two began to talk amongst themselves in Hebrew. To his utter amazement, upon hearing him speak Hebrew to his first mate, the Native American chief responded in kind and stated, “Shema Yisrael.”

This is only one of the very numerous instances that seem not only to suggest, but to actually prove that indeed, somehow, in some way, a number of Biblical Israelites managed to leave the Holy Land, over two thousand years ago and by the Hand of G-d found their way to the shores of what today we call the Americas. It was known in Talmudic times that the world was indeed round and some Sages suggest that there is hints to the existence of what today we call the Americas in some of the oldest Rabbinic literature.

Archeological evidence to establish this claim is rather significant and wide spread. There are numerous archeological artifacts that have been found throughout the Americas, specifically here in the United States that are clearly thousands of years old and written in either Biblical Hebrew or later block (modern) Hebrew script. These include full inscriptions of the Ten Commandments, etched in stone and written in Ktav Ivrit (original pre-Babylonian Biblical Hebrew script). There is even one claim made that an ancient pair of Tefillin have actually been found buried in an Indian burial ground.

In 1775, Englishman James Adair, after living with Native Americans for 40 years, recorded his experiences and published a book about them in London entitled, “The History of the American Indians.” Almost his entire work is dedicated to document and prove that the Native American tribes of the central and southern territories, soon to become the U.S.A. were definitively of Jewish origins and to his day maintained a sizable amount of their ancient Israelite heritage. He goes so far as to say that the tribes that he knew worshiped a single God Creator who they called in their language Ye’ho’wah.
Adair’s book created quite a stir and was widely read.

Even President Thomas Jefferson in 1803 was aware of Adair’s book and made mention of it in one of his letters to John Adams. Jefferson quotes Adair’s belief that, “all the Indians of American to be descended from the Jews: the same laws, usages; rites and ceremonies, the same sacrifices, priests, prophets, fasts and festivals, almost the same religion, and that they all spoke Hebrew.”

The belief of the Native American/Israelite connection proliferated widely in the early 1800s. Even a new religion was founded upon the belief. We have all heard of the Mormons, famously of Utah. But many (non-Mormons) do not know that Mormon founder Joseph Smith was originally from the North East and proclaimed that his “Book of Mormon” (which serves as a Mormon Bible) claims to tell the history of a family of Jewish refugees who fled Jerusalem prior to the Babylonian exile. Smith claims that this history was revealed to him from special writings given to him by an angel. Yet, regardless of Mormon theology, the Native American/Israelite concept was alive and thriving at that time and many believed it, not needing Joseph Smith to establish a religion based on it.

I will leave it to my readers to explore the evidence for themselves. James Adair’s book, The History of the American Indians, written in 1775 is still available today. A copy of the original London publication can be found on Amazon.com. I also recommend to everyone a very interesting DVD also available from Amazon.com entitled Lost Civilizations of North America. This production also claims that DNA testing’s have shown a positive match between certain Native Americas and inhabitants of Holy Land from over 2000 years ago. One can also do a web search for the Los Lunas Ten Commandments Stone in New Mexico. One can further see that certain websites presenting themselves as teaching Cherokee
Spiritual Traditions certainly look suspiciously similar to ancient Torah teachings.

In these days, when we believe Biblical prophecies are being fulfilled around us and how in the End of Days many of the “lost tribes” would rejoin the Jewish nation, I would love to pursue the possibility of locating those Native American elders who may still have safeguarded their ancient and sacred histories and who may be able to shed some light on this wondrous revelation.

Purchase Here

I once spoke with an elder of a southwestern Native American tribe. He told me how during the Second World War he had served in the armed forces, which brought him for the first time in his life to New York City. While there having time to look around, he related to me how in one set of buildings he recognized what for him were ancient Native holy symbols. He concluded that there must be a lost segment of his “Indian” tribe in New York. He told me the symbol that convinced him of such is what we know as the Menorah and the set of buildings he mentioned were synagogues. The Lost Civilizations of North America does show an ancient Native symbol which, in my opinion could be nothing other than a menorah. So, apparently the Native chief knew something 70 or more years before the producers of the DVD did.

Rabbi Menashe Ben Israel understood the discovery of lost Israelites to be a clear and immanent sign that we are living close to the days of the coming of Mashiah. While I cannot say with certainty that all Native Americans are of Israelite stock, nonetheless the way they suffered under the dominion of European oppressors certainly makes them no different from Jews who lived in European lands for centuries. Both Jews and Native Americans suffered similar oppression under the boot of Europeans.

The similarities of our sufferings under the boot of the same oppressors certainly adds to the evidence that not only are these people historically Israel, but they remain spiritual Israel to this day, suffering as all Jews do. Maybe their Jewish identity may be lost to our eyes, but apparently it is not lost to the eyes of Heaven.

I am presently conducting an in-depth study into the ancient spiritual traditions of the Native peoples whose land I presently inhabit. I want to learn everything about them, good or bad, Israelite or otherwise. If there is any real connection between our peoples, if we truly are one, then I believe we should make every effort to discover this, validate it and proceed from there to reach out to our lost family and help reintroduce them to the Boreh Olam, Creator of the Universe (the Great Spirit?) and to reunite them with their lost ancient past and their even better most promising future.

If any of my readers know any leaders among the Native American elders who would be willing to meet with and dialogue with me as an Orthodox Rabbi, I would love the opportunity to hold such a meeting and see where we can build common foundations and from there, see what Heaven has in mind. I do believe we are ever so close to the dawn of a new era in human history where our old idols and self deceptions will finally be broken forever. Maybe by finding lost family and reuniting with them, we can move this great process along. At least, that is my hope. Copyright © 2010 by Ariel Bar Tzadok. All rights reserved. Complete Article here 


I invite anyone reading this to say hi to this Rabbi as I have done and tell him all you know about the Book of Mormon. He also quotes from our fellow member of the Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-day Saints, Steven E. Smoot who is the author of “Lost Civilizations of North America” which the Rabbi is fascinated by. You can purchase Steven Smoot’s book here: 

The Rabbi can be reached by email here: [email protected]

Another great article here

https://www.myjewishlearning.com/article/native-americans-jews-the-lost-tribes-episode/

Antique photograph of North American Indians from Southwest of United States during 19th century: an Indian family is posing in front of the camera, a man and a woman that bears a baby in a wrap at her back (all of them in traditional, period costume). With them a horse with his carry. Behind them their conical tent (tipi) and far way other tents of their village

The American Indian: Descended From The Ten Lost Tribes? (Part I)

The American Indian: Descended From The Ten Lost Tribes? (Part II)

The Law of Witnesses in the Book of Mormon

0

“The law of witnesses has always been a part of the Lord’s work on earth. This law states that “in the mouth of two or three witnesses shall every word be established” (2 Cor. 13:1; see also Deut. 17:6Deut. 19:15Matt. 18:15–16John 8:12–29). This witness confirms that certain events took place and that God-given doctrine and principles are true.” Witnesses 1995 Loren C. Dunn

“The Lord has almost always used witnesses to help establish his word and his power on the earth. One of his purposes is to test us—that is, to see if we will believe in him and obey his laws while we live separated from his presence. (See Abr. 3:25.) Because of that purpose, he has, according to Elder Bruce R. McConkie, “ordained the law of witnesses, the law whereby he reveals himself to prophets and righteous men and sends them forth to teach his laws and bear testimony of their truth and divinity.” (The Promised Messiah: The First Coming of Christ, Salt Lake City: Deseret Book Co., 1978, p. 84.) We Prophesy of Christ”: The Law of Witnesses in 2 Nephi 1990 By Bruce A. Van Orden

Joseph Fielding Smith, “The Divine Law of Witnesses”

By President Joseph Fielding Smith
Tuesday, Dec 8, 1953

“Now, coming to our own day. When Joseph Smith received his first vision, he was alone. That was of necessity The Lord had to reveal himself to one man alone When Moroni came to him in the beginning, the Prophet was alone; but when the way was opened for three men to behold an angel and bear witness of the Book of Mormon, the prophet returned home and said that a great load had been lifted from his shoulders. Now he was not carrying the load alone. Three other men were called to be witnesses with the Prophet Joseph Smith of the restoration of the Gospel.

Moreover, when the priesthood was restored, it was necessary that not only Joseph Smith should hold the keys and receive the ordination but there should be another witness, and Oliver Cowdrey was always present, so far as any history is concerned that we have, whenever the priesthood was restored; whenever the keys of the priesthood were restored Oliver Cowdrey received the authority with the Prophet Joseph Smith. When John the Baptist came, he came to Joseph Smith and Oliver Cowdrey. He conferred upon each of them the priesthood of Aaron, When Peter, James and John came, Oliver Cowdrey and Joseph Smith were together. They received the keys for the power of the priesthood from Peter, James and John. Not the prophet alone. When other revelations came, the opening of the heavens and the great bestowal of gifts and blessings? they were given to Oliver Cowdrey as well as to Joseph Smith, In the Kirtland Temple when Moses came he conferred not only upon the head of Joseph Smith but upon the head of Oliver Cowdrey the keys of the gathering of Israel. When Elias came he gave to Joseph Smith and to Oliver Cowdrey the keys of the priesthood of Abraham. When Elijah came it was to Joseph Smith and Oliver Cowdrey, the first and second elders of the Church, And every time keys were given to the Prophet they were also given to Oliver Cowdrey. (Doctrine & Covenants: 110)

Now there is a reason for this, For the Lord says, “In the mouth of two or three witnesses shall every word be established.” (Doctrine & Covenants 6:28) Joseph Smith could not stand alone in the beginning of this dispensation. There had to be another witness, and Oliver Cowdrey was called to be that other witness. In other words, Oliver Cowdrey was an assistant president of the Church. Had Oliver Cowdrey lived and been faithful, at the time of the death of the Prophet Joseph Smith he would have, been the President of the Church, But Oliver Cowdrey transgressed and lost his calling, and it became necessary to appoint another in his stead; so we read in Section 124 in the Doctrine and Covenants that Hyrum Smith, my grandfather, had bestowed upon him all the keys and the authority that had been given to Oliver Cowdrey, and Hyrum Smith stood in the stead of Oliver Cowdrey as the second elder of the Church and an assistant president of the Church. And President Young said truthfully, ” had Hyrum Smith lived’ he would have been President of the Church.” (Doctrine and Covenants 124:95) He was already a president of the Church. We had two presidents of the Church during all the ministry of the Prophet Joseph Smith, a senior and a junior, or an assistant president, and there would have been no necessity for his ordination because he already had been so ordained.

Now I don’t think this is a matter that is generally understood, and I am going to read to you what the Lord said to the Prophet Joseph Smith in regard to Oliver Cowdrey and the duties of the assistant president. In The History of the Church under the date of December 6, 1834, we read:

Oliver Cowdrey was ordained by Joseph Smith by the command of the Lord as an assistant president of the high priesthood, to hold the keys of presidency with Joseph Smith in his ministry. This was in harmony with the ordinations he received under the hands of John the Baptist, and Peter, James and John. I’m not quoting the exact words, but this is the substance of that statement of December 5th, 1834. But here is an exact statement from the Prophet explaining the office given to Oliver Cowdrey. “The office of assistant president is to assist in presiding over the whole church and to officiate in the absence of the President according to his rank and appointment Namely, President Cowdrey first, President Rigdon second, arid President Williams third as they were severally called, The office of this priesthood is also to act as spokesman, taking Aaron for an example. The virtue of the above priesthood is to hold the keys of the kingdom of heaven and the Church militant. “ (History of the Church, Book A, Chapter I)

Oliver Cowdrey in rank preceded Sidney Rigdon and Fredrick G. Williams. Now, I have said, and I think it is absolutely true, I have never been questioned on it, that had Oliver Cowdrey lived faithful and true to his calling as the second elder, or President of the Church, he would have gone to his martyrdom with the Prophet Joseph Smith at Carthage, Illinois, on the 27th day of June, 1844. For I think it required the sealing of the testimony of the two men; but Oliver Cowdrey lost his place, and Hyrum Smith was appointed to it, and it became necessary for Hyrum Smith to become a martyr just as well as it was for the Prophet Joseph Smith. For the two witnesses for this dispensation holding the keys–and they now hold the keys of this dispensation-both had to seal that testimony, make it binding upon the world through the shedding of their blood.” Joseph Fielding Smith


We want to thank Mark Hales who is the husband of our new Navajo Podcaster and friend from the last conference, Andrea Hales. He approached me at the conference and wanted to share this Law of Witnesses that he authored. I really enjoyed it and wanted to share it with each of you. This Law of Witnesses in the Scriptures and from the Lord, is a critical part of our laws and order of the Church in the last days. Think about how often this law applies in most of our law today.

The Law of Witnesses in the Book of Mormon

By Mark R. Hales

All rights, copyrights, and privileges, are reserved to the author, Mark R. Hales. © Mark R. Hales 2005

TABLE OF CONTENTS

I.      INTRODUCTION TO THE LAW OF WITNESSES. 1

II.         EXAMPLES OF THE LAW OF WITNESSES IN BOOK OF MORMON.. 2

A.     Property Transactions. 2

1.      Real Property. 2

2.      Personal Property. 4

B.     Legal Trials. 4

1.      The Accusation/Complaint 4

2.      The Trial 6

3.      The Sentence. 7

C.     Political Activities. 8

1.      Election of their leaders. 8

2.      Choosing the type of government 9

3.      Legislative actions. 10

4.      Joining a group or changing of names. 10

D.     Military Activities. 11

E.     Religious Activities. 11

III.       CONCLUSION.. 12

I. INTRODUCTION TO THE LAW OF WITNESSES

In ancient Israel during biblical times, legal transactions and activities required the presence of witnesses in order to be valid (see Deuteronomy 19:15).[1]  For example, “contracts were considered invalid unless there were witnesses present and their names inscribed at the end of the text.”[2]  

Witnesses were also needed in every stage of a trial. Specifically, two witnesses were required against an accused to initiate criminal charges (see Deuteronomy 17:6-7).[3] During most trials, these same witnesses gave testimony,[4] were present when the decision was rendered[5], and expected executed any sentence.[6]  

Besides legal trials, witnesses were necessary when purchasing property,[7] creating a bailee/bailor relationship,[8] disputing over the legal status of a potential slave,[9] dividing up inheritances,[10] making marriage agreements,[11] regarding accounting issues,[12] recording shipping records,[13] creating records in private archives,[14] during undocumented transactions[15] and other certain dealings.[16]

Because of the necessity of witnesses in all business and legal functions, being a witness required personal accountability because “being a witness was not simply a passive function but carried some responsibility.”[17]

The purpose of this article is to demonstrate that the Nephites and Lamanites of the Book of Mormon followed the law of witnesses in their various property transactions, legal proceedings, governmental and political functions, and several other legal and non-legal activities like those living in the geography of Near Eastern and Eastern Mediterranean.

II. EXAMPLES OF THE LAW OF WITNESSES IN BOOK OF MORMON

Throughout The Book of Mormon, the Nephites and Lamanites[18] followed the law of witnesses involving property transactions, legal trials, politics activities, military actions, and religious events.

A. Property Transactions

Under the laws of ancient Israel, to avoid being considered thief, both the purchasers and seller of real property needed to provide witnesses.[19] In order to ensure that witnesses were available for important business transactions, the participants went to specific locations where witnesses would be accessible. For example, Boaz, went into the presence of the people at the gate and took off his shoe as proof of purchasing Ruth and her property (see Ruth 4: 1-11). These witnesses were called “people of the gate.”[20]

To discuss property, I have separated the transactions into those that involve real property (i.e., land) and personal property.

1. Real Property

The oldest legal documents discovered involve the sale of land in Mesopotamia.[21] In the Bible, the prophet Jeremiah took with him witnesses when he purchased Hanameel’s field in Anaththoth (see Jeremiah 32:6-16).[22]

With a small population during the first few years of the people of the Book of Mormon, few documented transactions of real property were necessary since Lehi’s family were nomadic.  However, after Lehi and his family landed in the Promised Land, they quickly established permanent residence, the land of first inheritance (see 1 Nephi 18:23). Unfortunately, conflicts arose and the Nephites separated themselves and formed the land of Nephi (see 2 Nephi 5:6-8).  As the population of these two cities grew the law of witnesses became more necessary and apparent.

The most frequent reference to witnesses regarding a real property transaction occurred when a particular group of people requested to possess a specific city. One example was that of Zeniff and those Nephites who lived with him (see Mosiah 9:1).[23] Zeniff had a great desire to inherit the land of his fathers, or the land of Nephi, so he and four of his men went into the Laman, king of the Lamanites, to “know if [they] might go in with [their] people and possess the land [of Lehi-Nephi] in peace” (Mosiah 9:5). Even though King Laman intended to bring Zeniff and his people into bondage, he still followed the law of witnesses and covenanted with Zeniff that his people would depart of that land in order that Zeniff and his people could possess it (see Mosiah 9:6-7).

In addition to the presence of witnesses, use of oaths in a property transaction since “[o]ccasionally, parties took oaths when making a contract.”[24] This can be seen with the people of Limhi. When the Lamanites invaded the land of Lehi-Nephi, the king of the Lamanites made an oath unto King Limhi[25] and his people wherewith the Lamanites would allow the Limhi and his people to remain in the land of Nephi if the Nephites in return would pay a tax of “one half of all that they possessed” (Mosiah 19:15-25). Limhi agreed to these terms, and in return made an oath unto the King of the Lamanites that his people would pay the requested tribute (see Mosiah 19:26). Several witnesses to this transaction were Gideon and his men. To prevent future problems, Gideon and his men were sent to find several of the priests of Noah who had fled with King Noah when the Lamanites attacked. These priests were seeking to attack the Lamanites when Gideon and his men told them of their ability to possess the land of Nephi in relative peace (see Mosiah 19:22). The fact Gideon and his men were present as witnesses may have prevented continued war.

This pattern of witnesses to real property negotiations is further seen when the Nephites allowed the Anti-Nephi-Lehies to possess the land of Jershon. When Alma and his brethren returned to Zarahemla they talked with Nephihah, the chief judge, about what they accomplished in the land of Nephi. Having a desire to help the people of Anti-Nephi-Lehi, Nephihah “sent a proclamation throughout all the land, desiring the voice of the people concerning admitting their brethren, who were the people of Anti-Nephi-Lehi, among the Nephites. And it came to pass that the voice of the people came, saying: Behold we will give up the land of Jershon . . . for an inheritance” (Alma 27:21-22). In addition to giving them land, the Nephites agreed to provide military protection (see Alma 27:23-24). In informing the Anti-Nephi-Lehies Ammon, Alma, Aaron, and the other brethren present with the chief judge, corroborated all that was made known unto them concerning the possession and protection of the Anti-Nephi-Lehies (see Alma 27:25).

Witnesses were also used when searching for particular locations. King Mosiah, for example, commanded “sixteen of their strong men [that they] might go up to the land of Lehi-Nephi, to inquire concerning their brethren” (Mosiah 7:2). Similarly, Limhi sent several brethren to find the land of Zarahemla (see Mosiah 21:23) and Ammon, the leader of these men, specifically took with him Amaleki, Helem, and Hem to meet with the king (see Mosiah 7:3-8). Obviously, sending several men might increase the chance of finding the proposed locations, but in addition, it provides witnesses to any potential transaction that may occur. For if only one or two men are sent to a city, they are often bond, captured, and imprisoned.[26] Such was not the case when a group of people came into the city.

Another real property transaction that occurred by the voice of the people is the naming of cities and lands. Specific examples include: the valley of Alma (see Mosiah 24:20), the city of Ammonihah (see Alma 8:7), the land of Amulon (see Mosiah 23:31), the city and valley of Gideon (see Alma 6:7; Alma 2:20), and the land of Nephi (see 2 Nephi 5:8).

2. Personal Property

Since personal property is moveable, witnesses to personal property transactions are imperative to prove ownership and to avoid being accused of being a thief.

The problem of not having a witness for a real property transaction occurred early in the Book of Mormon and caused major problems for hundreds of years between the Nephites and the Lamanites. Once Lehi and his family landed in the land of promise they established the land of their first inheritance (see 1 Nephi 18:23). But, after several years of disputations between the families of Nephi and Laman the Nephites left the main group and brought with them the plates of brass, the Liahona, and the sword of Laban (see 2 Nephi 5:5-14). Since Laman was the oldest son of Lehi, he felt that it was his birth right to retain possession of the brass plates and thus since claimed he was “wronged” by Nephi and thus taught his children, and their children to hate, murder, rob, and plunder the Nephites (Mosiah 10:17). Since there was no record of Nephite negotiating the keeping of these items, it could be argued that he was a thief and the Lamanites had a legitimate claim against Nephi and his descendants.

In reference to the plates of brass, prior to leaving the land of Jerusalem Lehi requested his sons to obtain these same brass plates directly from Laban. When Laman first attempted to obtain the plates on his own, Laban cast him out of his house and called him a robber (see 1 Nephi 3:13).[27] Later, when Laman and all of his brethren attempted to purchase the plates, they were chased away by the servants of Laban (see 1 Nephi 3:23-27). Finally, when Nephi had killed Laban, he requested Zoram “go with [him] into the treasury” (1 Nephi 4:20). Even though he was not Laban, Nephi obtained a witness in retrieving the plates. Obviously requesting Zoram to retrieve the plates was not to later verify ownership if needed, but possibly to follow a legal procedure; to do otherwise may have tipped off Zoram of Nephi’s disguise.

B. Legal Trials

Another common occurrence involving the use of witnesses were legal trials. I will not specifically analyze the legal context of each trial, but just point out the use of witnesses through the legal process, including bringing forth an accusation or complaint, during the trial itself, and in carrying out the sentence.

1. The Accusation/Complaint

To establish a valid legal procedure able to enforce a judgment, “the aggrieved party had to physically bring the perpetrator before the judges.”[28] One of the best examples of such a legal proceeding is the trial of Abinadi. When Abinadi entered the city of Nephi, he began to preach repentance among the people and prophesy that God will destroy them (see Mosiah 12:1-8). Abinadi’s words were not accepted well, and the citizens “were angry with him; and they took him and carried him before the king” and accused Abinadi of false prophesy (see Mosiah 12:9-13). As Abinadi confounded the priests of Noah, they continued to accuse him of additional crimes (see Mosiah 17:12). During his trial, one of the Noah’s priest, Alma, believed Abinadi’s words and was a witness in his defense. Because of Alma’s verbal actions in defense of Abinadi, the remaining council of priests accused Alma of his own crimes, chased him from out of the city, and attempted to kill him (see Mosiah 17:2-3). Other examples include Nehor, Alma, Amulek, and Paanchi.

During Alma’s first year in his judgment seat, Nehor began to preach that the people should support priests and teachers, and that God will redeem all men regardless of their level of repentance (see Alma 1:3-6). During Nehor’s preaching, he was confronted by Gideon, wherewith Nehor killed Gideon by the sword (see Alma 1:7-9). It was because of this murder, that Nehor “was taken by the people of the church, and was brought before Alma, to be judged according to the crimes which he had committed” (Alma 1:10).

After Alma and Amulek preached unto the people of Ammonihah, the people became angry and felt that Alma and Amulek had “lied unto them, and had reviled against their law and also against their lawyers and judges,” the people of Ammonihah, first “sought to put them away privily” (Alma 14:2-3). But, because of the law of witnesses, the people of Ammonihah instead “took [Alma and Amulek] and bound them with strong cords, and took them before the chief judge of the land” and testified that they “had reviled against the law, and their lawyers and judges of the land, and also of all the people that were in the land” (Alma 14:4-5).

The satisfaction of the law of witnesses is also evidenced within the accusation of Paanchi, one of the sons of Pahoran I vying to become the chief judge around the “fortieth year of the reign of judges over the people of Nephi” (Helaman 1:1). When Paanchi lost his bid for the judgment seat to his brother Pahoran, he “was exceedingly wroth; therefore he was about to flatter away those people to rise up in rebellion against their brethren” (Helaman 1:7). Because of his attempted rebellion, “he was taken” by the people of Nephi before the chief judge to be “tried according to the voice of the people” (Helaman 1:8).

The people of Zarahemla also followed the law of witnesses when they accused Nephi, the son of Helaman, of the murder of the chief judge Seezrom. While in the garden of Nephi near the city of Zarahemla, Nephi sent five messengers to verify, “the chief judge had fallen to the earth and did lie in his blood” (Helaman 9:1-3). When these five messengers arrived and saw the chief judge dead, they knew Nephi had spoken the truth and they fell to the earth (see Helaman 9:5). Meanwhile, prior to the messengers arriving at the judgment-seat, several of Seezorm’s servants saw Seezrom dead, and ran out among the people crying murder (see Helaman 9:6). As Seezorm’s servants returned with a multitude from the city, they saw the five messengers sent by Nephi passed out near the Seezorm’s body, and quickly accused them of murder (see Helaman 9:7-8). Now, since there was a different crowd that gathered in the garden when Nephi sent out the five messengers, these people could testify to the innocence of the messengers (see Helaman 9:11). Though these five men contended that Nephi was innocent, the circumstances led the people to believe that Nephi had conspired to murder Seezrom (see Helaman 9:12-17). So, the group present “caused the Nephi should be taken and bound and brought before the multitude” to be tried (Helaman 9:19).

To prevent false accusations, witnesses were also used. One example includes Aaron and the king of the Lamanites. After Aaron expounded the scriptures to the king, the king prayed to God to have his sins taken away (see Alma 22:2-18). After the king’s prayer, “he was struck as if he were dead” (Alma 22:18). In response, his servants rushed to tell his wife, who admittedly accused Aaron of murder and commanded these same servants to kill Aaron (see Alma 22:19-23). But, because the servants witnessed the event, they knew that Aaron was not a murder and refused the queen’s order. Similar circumstances occurred with Ammon and the king’s son, Lamoni (see Alma 18-19).

Because of the law of witnesses, unfortunately, witnesses were often used to corroborate lies and misdeeds. The prime example is Amalickiah, who used treachery, murder, and intrigue to become king of the Lamanites. When the existing king of the Lamanites came out to greet Amalickiah and some his men, one of Amalickiah’s servants murdered the king (see Alma 47:22-24). In fear of their own life, the servants of the king that witnessed his slaying fled[29] (see Alma 47:25). In response, the servant’s of Amalickiah, to cover their actions, blamed the murder on the king’s servants crying, “behold, the servants of the king have stabbed him to the heart, and he has fallen and they have fled; behold, come and see” (Alma 47:26). To gain the support of the people, Amalickiah “pretended to be wroth” and commanded his armies, and all that loved the king to come forth and purse after the servants of the king (see Alma 47:27-29). Though Amalickiah’s army did not capture the king’s servants, the Lamanites believed in the lies of Amalickiah and his men that the king’s servants were those that assassinated the king (see Alma 47:30). To testify the queen, Amalickiah took the same servant that actually killed the king, and all those that were with him, and “testified unto her that the king was slain by his own servants” (Alma 47:32-34). It was because of the verified testimony of Amalickiah and his witnesses, that the queen believed that the king’s former servants murdered her husband (see Alma 47:34-35). Through the corroborated abuse of the law of witnesses, Amalickiah used the queen’s trust to gain her favor, marry her, and become the king of the Lamanites.

Other situations of witness making accusations include times when prophets were captured by the people and taken before the king/chief judge, thrown into prison, or cast out of the city include Ammon (see Alma 17:20), Nephi and Lehi (see Helaman 5:21), and Samuel the Lamanite (see Helaman 13:1).

2. The Trial

As with accusations, a trial before a legal authority required the presence of witnesses.[30] After being cast into prison, Abinadi stood trial before King Noah and the council of King Noah’s Priests to be questioned so “that they might cross him, that thereby they might have wherewith to accuse him” (Mosiah 12:17-19). After Abinadi confounded their words, he was again placed in prison for three days but was later brought back in front of the king and his counselors where King Noah officially accused Abinadi of crimes and asked how he would plead (see Mosiah 17:6-12). It is before these witnesses, that Abinadi refused to recant his words and accepted the fate of his peers.

The trial of Nehor was simple, and in front of his accusers, Nehor was condemned to die by Alma, the chief judge (see Alma 1:12-14). During Alma and Amulek’s trial, all was done before the chief judge of the land (see Alma 14:4). Now, this chief judge was the local magistrate and not the highest judicial authority Nephihah, to whom Alma had appointed to his judgment seat (see Alma 4:16-17). Before this judge, the people brought forth their accusations of Alma and Amulek, while Zeerom, defendants’ witness, testified in their behalf. After their initial trial and the execution of many believers of Christ, Alma and Amulek are cast into prison wherewith many lawyers, judges, priests, and teachers again questioned them (see Alma 14:17-26). But Alma and Amulek remained silent and did not respond to their questioning. But, as their persecution in prison continued, eventually the chief judge, and those with him, challenged Alma and Amulek to break their bands to testify of the truthfulness of their words. In doing so, the power of God was manifested, Alma and Amulek broke their bands, and the prison walls came down killing everyone but Alma and Amulek (see Alma 14:29). As they were leaving the fallen prison, a multitude gathered and witnessed Alma and Amulek leave without harm.

There is little mentioned about the trial of Paanchi, but the law of witnesses was still exhibited. After Paanchi’s defeat for the position of chief judge, he tried to rebel against his brothers. Because of his attempted rebellion “he was taken, and was tried according to the voice of the people, and condemned unto death” (Helaman 1:8). As with his accusation, Paanchi’s case also demonstrates the use of witnesses during the trial.

Not only did the people of Zarahemla use the law of witnesses to accuse Nephi, but Nephi himself used this same law exonerate himself of false accusations. Within the trial of Nephi, the five messengers that Nephi sent were acquitted because of the testimony of the judges and others that had gathered in the garden of Nephi when Nephi had sent them to the house of Seezoram. Even though these messengers testified to the innocence of Nephi, he was arrested and taken before the multitude where several judges, one by one, attempted to confound and cross him so “that they might accuse him to death” (Helaman 9:16-20). But, to defend himself, Nephi prophesied how Seantum would confess to the murder of Seezoram (see Helaman 9:25:36). While Nephi remained under the watchful eye of his accusers and the judges, to substantiate Nephi’s claims several witnesses went unto Seantum wherewith, Seantum confessed as Nephi had prophesied, thus again proving the innocence of Nephi (see Helaman 9:37-38). It was this last act that finally liberated Nephi.

3. The Sentence

As stated previously, often the witnesses under the Ancient Near East and the Mosaic Law executed the judgment or sentence.[31] This is also true in the Book of Mormon. Returning to the trial of Abinadi, it was the priests of Noah that executed the death sentence on Abinadi for reviving against the King (see Mosiah 17:12-20). Though this was not the original charge the people brought before the king, it was the accusations of these priests that resulted in Abinadi’s death.

In regard to Nehor, the same people that brought him to Alma (the chief judge at the time), after his death sentence, took him and “carried him upon the top of the hill Manti . . . [where] he suffered an ignominious death” (Alma 1:15).

In the trial of Alma and Amulek, though the chief judge rendered no legal judgment, the people punished Zeerom for his “false testimony” by spitting in his face, and casting him from among the people, along with all those that also believed in the words of Alma and Amulek (see Alma 14:7). To punish those followers of God that were cast out, the men were stoned while the women and children were thrown into a fire (see Alma 14:7-9). While Alma and Amulek were required to watch the punishments of their followers, the chief judge “smote them with his hand upon their cheeks” (Alma 14:14-17). Alma and Amulek were later sent back to prison where they were mocked, slapped, spit upon, bound with strong cords, and had no food, drink, or clothes (see Alma 14:18-25).

C. Political Activities

Besides legal transactions and trials, witnesses were used in other aspects of the government or political environment since “[o] ne of the most important functions of an government is the administration of a legal system.”[32] Examples of this in the Book of Mormon include deciding who should be a group’s ruler, selecting what type of government should be used, requesting a change of the law, or becoming a citizen of a existing or new civilization.

1. Election of their leaders

By the “voice of the people” kings, judges, and military leaders were elected. Though the appointment of new king was recognized as a divine decision, the people to show their support of a new king, often acclaimed “the popular blessing of ‘long live the king.’”[33]

Just as the Nephites were establishing themselves, they sought Nephi to be their first king (see 2 Nephi 5:18).[34] There is no record that subsequent kings were individually appointed by the voice of the people among the Lamanties, but Most of the other kings in the Book of Mormon were not elected by the people but inherited the throne and had their authority conferred upon them by the current king. Exceptions occurred when outsiders, as with Amalickiah, used murder and power to become king (see Alma 46-47). Current kings also received support of people joining their cities. For example, the Mulekites appointed Mosiah to be their king, when the Nephites joined them in the city of Zarahemla (see Mosiah 25:12).

Often, small groups became distraught over the current government regime, rebelled, and elected their own king. This occurred either by breaking off and creating your own following, as with Amlici (see Alma 2:9-10) and Amalickiah (see Alma 47:6), or by completely taking over the city and establishing your own king, as with the king-men (see Alma 61:4-8). The Gadination Robbers also elected their leaders; for Kishkumen (see Helaman 1:11-12), Gadination (see Helaman 2:4-5), and Jacob (see 3 Nephi 7:9-10) were placed in power by the voice of their people.

Later the Nephites elected, by the voice of the people, their local and chief judges. These wise men would be appointed by the people to judge “according to the commandments of God” and laws of the land (see Mosiah 29:11, 25). With the first election under the reign of judges, the people assembled together and cast “their voices concerning who should be their judges,” and appointed Alma the Younger, the current High Priest of the Church, the chief judge (Mosiah 29:39-42). For nine years, Alma served in these dual capacities until he resigned and “selected a wise man” named Nephihah to serve as chief judge, and “gave him power according to the voice of the people” to enact laws, judge, and govern the people (Alma 4:16-17).

For the next 25 years, Nephihah judged in “perfect uprightness before God” until his death in 67 B.C. (see Alma 50:37). After Nephihah’s death, his son, Pahoran, was appointed to fill the judgment seat “with an oath and sacred ordinance to judge righteously” (Alma 50:39). Though it is not stated whether Pahoran was elected by the voice of the people, it is obvious he covenanted to serve them righteously. This was similar to the actions of kings in Hebrew Law when a king was “accepted by the people through a covenant specifying his rights and duties.”[35] Soon into Pahoran’s reign, “there were a few part of the people who desired that a few particular points of the law be altered” and desired “to overthrow the free government and to establish a king over the land” (Alma 51:2-5). To resolve this contention, an election occurred and “voice of the people” voted to have Pahoran remain as the chief judge (Alma 51:7).

After Pahoran’s death in 52 B.C., three of his sons vied for the judgment seat, with the “voice of the people” appointing Pahoran II as the new chief judge (Helaman 1:2-5). But, soon after his appointment, Pahoran II was murdered, and the people had a new election and chose his brother Pacumeni (see Helaman 1:12-13). But such as the fate of many chief judges, Pacumeni was also murdered (see Helaman 1:21), and a contention again arose as to who should be the new chief judge (see Helaman 2:1). As a result of Pacumeni’s assassination, the people gathered their voices together and appointed Helaman II, the son of Helaman, as the new chief judge (see Helaman 2:2).

Years later, Cezoram was the Chief Judge, where remained until “he was murdered by an unknown hand as he sat upon the judgment seat” in the sixty and six year of the reign of judges (Helaman 6:15). After Cezoram’s murder, his son was “appointed by the people” to sit upon the judgment seat (Helaman 6:15). Also, after Seantum killed his brother Seezoarm, the Chief Judge, (Helaman 9:3-6; 23-38), Seantum sought the appointment of the judgment seat by the people (Helaman 8:27).

After the reign of judges ended, the people elected their tribal leaders (see 3 Nephi 7:3). Both Captain Moroni (see Alma 46:34)[36] and Captain Mormon (see Mormon 2:1) were appointed as military leaders by the voice of the people. The actions of the military leaders will be discussed later.

2. Choosing the type of government

Unique to the Nephites, was the opportunity to choose their type of government. While the Lamanites continued to have a king, the Nephites established three different types of governmental systems involving kings, judges, and tribal leaders. Whenever there was a change in the governmental structure, or a challenge to switch to a different type of government, it was the voice of people that chose which style of government they wanted. Thus, with people selecting their method of government, the law of witnesses was fulfilled.

When the Nephites first formed, they desired their government to be ruled by a king (see 2 Nephi 5:18). This governmental system lasted for over 400 years until King Mosiah II suggested a government controlled by judges elected by the people (see Mosiah 29:11-47). The people accepted this proposed government style (see Alma 1:1), and elected Alma as the first chief judge (see Mosiah 29:42).

In regard to Chief Judges, these wise men would be appointed by the voice of people to judge “according to the commandments of God” and laws of the land (Mosiah 29:11, 25). Though all judges were to be selected by the voice of the people, there was a difference in how a new chief judge was appointed based on if the previous chief judge died or resigned.

Soon after the reign of judges began, Amlici desired a reestablishment of the reign of kings (see Alma 2:1-4). So, the people gathered together and voted to retain the reign of judges (see Alma 2:5-7). In revolt of the choice of the people, Amlici and his followers joined the Lamanites and stirred up a battle against the Nephites (see Alma 2:7-31). A similar election occurred between the freemen and the king-men (see Alma 51:1-8). Unlike Amlici, after the king-men’s defeat, the king-men were silent on their cause for they “durst not oppose but were obligated to maintain the cause of freedom” since the “voice of the people came in favor of the freemen” (Alma 51:7).[37]

The Nephites selected a third type of government after chief judge Lachoneus II was murder. Under this new tribal government did “every tribe did appoint [an individual] chief or leader” (3 Nephi 7:3).

3. Legislative actions  

During the reign of the judges, the voice of the people also initiated legislative actions to change existing laws. The Book of Mormon shares two examples of legislative actions instituted by the Nephites. The first involved the king-men. When the king-men were denied their political objectives, though the king-men remained silent, they still were unhappy and refused to take up arms in defense of the Lamanites (see Alma 51:1-13). In response, the people of Zarahemla, under the assistance of Captain Moroni, sent a petition unto Pahoran, the chief judge and governor, to change the law and allow Moroni the power to compel all dissenters to defend their country or be put to death (see Alma 51:13-15). This was the first time that the Nephites handled such “contentions and dissentions among the people” so the law had to be altered in response (Alma 51:16). The governor supported the request of the people, and the laws of the land were changed (see Alma 51:16).

A later example of the Nephites taking legislative action was due to judges secretly murdering prophets. In response, the Nephites sent a complaint to their governor informing him of the judge’s illegal acts, hoping that the governor would act (see 3 Nephi 6:21-25). Unfortunately, the chief judge was also murdered before any action could be taken (see 3 Nephi 7:1).

4. Joining a group or changing of names

Citizenship often bestowed significant privileges.[38] A person’s privileges, protections, and duties were based on “belonging to a family, clan or tribe.”[39] Because of the importance of belonging to a specific group of people, whenever an individual or individuals desired to form their own society, or to join a different society, they expressed this desire in front of witnesses. Some examples include when: Zoram joined with Nephi and his brethren (see 1 Nephi 4:33-35); the Mulekites became Nephites while assembled together (see Mosiah 25:1-13); the Amilcites, as a group, joined the Lamanites (see Alma 2:24); many Lamanites and Zormaites joined the Anti-Nephi-Lehies (see Alma 25:13; Alma 35:6-7; Alma 62:16-17);[40] and converted Lamanites united with the Nephites (3 Nephi 2:14-15).

Similar to that of joining a new civilization, when people formed their own group, they would decide what name they were to be called by. Those with Nephi desired to be called Nephites (see 2 Nephi 5:9). Other groups similar formed, namely: “Jacobites, Josephites, Zoramites, Lamanites, Lemulites and Ismaelites” (Jacob 1:13).[41] These major societies existed unto the time of Christ, until there became no “Lamanites, nor any manner of ites, but; they were one, the children of Christ, and heirs to the kingdom of God” (4 Nephi 1:17). Eventually the Lamanites were reestablished (see 4 Nephi 1:20); in time, all of the other five original groups were again formed (see 4 Nephi 1:35-38). Several times people changed their name to “be distinguished from their brethren” (Alma 23:16). This change was serious and was supported by the voice of the people. Many converted Lamanites called themselves Anti-Nephi-Lehies (see Alma 23:17); later these people called themselves the people of Ammon (see Alma 27:26).

D. Military Activities

The actions of military leaders were heavily scrutinized, for laws prevented officers from abusing their power or forming illegal treaties.[42] Because of this, military leaders followed the law of witnesses. The most common occurrence was during negotiations between opposing parties. One example is the meeting between Lehonti and Amalickiah (see Alma 47:10-14). Because of the need of witnesses, Amalickiah was very specific in his request to have Lehonti “bring his guards with him” (Alma 47:12). Not only did Lehonti bring his guards for protection, but also to substantiate any potential agreement.

Another example is the settlement offer by Captain Moroni to Zerahemna. After overtaking Zerahemna and his men, Moroni requested Zerahemna to surrender and take an oath of peace in front of all the soldiers (see Alma 44: 1-9). Though Zerahemna refused to surrender and to take an oath unto the Nephites, there were witnesses on both sides available to testify of Zerahemna’s actions. Other groups made oaths or covenants in regards to fighting: The king of the Lamanites made an oath not to slay the people of Limhi (see Mosiah 19:25); the Anti-Nephi-Lehies made a covenant never to fight again (see Alma 24:7-18); the Nephites covenanted to protect the Anti-Nephi-Lehies (see Alma 27:23-24); the Lamanite chief captains swore to each other to attack the land of Noah (see Alma 49:13,17); and the sons of Helaman, who were children of the Anti-Nephi-Lehies, covenanted to go to war (see Alma 53:16). The importance of witnesses associated with oaths is complex and is not discussed in depth in this study.

The uses of witnesses were also used in forming military and governmental factions. The most common alliance was the Gadination Robbers. Kishkumen, Gadination, Jacob, and others seeking to establish power over the people formed at different times this band of secrecy by swearing oaths and covenants (see Helaman 1:9; Helaman 2:3-5; Helaman 6:21-32).[43]

E. Religious Activities

Though there are distinctions between religion and law, they are also intertwined. “Hebrew tradition did not distinguish between the norms of religion, morality, and law.”[44] God himself gave the Law of Moses, and “was said to supervise the judges.”[45] Because of the importance of God, the law of witnesses was seen in many religious aspects or ceremonies.

Typically, it was the outward religious rituals that required witnesses. Among the Nephites, baptisms required witnesses (see Mosiah 18:8-16; Alma 15-6-12; Helaman 5:18). Other outward symbolic religious acts were oaths and covenants. One example of people making religious oaths or covenants was the people of Zarahemla. After King Benjamin spoke to the people about serving God and each other, keeping the commandments, among other things, the people of Zarahemla covenanted “to be obedient” to God’s commandments (Mosiah 5:5).

Beyond just religious symbols and ordinances, more than one individual generally witnessed angelic visitations. After Nephi and his brothers failed a second time to get the plates of brass from Laban, Laman and Lemuel began to beat Nephi with a rod. As this was occurring, an angel appeared unto them and commanded Laman and Lemuel to stop beating Nephi and told them that Laban would be delivered unto their hands (see 1 Nephi 3:29). A second angelic visit occurred while Alma the Younger and the Sons of Mosiah were rebelling against God and leading many of the people astray. In response, “an angel of the Lord appeared unto them” and commanded them to repent (see Mosiah 27:11-18; Alma 17:2).

As stated above, witnesses were needed in making legal accusations; the same principal applied with religious accusations. To be brought before the prophet to be judged for one’s sins, witnesses were required. When the non-believers created dissensions among the Nephites, witnesses brought them before Alma, the “authority over the church” (Mosiah 26:7-9). Since these were purely religious violations, King Mosiah refused to judge them criminally (Mosiah 26:11-12). But, as seen with Nehor, when you mixed religious and criminal actions, it was appropriate to be judged by the legal authorities (see Alma 1:1-15). Korihor, for his preaching, was captured by the people and taken before Alma, the high priest (see Alma 30:20-21). Other examples include Abinadi (see Mosiah 12:9), Alma and Amulek (see Alma 14:1-4), Ammon (see Alma 17:20), and Helaman’s sons Nephi and Lehi (see Helaman 5:21; Helaman 9:19).[46]

Out of the mouth of two to three witnesses shall every word be established (see Deuteronomy 19:15; Matthew 18:16). Not only is principle prophesying the coming worth of the Book of Mormon, but also sets forth the standard needed for legal transactions for the people of Ancient America. As established in the laws of the Ancient Near East, the Nephites also practiced the law of witnesses by including witness with all property transactions, legal trials, elections, legislative proceedings, military actions, and religious activities.

III. CONCLUSION


[1]Deuteronomy 19:15 reads. “One witness shall not rise up against a man for any iniquity, or for any sin, in any sin that he sinth: at the mouth of two witnesses or at the mouth of three witnesses, shall the matter be established.” For other Biblical references, read: 1 King 21:13; John 8:17; 2 Corinthians. 13:1; Hebrews. 10:28.

[2] Russ VerSteeg, Early Mesopotamian Law, §11.2[B] Formalities: Seals, Witnesses, Oaths, and Clay Envelopes, Carolina Academic Press (Durham, 2000), 169. [Hereafter EML]

[3]Other biblical references are: Exodus 20:16, 22:9, 23:1; and Numbers 35:30.                                                                                                            

[4] David Daube, The Law of Witnesses in Transferred Operations, Journal of the Near Eastern Society of Columbia University (1973), 91.

[5] EML §4.2 “Lawsuits: Trial Procedure,” 57; §4.3 “Evidence,” 60; §4.4 “Witnesses and Perjury,” 61; and §4.5 “Enforcement of Judgments,” 62.

[6] Ze’ev W. Falk, Hebrew Law in the Biblical Times, “Procedure,” John W. Welch, ed. (Winona Lake, In. and Provo, Utah: Eisenbrauns and Brigham Young University Press, 2001), 58. [Hereafter Falk]

[7] Code of Hammurabi #9, 10, & 11. See also, EML 8.3[C] “Black Market Sales,” 116; §10.2 “Sale of Land, Prices, Deeds, & Recordation of Real Property,” 146.

[8] Code of Hammurabi # 122.

[9] Laws of Gortyn # 2-3.

[10] Laws of Gortyn #10, 20, 21, & 36.

[11] Eva von Dassow, Introducing the Witness in Neo-Babylonian Documents, Ancient near Eastern Biblical Judicial Studies in Honor of Baruch A. Levine. Robert Chazan & others, eds. (Eisenbrauns, Winonon Lake, In. 1999), 9.

[12] Id., 13.

[13] Id.

[14] Id., 15.

[15] Id.

[16] Id., 18.

[17] Id., 5.

[18] For simplicity purposes, the author includes the Mulekties in the activities of the Nephites and Lamanites.

[19] EML §8.3[B] “Selling Goods Under False Pretense & Theft by Fraud,” 115. See also Code of Hammurabi #9-11.

[20]See Falk, “Local Government,” 36.

[21] EML §10.2 “Sale of Land, Prices, Deeds & Recordation of Real Property,” 146.

[22] In this purchase, Jeremiah produced a witnessed document in which the terms of the transaction were written twice, one part that “was sealed according to the law and custom,” and the other part that “was open.” The purpose was to provide a second witness to the terms of the contract if discrepancies developed between the parties or possible damage to the open portion of the document. The additional testimony of the sealed portion may be the exact reason why the Book of Mormon has an open and sealed portion. For an extended discussion on this topic, see John W. Welch, Doubled Sealed, Witnessed Documents: from the Ancient World to the Book of Mormon, in Mormons, Scripture, and the Ancient World, ed. Davis Britton (Provo, Utah: Farms, 1998), 391-444; and John W. Welch, Doubled, Sealed, and Witnessed Documents, in FARMS Update Research in Progress, Update No. 147, Vol. 21, 2001.

[23] This was nearly 400 after the Nephites left Jerusalem.

[24]EML §11.2[B] “Formalities: Seals, Witnesses, Oaths & Clay Envelopes,” 169-170.

[25] King Limhi is the son of King Noah.

[26] Abinadi (see Mosiah 12:9); Alma and Amulek (see Alma 14:4); Ammon (see Alma 17:20); and Nephi and Lehi (see Helaman 5:21) are good examples of individuals quickly being thrown in jail upon arriving into a city.

[27]Though there are obvious differences in ancient legal theology between a thief and a robber, the basic understanding is still applicable. Because Laman did not retain a witness when attempting to purchase property, he is accused of a crime against property. In this situation, Laman may also fit the description of a robber. Robbers were outsiders and outlaws; robbers acted in a group or band; robbers acted in open; and robbers kept their hideouts secret. This can apply to Laman and his brothers since their father was accused of false prophecy, their family had left Jerusalem to an unknown location, and Laman and his brother returned as a group to Jerusalem. See John W. Welch and John F. Hall, Charting the New Testament, Chart 3-12, FARMS (2002).

[28] EML §4.5 “Enforcement of Judgments,” 62.

[29] The servants of the king eventually joined the people of Ammon (see Alma 47:29).

[30]EML §4.2 “Lawsuits: Trial Procedure,” 57.

[31]See Falk, “Procedure,” 58.

[32] EML, §4.1 “Organization & Personnel,” 51.

[33] See Falk, “Kingship,” 32. (Citing 1 Samuel 10:24; 2 Samuel 16:16; 1 Kings 1:25,34; and 2 Kings 11:12).

[34]To remember and honor Nephi, the people called all successive kings “second Nephi, third Nephi, and so according to the reign of the Kings” (Jacob 1:11). The Jaredites also elected their first king, Orihah (Ether 6:14).

[35] Ze’ev W. Falk, Hebrew Law in the Biblical Times, Brigham Young University Press, 2nd Edition (2001), 14.

[36]Captain Moronihah, Moroni’s son, was the military leader following Captain Moroni. He was not appointed by the voice of the people, but “Moroni yielded up the command of his armies” into Moronihah’s hands (Alma 62:43).

[37]As stated before, eventually these king-men established their political desire and revolted against Pahoran and established a king over the city of Zarahemla (see Alma 61: 1-8). In addition, the Nephites later sought help from Pahoran, the chief judge, in compelling the king-men to defend the country. This is discussed in the “Legislative Actions” section of this paper.

[38] EML §5.1 “Citizenship & Status in General,” 66.

[39] See Falk, “Foreigners,”112.

[40]The Anti-Nephi-Lehies later became the people of Ammon.

[41] Other groups were also formed in the Book of Mormon. These include the Amalekites (see Alma 21:2), Amalickiahites (see Alma 46:28), Amulonites (see Alma 21:3), Jaredites (see Ether 1:33), the people of Zarahemla (see Omni 1:14), and the people of Ammon or the Anti-Nephi-Lehies (see Alma 23:17 and Alma 27:26).

[42] EML, §8.5 “Military Crimes,” 122.

[43] Akish, in the Book of Ether, formed a similar group among the Jaredites to slay their king (see Ether 8:7-19).

[44] Falk, “Law and Religion,” 4.

[45] Id., 5.

[46] Nephi was accused with his brother Lehi in Helaman 5:21 and by himself in Helaman 9:19.

Here is a bio on Mark Hales

Mark Hales has over 17 years of legal experience in areas of family, criminal, and civil law.  He handles all types of domestic matters including, but not limited to, custody, divorce, child support, alimony, annulment, termination of parental rights, paternity, modifications, and adoptions. In addition, he defends clients charged with issues of domestic violence and abuse, stalking, violations of a protective order and other criminal charges. Mark is a certified mediator for all legal matters and is also a certified guardian ad litem.

Mark and Andrea Hales

Mark has been a volunteer Small Claims Court Judge since 2009 and has presided over five thousands of cases involving torts, breach of contract, and personal injury.

Mark previously spent time in American Samoa as an Assistant Attorney General. While there, Mark handled criminal cases ranging from “too many coconuts in the back of a pick-up truck” up to, and including, cases of murder, rape, incest, arson, and governmental corruption. He also defended the government in civil matters, provided legal counsel to the Governor and other departments, and was the Deputy Director of Consumer Protection.

Mark was elected to his first term on the Bluffdale City Council in 2019. Previously, he was the Chair of the Bluffdale Historic Preservation Commission and a member of the Board of Adjustments for Bluffdale and West Valley City. He also was on the Board of Directors for Camp Kostopulos, which is Utah’s #1 charity for children and adults with disabilities. Mark has his HAM radio license, has been a high school football coach, and has acted in several movies and plays.

Mark’s legal work and effort can best be summed up by United States District Court Senior Judge Reggie Walton when he wrote, “[Counsel] Hales has gone above and beyond the call of duty.” Mahjor v. Kempthorne, 518 F.Supp.2d 221, 240 (2007).

Catawba Chief Samuel Blue & Friends

0

Our sweet friend Betty “Red Ant” LaFontaine introduced me to Andrea Hales a beautiful and special Navajo Podcaster, who spoke at our recent September 2021 Firm Foundation Conference. Her video presentation will be available soon at bookofmormonevidence.org/streaming. Andrea also participated at our Conference’s Native American Celebration called “We Shall Remain” and the video will also be available to view on our streaming website soon. She is the host of a wonderful podcast called “Tribe of Testimonies.” Andrea’s website of podcasts can be found here: https://tribeoftestimonies.buzzsprout.com/

About Andrea Hales

In late fall 2020, I started working on a podcast to unite my fellow Native American and First Nations brothers and sisters with the Gospel of Jesus Christ. The purpose is not a social-movement platform, not a political platform, and not a place to air grievances. The purpose is solely to strengthen testimonies and share the Light of Jesus Christ. It is my hope to help align personal traditional beliefs, customs, and cultures with the Gospel of Jesus Christ one interview at a time.

Andrea Hales Navajo Podcaster

Through this project, I have found additional purposes. One is a gathering of those who sometimes have felt removed from their tribal identity because they joined or were raised as members of The Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-day Saints. Another is teaching those who are open to learn from the words of living Native Americans how their tribal identity does make them look at the Gospel through a different lens.

In this presentation, I will share with you the making of my podcast. You will hear some of my favorite stories and moments. And you will hear about my podcast as a weekly offering to the Lord.

The Book of Mormon, a scripture of The Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-day Saints, describes two peoples: Lamanites and Nephites. After a last great battle, the Nephites were destroyed from the face of the earth. The remnants of the Lamanites are among the ancestors of today’s North American Native Americans. Andrea Hales (Navajo), the host of Tribe of Testimonies, interviews faithful Native American Latter-day Saints of tribes across the U.S. to learn how the Gospel of Jesus Christ has influenced their lives. Everyone’s story is different—conversions, families, missions, educations, careers, talents, achievements, failures, trials. As we share our stories, maybe we can strengthen each other. May we all walk in beauty. // This podcast is not affiliated with The Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-day Saints. However, we support the Church. For further information on The Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-day Saints, please visit ComeUntoChrist.orgAndrea, “In God We Trust”

Bio:
Yá’át’ééh! Andrea Hales was born to the best parents. Her father is a pioneer-heritage, small-town Utah man who was raised in The Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-Day Saints. Her mother is a reservation Navajo who was not raised fully traditionally nor as a Christian. Thank the Lord for the Indian Placement Program of the Church; without that–Andrea might not be here now. Andrea grew up in the same small town her father grew up in. She had a joyful youth and was loved fiercely by family and friends.

She attended seminary when in high school and was basically told the Book of Mormon was a history of the Aztecs, the Incas, and the Olmecs. But it never quite set right in her mind. How could modern prophets have told the Native Americans THEY were the remnant of the Lamanites? How could there be Hill Cumorah in New York state when the last battles happened in central America? Why was the Indian Placement Program only for Native American youth–not for all brown people from both North, Central, and South America? And other questions. It just never fit in her head correctly. When she attended BYU, those questions were never answered either; the same things were taught as in high school seminary.

Andrea continued to hold fast to her personal ideas about the Native Americans being the remnants. Then one day, she found this amazing YouTube video with a man named Rod Meldrum. His theory aligned exactly with Andrea’s! And then he had the evidence to back it up! Andrea found new and satisfactory joy in reading the Book of Mormon again! Just recently she and her family traveled to Cancun, Mexico, for a vacation. Of course they went to visit Chichen Itza. They even hired a tour guide who would show them how the Book of Mormon could be proved by evidence at the temple compound. Let’s just say, Andrea was not swayed–not even a tiny bit. The Book of Mormon happened here, in the United States.

Now she is working on a podcast called Tribe of Testimonies. Each week is a new conversation with a faithful Native American member of The Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-day Saints where they testify of the Savior and of their identity.

Andrea is married to Mark and mother to four children (Zach, Emma, Quinton, and Valene). She has three degrees from BYU. She volunteers in her community in large and small efforts. She just launched a class with neighborhood ladies to study the US History and Constitution. And she has a heart full of gratitude to her Father in Heaven and Savior, Jesus Christ, for an amazing life.

Interview of Chief Blue’s Great Grandson Travis Blue

Travis Blue, Ronnie Beck, and Pat Blue performed traditional Indian dancing at the Catawba’s and Christ event.  Photo courtesy of Kaytlin Thomas.

Some family stories truly affect generations–and even people peripheral to the family. This is the legacy Travis Blue comes from, one where his ancestors have left such an impression on many lives to forgive, to live the commandments, to be giving, and to listen to the Holy Ghost. You will be delighted as Travis tells a family story about General Conference. And you will be humbled as you learn about the losses of two youth who left this world too soon. Thanks, Travis, for your testimony!

Click Picture for Podcast

Enjoy Travis’ testimony as a member of the Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-day Saints. You will hear a wonderful testimony as recorded by Andrea Hale a Navajo podcaster from Utah. Listen Here: https://tribeoftestimonies.buzzsprout.com/1517116/8835295

How can we Help the Lamanites?

How can you and I help the Lamanites? How can we help them blossom as the rose? When will their time actually be here where they assist us in building the New Jerusalem? I love them. I feel a kinship to them just as I have always felt about the Jewish people. Today I have never felt a stronger knowledge to know their plights are similar as they are the same people.

Bruce R. McConkie was asked the question, “What did Jacob mean when he said that the Jews would be restored ‘to the land of their inheritance’? (see 2 Nephi. 9:2). He answered, “The Lamanites are Jews, aren’t they? (MLM Journal, Dec. 6, 1984).

Please let that sink into your heart. The Jews and the Native Americans specifically the Iroquois and Algonquin of the United States, are one in the same (See DNA blog here). We remember the first shall be last and the last shall be first in receiving the gospel. The day of the Gentile is slowing down. Let us seek to love and help the Lamanites.

I have enjoyed a strong love of the Catawba Nation of Lamanites in the past 3 years or more. I would like to share with you an inspiring story about Chief Samuel Blue and his family. The Mormon Catawba’s of 1890 flourished and the Mormon Catawba’s of today are struggling as many of the wonderful Lamanites of North America are. At one point in 1840 there were only 110 of the Catawba Nation and today there are still only 2,600. Where have they gone and what is our responsibility as Gentiles to bring the Gospel to them? I pray this blog will inspire you to reach out and help these wonderful people. Their faith will amaze you.

Power to Forgive by Chief Samuel Blue

Chief Samuel Blue

“One day my eleven-year old son went hunting with six other Indians. They were hunting squirrels. A squirrel darted up a pine tree and my son climbed up the tree to scare him out on a limb. Finally, the squirrel ran out where he could be seen. My boy called to the hunters to hold their fire until he could get down out of the tree. One of these Indians in the hunting party had always been jealous of me and my position as chief. He and his son both shot deliberately at my boy. He was filled with buckshot from his knees to his head. One blast was aimed at his groin and the other hit him squarely in the face. The Indians carried my boy toward our home and found a cool spot along the trail under a pine tree. There they laid him down and ran for a doctor.

“A friend came to me in Rock Hill where I had gone to buy goods and said, “Sam, run home at once, your boy has been shot.’ I thought it was one of my married sons. I ran all the way home and found that it was my little boy near death. The doctor was there. He had put the boy to sleep with morphine, so he wouldn’t be in so much pain. He said my boy could not live. He was right; the boy died in a few minutes.
“The man and his son who had done the shooting were out in my front yard visiting with members of the crowd that had gathered. They did not appear to be upset at their deed. My heart filled with revenge and hatred… Something seemed to whisper to me, ‘If you don’t take down your gun and kill that man who murdered your son, Sam Blue, you are a coward.’

Marion G. Romney by Ken Corbett Click to see Ken’s Art

“Now I had been a Mormon ever since I was a young lad, and I knew it would not be right to take revenge. I decided to pray to the Lord about it. I left the house and walked to my secret place out in the timber where I always have gone to pray alone when I have a special problem, and there I prayed to the Lord to take revenge out of my heart. I soon felt better, and I started back to my place of prayer and prayed again until I felt better. Then on my way back to the house, at the same spot along the path I heard the voice say again, ‘Sam Blue, you are a coward.’ I turned again and went back to pray. This time I told the Lord He must help me or I would be a killer. I asked Him to take revenge out of my heart and keep it out. I felt good when I got up from praying. I went back to the house the third time and when I reached the house I went out and shook hands with the Indian who killed my boy – there was no hatred or desire for revenge in my heart.”

(Quoted in Marion G. Romney, The Power of God unto Salvation, Brigham Young University Speeches of the Year [Provo, Utah. 3 Feb. 1960], pp. 6-7) Transcribed by Rian Nelson July 24, 2018 from Knowing Christ by George W. Pace
(Joseph Harvey Blue b.03-14-1903 d.01-08-1914 of a gunshot wound. Source www.findagrave.com/memorial/112939391/samuel-taylor-blue)


South Carolina Ward Celebrates History of the Gospel among the River People

This image has an empty alt attribute; its file name is tribe-blue.jpg
Ronnie Beck performs the hoop dance. Photo courtesy of Kaytlin Thomas.

and Christ: A History of the Mormon Church among the River People came to fruition on April 28, 2018. Visitors participated in pottery making, tasted venison stew, and observed Indian dancing, music, and drumming by members of the tribe. The hallways of the Church building were lined with photos and historical accounts written by tribal, family, and ward members with the help of Elder Michael and Sister Karren Boone, from the North Carolina Charlotte Mission. Tribal quilts and artifacts were on display in various classrooms.
Article August 8, 2018 Read Here

Catawba Indian Genealogy by Ian Watson The Geneseo Foundation and the Department of Anthropology, State University of New York at Geneseo 1995
Catawba Genealogy Here


The Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-day Saints in South Carolina

“The first LDS member in South Carolina is believed to be Emmanual Masters Murphy, who was baptized in Tennessee in 1836. When Elder Lysander M. Davis arrived in South Carolina in 1839 (nine years after the Church was organized in New York), he found the Murphys had people prepared for baptism. Seven of these were baptized.

Opposition arose and Davis was briefly jailed. Murphy had reportedly spoken with Church President Joseph Smith in the late 1830s, and was told to warn South Carolinians of the destruction soon to hit their state, “the wars that will shortly come to pass, beginning at the rebellion of South Carolina, which will eventually terminate in the death and misery of many souls … the Southern states will call on other nations, even the nation of Great Britain…” This warning saw reality in 1861, when the Confederates attacked Fort Sumter, and the Civil War commenced.

Catawba tribe 

The South Carolina Conference was organized on March 31, 1882, with its first president as Elder Willard C. Burton of the Southern States Mission. (Southern States Mission History 1832-1880) The Kings Mountain Baptist Church had several families convert on March 12, 1882. Some of the earliest branches were established at King’s Mountains beginning March 3, 1882, and among the Catawba Indian community beginning July 31, 1885. Conference headquarters were established at the plantation of John Shaw Black, a man who remained unbaptized in order to provide refuge for the Church, and a veteran of the Palmetto Sharpshooters. Many converts, including Indians, moved onto his plantation to escape persecution. The Catawbas also shielded missionaries from persecutions. Two families were noted in Missionary journals as being home base, James and Elizabeth W Patterson’s home shielded them on the occasions of the mobs hunting them. Evan and Lucy Marsh Watts were the host family when Elder C E Robinson died, and they were again helping when the two Elders were injured, Elder W C Cragun and F A Franughton. Most of the Catawba’s joined the Church and remained faithful in South Carolina.

One of the more known LDS members of the Catawba tribe was Samuel Taylor Blue (Chief Blue). Blue was baptized in 1897. A few years later he served as branch president of the branch of the LDS Church on the Catawba Reservation. In the early 20th century he would often help missionaries escape mobs. In 1950 Blue traveled to Salt Lake City and gave a talk at General Conference on April 9. (Full Article at the end of this post)

Another Catawba, the first Lamanite Patriarch, William F Canty came from 5 families who moved west with the Migration in 1887. His father John Alonzo Canty was the first Branch President of the Gaffney area, and James Patterson, his grandfather was the first Branch President of the Catawba Branch. William (Buck) Canty spoke at the BYU Indian school graduation many times in the 1970s and toured with the Lamanite Generation in 1978.

Genealogy of the Western Catawba, Missionary Journals of Joseph P Willey and Pinkney Head, and My Father’s people, all written by Judy Canty Martin.  News articles from the Church news in 1978 and other sources of family.

Church growth

Progress and persecution continued in the 1890s. Mobs often gathered to persecuted missionaries. In 1897, mobs burned one of South Carolina’s first Latter-day Saint meetinghouses in ab area called by locals Centerville near the small town of Ridgeway South Carolina. It was rebuilt and burned again in 1899.

Branches organized included Society Hill, Columbia, Charleston, and Fairfield. However, as converts migrated to the West, branches dwindled, and some were reorganized later with new converts. The South Carolina conference included six branches (four with meetinghouses) and 10 Sunday Schools.

On November 20–21, 2004, President Hinckley spoke to nearly 12,000 Church members in Columbia, S.C., with proceedings carried to 11 meetinghouses in 11 other stakes in South Carolina and Georgia.

The Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-day Saints in South Carolina
From Wikipedia, the free encyclopedia


BOOK OF MORMON PROMISES TO INDIANS COMING TRUE, SAYS CHIEF. —

“One of the most colorful figures among the Latter-day Saints is Chief Samuel “Thunderbird” Blue, 82- year-old former chief of the Catawba Indians of South Carolina.

His tribe is located on a reservation near Rockhill, South Carolina, and more than 90 per cent, of them are Latter-day Saints. They have a new chapel which was dedicated there two years ago by President McKay. Chief Blue, one of the oldest members of the Church among the Catawbas, spoke at those dedicatory services. He paid a visit to Salt Lake City in 1948, having the privilege of speaking from the pulpit of the Salt Lake Tabernacle.

He and his wife were the first of their tribe to go through a Mormon temple. This they did when they were in Salt Lake City. Missionaries first came to the Catawbas about 70 years ago.

Then there were only about 100 of these Indians. Now there are over 400.

Chief Blue said that the “Book of Mormon promise to the Indians is coming true and that the younger generation of Indians are now very light.” Cumorah’s Southern Messenger June, 1954 Ezra Taft Benson


ELDER CHIEF SAMUEL BLUE GENERAL CONFERENCE  Sunday, April 9, 1950

“Brethren and sisters, we are told that the Lord moves in mysterious ways, and I bear testimony this is true. It is wonderful to me that I have this privilege to enter this building and attend this conference.

I have been a member of the Church, as you have been told, for sixty-odd years. I am one of the poor Indians down there on the reservation, and as we were told a while ago, “Seek ye first the kingdom of God, and his righteousness; and all these things shall be added unto you.” I surely bear testimony to this.

I was raised up as a poor boy, as I said before, and worked at 25 cents a day I fed my mother, brothers and sisters, and when I was fifteen years old, the missionaries came to my home and I have fed the Elders off my wages. I slept out in the woods to give my bed to the Elders. I have wondered to myself, how would I get through this world, but nevertheless, I seek to do the will of God. I fasted and prayed unto him for a blessing, and we have been told if we seek God, other things will be added unto us, and this is one of the “adds” that have been given to me. I am thankful for those blessings.

I have lived at home with two missionaries in my house. They were boarding in Rock Hill. Their room was costing them fifteen dollars a week. I said: “Elders, come to my home. I have a cabin with a room in it you can use, with two beds in it”; so they have taken the room, they eat at my table, sleep under my roof. They want to pay me wages for staying there. I say: “No. The Lord has provided for me and he is providing for you. I want no pay.”

So when I left home the other day, Elder Price, he had a hundred dollars in his pocketbook. He offered me part of it. I said: “No, I don’t want it.” “Well,” he said, “you made it for me.” I said: “How did I make it?” “

You did not charge me for my bedroom or for food, and by so doing I have been able to accumulate this much which my parents have sent to me.” I said: “If I have done you that much good by the will of God, keep it and use it in your mission.”

I know that this gospel is true. I have tasted the blessing and joy of God. I have seen the dead raised; I have seen the sick whom the doctors have given up, through the administration of the Elders they have been restored to life.

My brothers and sisters, beyond a shadow of a doubt I know that this gospel is true. My wife is with me and she is not very well, and I have not been feeling well either. She told me last night, we

had better go home. I said: “Why? I have come here for a good purpose, and if I die here I would just as leave die here as in the world till I have filled the obligation that I am sent here to do. Now may God bless you, Amen.” Elder Chief Blue

Conference Talk Script Here


President David O. McKay responded below:

“You have just had the unusual experience of hearing from one of our Indian members from the Catawba Tribe, Elder Chief Blue. President George Albert Smith will now make a few comments upon that and such other comments as he will wish to make.”

PRESIDENT GEORGE ALBERT SMITH response below:

“When I was twenty-one years of age, I was sent on a mission to the southern states. I became secretary of the mission, and while there was called to Columbia, South Carolina, because some of our elders had become seriously ill. It was difficult to get word back and forth, so I got on a train and went down there. I found that they were improved and getting along all right.

Missionary Experience

When I bade them good-bye, I boarded the train and started home, and we passed a little Indian settlement at the side of the track. I saw evidence that there were quite a number of Indians here, so I reached over and touched the man who was sitting in the seat in front of me, and I said, “Do you know what Indians these are?”

He said, “They are the Catawbas.” That is the tribe that Chief Blue represents, who has just spoken to us. I asked, “Do you know where they come from?” He said, “Do you mean the Catawbas?” I replied, “Any Indians.”

He said, “Nobody knows where the Indians came from.”

“Oh,” I said, “yes they do.” I was talking then to a man about forty-five or fifty years old, and I was twenty-one. He questioned, “Well, where did they come from?”

I answered, “They came from Jerusalem six hundred years before the birth of Christ.” “Where did you get that information?” he asked. I told him, “From the history of the Indians.” “Why,” he said, “I didn’t know there was any history of the Indians.”

See Annotated book of Mormon Here

I said, “Yes, there is a history of the Indians. It tells all about them.” Then he looked at me as much as to say: My, you are trying to put one over on me. But he said, “Where is this history?”

“Would you like to see one?” I asked. And he said that he certainly would. I reached down under the seat in my little log- cabin grip and took out a Book of Mormon and handed it to him.

He exclaimed, “My goodness, what is this?” I replied, “That is the history of the ancestry of the American Indian.” He said, “I never heard of it before. May I see it?”

I said, “Yes” and after he had looked at it a few minutes, he turned around to me and asked, “Won’t you sell me this book? I don’t want to lose the privilege of reading it through.”

“Well,” I said, “I will be on the train for three hours. You can read it for that long, and it won’t cost you anything.” I had found that he was getting off farther on, but I had to get off in three hours.

In a little while he turned around again and said, “I don’t want to give up this book. I’ve never seen anything like this before.”

I could see that he apparently was a refined and well-educated man. I didn’t tell him I really wanted him to read the book, but I said, “Well, I can’t sell it to you. It is the only one I have.” (I didn’t tell him I could get as many more as I wanted.)

He said, “I think you ought to sell it to me.”

I replied, “No, I’ll tell you what I’ll do. You keep it for three weeks, and at the end of that time you send it to me at Chattanooga,” and I gave him my card with my address on, secretary of the mission.

So we bade one another good-bye, and in about two weeks he wrote me a letter saying, “I don’t want to give this book up. I am sure you can get another, and I will pay you any price you want for it.”

Then I had my opportunity. I wrote back, “If you really enjoy the book and have an idea it is truly worth while, accept it with my compliments.” I received a letter of thanks back from him.

I speak of that because that was the first time I had ever heard of the Catawba Indians, and there were only a few of them. I understand now from Chief Blue that ninety-seven percent of them are members of the Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-day Saints.

Meeting 15 Years Later

Coming back to this book again — Brother B. H. Roberts and I were sent some fifteen years later down into the southern states to visit the mission. When we arrived at the hotel at Columbia, we registered and went into our room, and soon after a knock came at the door and a colored man said, “There’s a man downstairs that wants to see George A. Smith.” That was the way I used to write my name, and I wrote it that way before I was married.

I said to Brother Roberts, “What will we do?” and he replied, “Send him up,” so the man went back, and pretty soon up came a man and knocked on the door, and we opened it.

He reached out his hand and said, “My, I am glad to see you.” I said, “I am glad if you’re glad to see me; I am happy to see you, but who are you?” and he gave me his name.

I asked, “What can I do for you?” He said, “Don’t you remember me?”

I told him, “Remember you? I don’t believe I ever saw you before.” He said, “Isn’t your name George A. Smith?” and I said, “Yes.”

“Well, he replied, “I am sure you’re the man. I met George A. Smith years ago as he was doing missionary work here.” I answered, “Oh, that is easily explained, there was another George A. Smith here doing missionary work, too.”

“Oh,” he said, “it wasn’t any other George A. Smith. It was you. Nobody that ever saw that face would forget it.” Well,” I said, “I guess I must be the man.”

Then he related this story. He said, “You were on a train, and we passed the Catawba Indian Reservation.” I interrupted, “I remember all about it now.” It all came back in an instant.

He said, “I want to tell you something. I read that book, and I was so impressed with it that I made up my mind I would like to take a trip down into Central America and South America, and I took that book with me in my bag when I went down there. As a result of reading it, I knew more about those people than they knew about themselves.

“I lost your address; I didn’t know how to find you, and all these years I wanted to see you, and today after you registered downstairs I happened to be looking at the hotel register and I saw your name. That is how I found you.

“I am a representative of the Associated Press for this part of the United States. I understand you are here in the interest of your people.” – – And I answered, “Yes, Mr. Roberts and I both are here for that purpose,”

And he said, “If there is anything I can do for you while you are here, if you want anything put in the press, give it to me and it won’t cost you a cent. But,” he continued, “I want to tell you one other thing, I have kept your missionaries out of jail; I have got them free from mobs; I have helped them every way I could; but I have never been able to get your address until now.”

Chief Blue and Catawba Indians

So you may be interested, brethren and sisters, in knowing that I am delighted in seeing Chief Blue here today, representing that tribe of fine Indians. I have seen some of them since. I have met one very fine young woman who is a schoolteacher, and others I have met of that race; in fact, I have some trinkets in my office that were sent to me by members of that tribe.

I am happy to have this good man here who represents one of the tribes that descended from Father Lehi as well as some of the others that are in our audience today. One good man that I am looking at here came to the temple during the week and was sealed to his wife. They are coming into the Church all around, and I am so grateful this morning to be here and hear this man who for sixty years has been a faithful leader among his people and now comes to this general conference and bears testimony to us.

It is a great work that we are identified with. Not the least of our responsibilities is to see that this message is carried to the descendants of Lehi, wherever they are, and give them an opportunity to accept the gospel of Jesus Christ.

Additional Knowledge

How glorious it is to know that we have that information, and we have the knowledge that there were others resurrected, as recorded in the New Testament. And then we have the information in the Book of Mormon of the coming of the Savior to this western hemisphere, and we have the appearance of John the Baptist, and Peter, James, and John, and the Father and the Son to Joseph Smith in these latter days. No other people have what we have. I don’t know of any people who ought to be so anxious and willing and grateful to be able to celebrate this day that is recognized in the world as the anniversary of the resurrection of the Redeemer of mankind, and that meant the opening of the grave for all humanity.

I pray the Lord to bless us that we may be worthy because of our lives to keep this testimony, that not only we, but all we can reach may receive that witness and carry it to our brothers and sisters of all races and creeds, and particularly to the descendants of Lehi, until we have done our duty by them. I am sure that when the time comes for the resurrection, that all who are in their tombs and worthy shall be raised from their graves, and this earth shall become the celestial kingdom, and Jesus Christ, our Lord, will be our King and our Lawgiver — that we will rejoice that we have availed ourselves of the truth and applied it in our lives. That is what the gospel teaches us. That is what the gospel offers to us if we will accept it, and I pray that we may be worthy of it in the name of Jesus Christ. Amen.

Chief Samuel Taylor Blue

“For many Catawba people, Chief Samuel Taylor Blue (c.1872-1959)—often referred to as Chief Sam Blue or simply as Chief Blue—looms large as a symbol of the relationship between the Catawba Nation and the Mormon Church. So large, in fact, that some people I have talked to remembered him as being chief at the time the first Mormon missionaries came—an impressive feat since he would have been about ten years old at the time. But he was old enough to remember when the first missionaries came and he reportedly told stories about helping missionaries sneak in and out of the nation when he was a child and young man. One church publication recalled that “during the days of persecution, he had carried the missionaries across the river on his back to protect them from the mobs.”71
Blue became chief of the Catawba Nation in the early 1930s and served during most of that decade and intermittently in that capacity several times over the course of his life.72 He also served as president of the Catawba Branch and as a respected elder and leader both in the church and the Catawba nation, which were not easily distinguishable to many. While he has not always been regarded in quite the same light by all nation members, he is probably the most prominent single figure in the history of the modern Catawba Nation and is highly esteemed by his descendants and many other nation members to this day. He was also quite well known outside of the Catawba Nation among the local community and in the church, and continues to be to a significant extent. This is particularly true in the LDS Church. In 1950 he and his wife Louisa traveled to Salt Lake City to attend General Conference and to be sealed in the temple. While there Blue was spontaneously called upon to speak in the conference before the general body of the church—an event that is not only remembered but still held in digital copy by some of his descendants. During my fieldwork I watched a recording of Chief Blue’s talk at the home of Travis Blue, a great grandson.



A good example of Chief Blue’s legacy among his descendants and in the LDS Church is the way his great-great grandson, Matt Burris , describes him. “When it comes to the tribe and the church,” Burris explained, “I always think of him…because he was a very good example, as a member of the church and a member of the tribe.” In Burris’s memory of the Catawba past, from the stories he’s been told, the years that his great-great grandfather served as chief were something like a golden era of Catawba history. “During his time he was chief, ninety-nine or even a hundred percent of the tribe were members of the church…. and at the time,” Burris shared his opinion, “there was kind of a big happiness in the tribe, there weren’t any problems or things like that.” Burris tied this period of perfect church attendance to a scripture in the book of Enos in the Book of Mormon about the Lamanite people: “there was a promise that if they obeyed the commandments they would blossom like a rose into a beautiful—beautiful people. And…at the time when my great-great grandpa was chief, the people were following the commandments and doing what they were supposed to, and they were a beautiful people.” Burris contrasted this with the present. “Now, very sadly, it’s the opposite. The majority of the tribe aren’t members, and if they are members they don’t come to church. There’s a very big problem with inactive members in the tribe right now.” Burris also seemed to imply that the tribe is also politically less united than he imagines it was then. He spoke of conflicts and divisions within the tribe and of his own extended family’s withdrawal from politics after his grandfather and other relatives resigned from their positions in tribal leadership. While several members of the Blue family have withdrawn from formal politics, they remain active in the LDS Church and find family solidarity there.

Burris in fact carried his great-great grandfather’s legacy with him on his LDS mission to Chile. He also found that, much to his surprise, parts of that legacy were already there, and he also, quite literally, carried part of it back home with him. There is a story about Chief Blue that has achieved some level of prominence and familiarity among church members by being included in a number of church publications.73 Burris carried a copy of the story with him on his mission and used it in his teachings, only to discover that his mission president was already familiar with it. Burris described feeling shocked that this man who had spent his entire life in Argentina had heard of Catawbas and of Chief Blue. The mission president had the story translated into Spanish, distributed it to the mission, and referred to it in his talks. Thus, Chief Blue and Catawba Mormonism became part of the Mormon missionary curriculum in Chile. Further, Burris described connecting with Indigenous peoples in Chile when they discovered that he was Native American; he said that many Chileans, particularly those of the Mapuche tribe, identified as Lamanites, an Indigenous Mormon identity that also linked them, since Burris identifies the Catawba people as Lamanites. Before leaving the mission he had a special leather case made for his scriptures with two images burned into it, based on prints he had brought with him. On one side is a depiction of the Book of Mormon character Enos, known for his long and soul-wrenching prayer for the descendants of the Lamanite people. On the other side is, of course, an image of his great-great grandfather, Chief Blue. Thus, holding together his scriptures, like two bookends, is a Nephite prophet praying for the welfare of the future Lamanites, and the latter-day Lamanite Catawba Chief Samuel Taylor Blue, quite literally now a part of the Book of Mormon, burned into the cover of his great-great grandson’s missionary scriptures.

                     Click to Purchase today!

Catawba “Pride Cycle”: Reading Catawba History through the Book of Mormon
A cycle emerges from the Book of Mormon that has become popularly known as “the pride cycle.” Though that phrase does not appear in the Book of Mormon, it was popularized through a church video made in 1995 and shown as part of the standard curriculum in church seminary and Sunday School classes, and probably predates that. It has become part of the standard Mormon parlance. A diagram illustrating this cycle, published as an appendix to the church-produced Book of Mormon Student Manual, reveals five stages of that cycle: 1. blessings and prosperity are followed by 2. pride and wickedness which leads to 3. warning by prophecy which, when rejected, leads to 4. destruction and suffering, resulting in 5. humility and repentance, which leads back to number one. The manual describes this as “a recurring cycle that underlies the rise and fall of nations as well as individuals,” revealed by the Book of Mormon. Ultimately, as the Book of Mormon teaches, it was pride—like hubris, the tragic flaw of the classic Greek hero—that led to the overthrow of the Nephites, a fact reiterated by Joseph Smith’s later revelations and by more recent prophets who quote the warning: “beware of pride, lest ye become as the Nephites of old.”74
I have talked to more than one Catawba person who felt they could see a “pride cycle” at play in the history of the Catawba people. For example, Kathryn Ellis explained that her father felt that when you see the pride cycle that’s referred to in the Book of Mormon, of people getting closer to Heavenly Father when things are maybe not going so great, and then when things do start going well then they allow themselves to have other influences enter in because they feel like things are going well now—he really likened that to the tribe and how, through the ups and downs of the tribe, throughout its history, there were times when things weren’t going well and the people really pulled together and came closer to heavenly father and closer to the church, had more attending church and a better feeling at church; and then when things were going well, then other things entered in like jealousy and money and greed, and it affected how people lived their lives and it affected the spirituality of the people as a whole, and some even fell away from church because of things they saw other church members doing within the tribe. The tribal government itself. So he always felt like the history of the church correlated. Or he could see a lot of that pride cycle in the people here.
Ellis was hesitant to say she saw that cycle clearly at play, explaining that it is harder to really pin down now because there are a lot of tribal members attending other churches, if they even attend church. She identifies this as a fairly new development, even within her own life. As she explained, “it used to be a lot more centralized where…all the tribal members that were church members were all going to Catawba Ward, for the most part.” However, as more Latter-day Saints have moved into the surrounding area, wards and meetinghouses have proliferated and the geographical boundaries have shrunk. As more and more people have moved out from the reservation and immediate vicinity, it now means they attend different wards on those communities. The Catawba Ward has also been split and is now attended by as many or more non-Catawbas as Catawbas. I have talked to a few Catawba people who used to attend and still recall those good old days when it was the entire Catawba community, and only them, that gathered on Sunday for meetings. Church meeting was a tribal gathering then. However, as the ward has split, non-tribal members have moved in, and many Catawba people have begun attending other wards, the de facto Catawba-Mormon congregation became fragmented, and as a result many stopped attending. When the church body no longer correlated with the tribal body, it seems to have lost its appeal for many Catawba people.

But if Ellis was hesitant to really impose the pride cycle onto Catawba history as a model with perfect explanatory force, she did identify the events surrounding the 1993 settlement as a moment when the pride cycle seemed to come into play, or had explanatory power for understanding that political climate. She explained that in the late 1970s “the tribe had kind of come together…especially the ones that felt they wanted to regain the federal recognition.” That was the period of struggle and unity. However, when they were successful, and “once we received the settlement in 1993, there was a lot of money that came with that.” And so, naturally, with prosperity there came divisions. “You have this group of people who kind of have control over this fifty million dollars, and how it’s spent, and then you have these people that are on the outside who think they know how the money should be spent or not spent, and it just…there became a lot of fighting between the two groups.” She explained that “there were people in both of those groups who were church members, so, it affected a lot of things, not just for the tribe but at church.” Some people stopped attending church. “So it really affected a lot of people, and from what I understand, it’s even caused some barriers for missionaries even until today, because…they’ll say, ‘Well, I’m not going there because so-and-so spent all the tribe’s money.’…after all these years, it’s still causing barriers to getting people to come back to church.” While she felt it’s still too early to tell if the settlement was a watershed moment for defining church affiliations in the tribe, she did state that “I do feel like it was a little bit of a turning point, from what I can see at this point in our history.”

Father Lehi by Lehi Thundervoice Eagle Sanchez. Purchase his art here.

I interviewed one other person who made reference to the pride cycle and other Book of Mormon references specifically in reference to tribal politics. “Every time around elections the pride gets way up here [reaches above his head]. Everybody’s better than everybody else. It’s sad…. It’s like you live among the Gadianton Robbers.” Even this he explained as a possible fulfillment of the Book of Mormon, which states “that there’s opposition in all things.” “Maybe that’s a part of the scriptures that some of these people held to.” Though he also feels like the Book of Mormon provide an antidote: “But, I think that it’s just, they need to partake of the blessings of the Book of Mormon. Because if they don’t, then they see what happens. They see they are led away, led astray, and they don’t live by the things that they need to do.”

With the pride cycle reading by Catawba people, it becomes clear that the Book of Mormon is not just a narrative read onto Indigenous peoples by white Mormons. Some Catawba people read their own history and community through the Book of Mormon and through Book of Mormon inspired narrative models such as the pride cycle. The Book of Mormon is read onto Catawba history and Catawba history is read through the Book of Mormon. Not only, then, is the Book of Mormon taken to be a “history of the American Indians,” but the history of the Catawba people is read to be an ongoing narrative extension of the Book of Mormon. Political factions become, in effect, the Nephites and the Lamanites. Periods of conflict are the natural result of straying from the God of the Book of Mormon. Catawbas are, in some readings at least, quite literally, a people of the book.

Information here about the Annotated Book of Mormon

Conclusion: Linking East and West
So I will tell you a little of the oral history that has been passed down. And again I don’t know about the truth of it, but it is what it is. It’s as accurate as I remember it. So, Granddad Patterson, the story goes that Granddad Patterson had a mule. And he was in the fields plowing, and this must have been in the 1870s. So he was plowing his fields and, um, he stopped his mule to rest and he went to sit under a tree. And as he was sitting there he saw two men approaching him, off in the distance. And he waited and waited, and he looked at him. And finally they got to him and they said, ‘We want to show you that we have a history of your people.’ And it was the Book of Mormon. And he said, he threw open his arms and he said, ‘Where have you been? We knew you were coming. We’ve been waiting for you.’ And so, he received the missionaries, and received the lessons, and he wasn’t the first Catawba to be baptized. I think it was either one of his sons-in-laws. Probably Alonzo Canty was the first one. But Granddad Patterson was the first elder in the church. So, when the missionaries were there, there was a lot of persecution from other religious sects. And Granddad Patterson hid the missionaries in his cabin multiple times, and fed them, and one time there was a mob that was coming for the missionaries, and he got the missionaries out and took them into the woods and told them where to hide, and that kind of thing. But the first LDS services were held in his cabin, there on the land. So, I don’t know if it was, uh, you know, if it was any kind of a premonition for Granddad Patterson to join the church and then to migrate to Utah to be—or to Southern Colorado—to be closer to the headquarters of the church—or not. But I know they didn’t have anything in South Carolina [at that time], so they—probably with religious freedom, and acceptance for being Lamanites, and then being part of the church probably helped them direct their migration movement to Colorado.

Pottery of Ancient Chief Hagler. Catawba Website Here

I begin this concluding section with this passage from an interview with David Garce, a Western Catawba descendent, because it encapsulates several themes I have heard from both Western Catawba descendants and citizens of the Catawba Nation: passed-memories of the persecuted first Mormon missionaries to visit the Catawba, or, rather, of Catawba ancestors hiding these missionaries from their persecutors. In this version their coming is not a surprise but something anticipated by Catawba leaders. In this Western Catawba version it is Granddad Patterson. In the Catawba Nation it is often Chief Blue who is remembered in a similar position, as escort and protector of the missionaries. The above passage also seeks to explain why the Western Catawbas left, but it begins with the coming of the missionaries. If, as I suggest above, we can think of this as a pivotal moment in Catawba collective memory—as Lamanites, as Mormons, as a church-tribe entanglement that not every Catawba person totally agrees with today, but every one of them feels the effect of—then this is something shared by both citizens and descendants alike, east and west. Both have passed down stories about the early missionaries who came and changed the way they think about who they are—brought them a book to teach them (or remind them, some would say) of who they are. It is a book many of them continue to read, believe in, and use to articulate what it means to be Catawba and to be Indigenous.
For some Western Catawba people, being a Catawba descendent and being a descendant of Book of Mormon peoples becomes entangled and inseparable. When I asked Thomas Croasman, a retired professor at Brigham Young University–Idaho and a Western Catawba descendant, what it means to be Catawba, he replied, “Oh, it just means that that’s our heritage, you know—the blood of father Lehi flowing in my veins, and I’m glad for that.” That answer is twofold. On the one hand, it is heritage. “Some people are glad that they’re Italian, or glad that they’re from England, or Ireland, or whatever, and that’s fine. They should be. And we’re just proud to be Catawba.” For Croasman, Catawba descent is a national heritage, much like that of migrants from other nations overseas (you might say he’s Catawba-American). It is also something he carries in his veins: “the blood of father Lehi.”
David Garce, a Western Catawba descendant of James Patterson, also sees Book of Mormon identity as a more expansive category to which Catawba people, east and west, do or can belong. When I asked him how Mormonism fits into the story of the Western Catawbas, he replied, It sure fits in with Book of Mormon promises. And certainly the Catawbas were Lamanites, or descendants of Lamanites, and, as we know, the Book of Mormon was written for the Lamanites, and… it’s a story of our people… Catawbas back in the Nation have done wonderful things as members of the church. And they’re doing Christian things. And it’s great. And I think, there’s not a conflict, but there’s a parallel track between what we’re doing out here and they’re doing back there. I think the religious part of it has something to do with our heritage, in that we can, we can almost claim blessings from the Book of Mormon, and our faithfulness to the gospel principles that are taught in the Book of Mormon. …but they seem to be not, not so much parallel with being Catawba, but rather being Lamanite. I don’t know if that makes any sense or not. …So you can be a Catawba, for sure, and have all kinds of squabbles and disagreements and everything, but you can also be a Latter-day Saint who is a Lamanite and claim those blessings, and the pride of knowing that you are a descendant of Father Lehi, and all of the prophets that have come down from him.
This idea of a parallel track—that is, the idea that Eastern and Western Catawbas have had a similar experience in their respective locations (South Carolina and southern Colorado)— is one I have heard from a number of Catawba people I have spoken to. And while the Western Catawba descendants, in diaspora, may face a very difficult task in trying to gain enrollment or recognition as a Western Band, Lamanite identity is something that, in the minds of many Catawbas, links all of them to a much larger Indigeneity. A spiritualized Indigeneity that is still, nonetheless, located in the blood: “the blood of Father Lehi.” If geography, nationalism, and politics divide them, Indigeneity and the “blood of Father Lehi” is still something that many of them, on both sides, believe they share. And while this is not a narrative that all Catawba people agree upon, for many it is a powerful and expansive shared Indigenous identity. For Thomas Croasman, to be Catawba is to have the blood of father Lehi in your veins. Similarly, Sarah Ayers, late Catawba elder and master potter remembered by many in the Catawba nation today, also felt the presence of father Lehi. Speaking of her pottery she said, “I know who I’m representing with my work. I was once blessed that Father Lehi would help me in all endeavors that stand for the tribe in honor of our heritage.”75 Clay from the Catawba River shaped by hands guided by Father Lehi. The people of the river are a people of the book. They shape and are shaped by both.
Of course, again, not all Catawba people see it that way. As one Catawba man who has left Mormonism—or has been trying to leave it—told me, quite adamantly: I am not a Lamanite and I am not from the tribe of Manasseh. But the fact that he had to declare this in an effort to break that link suggests just how strong the association is connecting Catawba people to the Book of Mormon. ” The Blood of Father Lehi: Indigenous Americans and the Book of Mormon by Stanley J. Thayne A dissertation submitted to the faculty at the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill in partial fulfillment of the requirements for the degree of Doctor of Philosophy in the Department of Religious Studies Chapel Hill 201671 Lucile C. Tate, LeGrand Richards: Beloved Apostle (Salt Lake City: Bookcraft, 1982), 169.


72 According to a table in Douglas Summer Brown, The Catawba Indians: The People of the River (Columbia: South Carolina University Press, 1966), 340-48, Blue served from 1931-38, 1941-43; and 1956-58.
73 The story relates an incident that occurred in the Catawba Nation when Chief Blue’s son was shot, ostensibly by accident, by two tribal members who were reportedly known to be his political opponents. Chief Blue felt an urge to revenge his son’s death but instead knelt in prayer and plead for the power to forgive them until he was able to. The story was included in Marion G. Romney, The Power of God unto Salvation, Brigham Young University Speeches of the Year, Provo, 3 Feb. 1960, pp. 6–7, and has been reproduced in a number of church publications and talks since then, often citing that source. Its inclusion, for example, in the church’s Family Home Evening Resource Book (1997), under the topic “Forgiving,” means that the story is likely recited as part of family home evening lessons in Mormon homes throughout the world.
74 Doctrine and Covenants 38:39. This verse is perhaps most associated with church president Ezra Taft Benson’s landmark address “Beware of Pride,” Ensign, May 1989.
75 From a newspaper article, probably Church News, included in Judy Canty Martin, My Father’s People: A Complete Genealogy of the Catawba Nation (self published, 1999), photocopy of article preceding p. 136.

The above is from “The Blood of Father Lehi: Indigenous Americans and the Book of Mormon” page 114 – 122 by Stanley J. Thayne. A dissertation submitted to the faculty at the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill in partial fulfillment of the requirements for the degree of Doctor of Philosophy in the Department of Religious Studies Chapel Hill 2016

https://cdr.lib.unc.edu/indexablecontent/uuid:c63d9de5-f590-40c2-afe8-510e0bb4653a


Life Details of Chief Samuel Blue

This image has an empty alt attribute; its file name is tribe-chief.jpg
Chief Gilbert Blue son of Samuel Blue is recognized throughout South Carolina and America for saving the tribe during a time of poverty and dissent after decades of struggle. The tribe is South Carolina’s only federally-recognized Native American group.

Chief Samuel Taylor Blue’s birthdate has never been pinned down. His birth was August 15, year between 1870/79. Possibly around 1872/73 due to birth dates of his children.

Samuel’s mother was Margaret George Brown, one of the last native speakers of Catawba. His father was a white man, named Samuel Blue. It was stated that his father was born in Fort Mill, SC. Per 1850 Census a Samuel Blue was living in York, SC, aged 25, with a wife Sarah Blue and two young children, Araminta Blue and John Blue. This 1850 Census states that Samuel T Blue was born in Lancaster, SC. His father is said to have died about 1878 leaving his wife and children to provide for themselves. Per 1900 and 1910 Census Margaret Brown is listed as a widow.

1880 Census listed Samuel T Blue as Samuel T Brown, after his mother. Chief Samuel T Blue’s first marriage was to Minnie Hester George. This marriage took place in July 1887 when Samuel was only fourteen years old. Minnie Hester George was born September 19, 1871 and died December 28, 1896 or in the spring of 1897.

Samuel remarried Louisa Hester Jean Canty on May 8, 1897 and it’s said the marriage was three months after the death of his first wife, putting that death date roughly in February 1897. Louisa Hester Jean Canty was the daughter of George and Betsy Canty. She died on July 9, 1963.

Samuel Taylor Blue became chief of the Catawbas’ as early as 1928 and served in that capacity at various times until his death, which occurred on April 16, 1959. On May 7, 1897, Blue had been baptized into The Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-day Saints in South Carolina. He also served as branch president of the Latter-day Saints Church on the Catawba Reservation until his death in 1959, serving a total of 40 years. In 1952 Samuel was a speaker at the dedication of the Catawba Branch Building, a dedication performed by David O. McKay.

Samuel Taylor Blue allegedly had 23 children; three by his first wife and twenty by his second. Eleven of these children are said to have been stillborn, of whom five “died unnamed”. There are twelve known children of Chief Blue, three by his first wife and nine by his second. Only ten children survived to adulthood.

Children of Samuel Taylor Blue and Minnie Hester George:
1. Fred Nelson Blue b.10-25-1889 d.08-08-1980 he married Leola Watts.
2. Rodie Blue (daughter) died in infancy
3. Nora Lily (Lillie) Blue b 11-19-1893 d.05-1915 in childbirth, husband and father of child unknown.

Children of Samuel Taylor Blue and Louisa Hester Jean Canty:
1. Herbert Blue b.04-25-1898 d.04-1979, married Lavinia Harris 03-17-1915, daughter of D.A. Harris and Lizzie Patterson, she died 07-25-1916. He remarried Lula Addie Mae Blankenship.
2. Samuel Andrew Blue b.10-06-1900 d.09-18-1960, married Doris Belle Wheelock b.01-15-1905 d.05-14-1986, daughter of Archie and Rosa(Harris) Wheelock.
3. Joseph Harvey Blue b.03-14-1903 d.01-08-1914 of a gunshot wound.
4. Lula Samuel Henrietta Blue Beck b.05-03-1905 d. unknown, married Major John Beck.
5. Henry Leroy Blue b.08-14-1907 d. 07-11-2002, married Eva Mae Bodiford 01-21-1933, she was born in Alabama 10-19-1905 and died 04-21-1993.
6. Vera Louise Blue Sanders b. 08-21-1909 d. 03-16-1991, married Albert Henderson Sanders, son of William and Nora Sanders.
7. Guy Larson Blue b.12-03-1911 d. 02-07-1984, married Eva Bell George d.09-1982, they had several children including Chief Gilbert Blue.
8. Elsie Inez Blue George b.03-03-1914 d. unknown, married Landrum Leslie George on 09-03-1932, they had no children.
9. Arnold “Donny” Lee Blue b.11-23-1917 d. unknown, married Lillian Harris and had one son, Arnold Jr. who seemed to have died before the 1961 tribal roll.

Information obtained from Wikipedia, Thomas J Blummer, Catawba Indian Nation: Treasures in History (The History Press, 2007), page 101. Catawba Indian Genealogy – Ian Watson, pages 16-19


More information on Chief Blue and the Catawba Nation below.

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Gilbert_Blue

http://www.indianz.com/News/2008/007186.asp

http://www.indianz.com/News/2007/004024.asp

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Category:Catawba_people

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Catawba_people#/media/File:Indians_NW_of_South_Carolina.jpg

https://archive.org/details/cumorahsouthern2906eng

History

A c. 1724 English copy of a deerskin Catawba map of the tribes between Charleston (right) and Virginia (right) following the displacements of a century of disease and enslavement and the 1715–7 Yamasee War. The Catawba themselves are labelled as “Nasaw”.

From the earliest period, the Catawba have also been known as Esaw, or Issa (Catawba iswä, “river”), from their residence on the principal stream of the region. They called both the present-day Catawba and Wateree rivers Iswa. The Iroquois frequently included them under the general term Totiri, or Toderichroone, also known as Tutelo. The Iroquois collectively used this term to apply to all the southern Siouan-speaking tribes.

Albert Gallatin (1836) classified the Catawba as a separate, distinct group among Siouan tribes. When the linguist Albert Samuel Gatschet visited them in 1881 and obtained a large vocabulary showing numerous correspondences with Siouan, linguists classified them with the Siouan-speaking peoples. Further investigations by Horatio Hale, Gatschet, James Mooney, and James Owen Dorsey proved that several tribes of the same region were also of Siouan stock.

In the late nineteenth century, the ethnographer Henry Rowe Schoolcraft recorded the purported Catawba traditions about their history, including that they had lived in Canada until driven out by the Iroquois (supposedly with French help). They migrated to Kentucky and to Botetourt County, Virginia. By 1660 they had migrated south to the Catawba River, contesting it with the Cherokee in the area. The Kentucky River was also known as the Catawba River at times. Catawba Tribe was later a subtribe under Cherokee Chiefs authority at times. Limhi under Lamanites similarity??

But, 20th-century anthropologist James Mooney later dismissed most elements of Schoolcraft’s record as “absurd, the invention and surmise of the would-be historian who records the tradition.” He pointed out that, aside from the French never having been known to help the Iroquois, the Catawba had been recorded by 1567 in the same area of the Catawba River as their later territory. Mooney accepted the tradition that the Catawba and Cherokee had made the Broad River their mutual boundary, following a protracted struggle.

The Catawba were long in a state of warfare with northern tribes, particularly the Iroquois Seneca, and the Algonquian-speaking Lenape, a people who had occupied coastal areas and had become vassals of the Iroquois after migrating out of traditional areas due to European encroachment. The Catawba chased their raiding parties back to the north in the 1720s and 1730s, going across the Potomac River. At one point, a party of Catawba is said to have followed a party of Lenape who attacked them, and to have overtaken them near Leesburg, Virginia. There they fought a pitched battle.

Similar encounters in this longstanding warfare were reported to have occurred at present-day Franklin, West Virginia(1725), Hanging Rocks and the mouth of the Potomac South Branch in West Virginia, and near the mouths of Antietam Creek (1736) and Conococheague Creek in Maryland. Mooney asserted that the name of Catawba Creek in Botetourt came from an encounter in these wars with the northern tribes, not from the Catawba having lived there.

The colonial governments of Virginia and New York held a council at Albany, New York in 1721, attended by delegates from the Six Nations (Haudenosaunee) and the Catawba. The colonists asked for peace between the Confederacy and the Catawba, however the Six Nations reserved the land west of the Blue Ridge mountains for themselves, including the Indian Road or Great Warriors’ Path (later called the Great Wagon Road) through the Pennsylvania, Virginia, North Carolina and Georgia backcountry. This heavily traveled path, used until 1744 by Seneca war parties, went through the Shenandoah Valley to the South.

In 1738, a smallpox epidemic broke out in South Carolina. It caused many deaths, not only among the Anglo-Americans, but especially among the Catawba and other tribes, such as the Sissipahaw. They had no natural immunity to the disease, which had been endemic in Europe for centuries. In 1759, a smallpox epidemic killed nearly half the tribe. Native Americans suffered high fatalities from such infectious Eurasian diseases.

In 1744 the Treaty of Lancaster, made at Lancaster, Pennsylvania, renewed the Covenant Chain between the Iroquois and the colonists. The governments had not been able to prevent settlers going into Iroquois territory, but the governor of Virginia offered the tribe payment for their land claim. The peace was probably final for the Iroquois, who had established the Ohio Valley as their preferred hunting ground by right of conquest. The more western tribes continued warfare against the Catawba, who were so reduced that they could raise little resistance. In 1762, a small party of Algonquian Shawnee killed the noted Catawba chief, King Hagler, near his own village. From this time, the Catawba ceased to be of importance except in conjunction with the colonists.

In 1763, South Carolina confirmed a reservation for the Catawba of 225 square miles (580 km2; 144,000 acres), on both sides of the Catawba River, within the present York and Lancaster counties. When British troops approached during the American Revolutionary War in 1780, the Catawba withdrew temporarily into Virginia. They returned after the Battle of Guilford Court House, and settled in two villages on the reservation. These were known as Newton, the principal village, and Turkey Head, on opposite sides of Catawba River. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Catawba_people

Emma Canty Brown 1918

19th-century

“In 1826, the Catawba leased nearly half their reservation to whites for a few thousand dollars of annuity, on which the few survivors (as few as 110 by one estimate[8]) chiefly depended. In 1840 by the Treaty of Nation Ford with South Carolina, the Catawba sold all but one square mile (2.6 km2) of their 144,000 acres (225 sq mi; 580 km2) reserved by the King of England to the state. They resided on the remaining square mile after the treaty. The treaty was invalid ab initio because the state did not have the right to make it and did not get federal approval.[9] About the same time, a number of the Catawba, dissatisfied with their condition among the whites, removed to join the eastern Cherokee in western North Carolina. But, finding their position among their old enemies equally unpleasant, all but one or two soon returned to South Carolina. An old woman, the last survivor of this emigration, died among the Cherokee in 1889. A few Cherokee intermarried with the Catawba.

At a later period some Catawba removed to the Choctaw Nation in Indian Territory and settled near present-day Scullyville, Oklahoma. They merged with the Choctaw and did not retain separate tribal identity.

Starting in 1883–84, a large number of Catawba joined The Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-day Saints, and some migrated west with them to Colorado.

Religion and culture

The Catawba women were well known for their pottery in the Carolinas.
The customs and beliefs of the early Catawba were documented by the anthropologist Frank Speck in the twentieth century.

In the Carolinas, the Catawba became well known for their pottery, which was made by the women.[10]

In approximately 1883, tribal members were contacted by Mormon missionaries. Numerous Catawba were converted to The Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-day Saints, and some migrated to Colorado and Utah and neighboring western states.[11]

The Catawba hold a yearly celebration called Yap Ye Iswa, which roughly translates to Day of the People, or Day of the River People. Held at the Catawba Cultural Center, proceeds are used to fund the activities of the center.

20th century to present

Chief DA Harris 1908

The Catawba were electing their chief prior to the start of the 20th century. In 1909 the Catawba sent a petition to the United States government seeking to be given United States citizenship.[12]

During the Franklin D. Roosevelt administration, the federal government worked to improve conditions for Native Americans. Under the Indian Reorganization Act of 1934, tribes were encouraged to renew their governments for more self-determination. The Catawba were not at that time a recognized Native American tribe. In 1929 the Chief of the Catawba, Samuel Taylor Blue, had begun the process to gain federal recognition. The Catawba were recognized as a Native American tribe in 1941 and they created a written constitution in 1944. Also in 1944 South Carolina granted the Catawba and other Native American residents of the state citizenship, but not to the extent of granting them the right to vote. Like African Americans, they were largely excluded from the franchise. That right would be denied the Catawba until the 1960s, when they gained it as a result of the Voting Rights Act of 1965, which provided for federal enforcement of people’s constitutional right to vote..

As a result of the federal government’s Indian termination policy in the 1950s of its special relationship with some Indian tribes that it determined were ready for assimilation, it terminated the government of the Catawba in 1959. This meant also that the members of the tribe ceased to have federal benefits, their assets were divided, and the people were subject to state law. The Catawba found that they preferred to be organized as a tribal community. Beginning in 1973, they applied to have their government federally recognized, with Gilbert Blue serving as their chief until 2007. They adopted a constitution in 1975 that was modeled on their 1944 version.

In addition, for decades the Catawba pursued various land claims against the government for the losses due to the illegal treaty made by South Carolina in 1840 and the failure of the federal government to protect their interests. In 1993 the federal government reversed the “termination”, recognized the Catawba Indian Nation and, together with the state of South Carolina, settled the land claims for $50 million to go toward economic development for the Nation.[13]

Chief Gilbert Blue

With the late 20th-century governmental recognition of the right of Native Americans to conduct gambling on sovereign land, the Catawba set up such enterprises to generate revenue. In 1996, the Catawba formed a joint venture partnership with D.T. Collier of SPM Resorts, Inc. of Myrtle Beach, South Carolina, to manage their bingo and casino operations. That partnership, New River Management and Development Company, LLC (of which the Catawba were the majority owner) operated the Catawba’s bingo parlor in Rock Hill, for several years.

When in 2004 the Catawba entered into an exclusive management contract with SPM Resorts, Inc., to manage all new bingo facilities, some tribal members were critical. The new contract was signed by the former governing body immediately prior to new elections. In addition, the contract was never brought before the General Council (the full tribal membership) as required by their existing constitution.[14] After the state established the South Carolina Education Lottery in 2002, the tribe lost gambling revenue and decided to shut down the Rock Hill bingo operation. They sold the facility in 2007.[15]

In 2006, the Catawba filed suit against the state of South Carolina for the right to operate video poker and similar “electronic play” devices on their reservation. They prevailed in the lower courts, but the state appealed the ruling to the South Carolina Supreme Court. The state Supreme Court overturned the lower court ruling. The tribe appealed that ruling to the United States Supreme Court, but in 2007 the court declined to hear the appeal.[16]

On July 21, 2007, the Catawba held their first elections in more than 30 years. Of the five members of the former government, only two were reelected.[17]

In the 2010 census, 3,370 people claimed Catawba ancestry. 2,025 of them were full-blooded.” Wikepedia/Catawba


A Study of the Influence of the Mormon Church on the Catawba Indians of South Carolina
1882-1975 Jerry D. Lee Brigham Young University – Provo

https://scholarsarchive.byu.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=5870&context=etd

One Pile of Dirt may be Significant

0

“No matter whether you think John Lefgren, Wayne May, Kevin Price, Mike and Betty LaFontaine, Mike Baker, Valerie Steimle, Mike Stahlman, Jeff Green and the others at Heartland Research are doing a significant work, or if they are looking for something that is not there, or think they are amazing and dedicated to finding truth, your are correct in your opinion. Your opinion is your own and no one can change it but you.

Based on information, study, research and a lot of prayer, you and I can know for sure as well. We are all blessed with the Light of Christ, and the ability to use reasoning and common sense. Only those who put their entire focus in something and really want to know, to those the Lord will answer their prayers of faith if He feels you need that witness or not. See my blog titled Light of Christ-Common Sense-Personal Revelation here.

I believe in what the Heartland Group is trying to do. They are faithful Saints who love the Lord and they are endeavoring to bring things from the ground that will (help validate, or reshape ones focus, or get a person to look deeper) into the truth of the Book of Mormon to receive a Spiritual confirmation. The Book of Mormon needs only validation of the Spirit which I have received and which John and Wayne have received.

Elder Jeffrey R. Holland said, “…Truly rock-ribbed faith and uncompromised conviction comes with its most complete power when it engages our head as well as our heart… Truth borne by the Holy Spirit comes with, in effect, two manifestations, two witnesses if you will—the force of fact as well as the force of feeling… I believe God intends us to find and use the evidence He has given—reasons, if you will—which affirm the truthfulness of His work… Evidence is still evidence even if it is not immediately observable… “My testimony to you tonight is that the gospel is infallibly true and that a variety of infallible proofs supporting that assertion will continue to come until Jesus descends as the ultimate infallible truth of all. Our testimonies aren’t dependent on evidence—we still need that spiritual confirmation in the heart of which we have spoken—but not to seek for and not to acknowledge intellectual, documentable support for our belief when it is available is to needlessly limit an otherwise incomparably strong theological position and deny us a unique, persuasive vocabulary in the latter-day arena of religious investigation and sectarian debate.” The Greatness of the Evidence By Elder Jeffrey R. Holland August 16, 2017

This quote by Elder Holland is very significant. The Heartland Research group along with each of us individually must seek for “the force of fact as well as the force of feeling as Elder Holland has said. They don’t need to have physical evidence that the most correct book is indeed true, they just seek additional answers that very well could be shown to assist others, if the good Lord desires us to know them. By faith are all things possible. It never hurts to attempt and it never hurts to try hard, in the end it is always up to what the Lord wants to reveal and does reveal that makes all the difference. The Light of Christ gives me hope and desire to look into truth, Common Sense tells me if I should pursue that truth and Personal Revelation may be given to me PERSONALLY, not necessarily for the benefit of others or for the benefit of the Church, but just to assist me in my journey on this earth.

“And if it so be that you should labor all your days in crying repentance unto this people, and bring, save it be one soul unto me, how great shall be your joy with him in the kingdom of my Father! And now, if your joy will be great with one soul that you have brought unto me into the kingdom of my Father, how great will be your joy if you should bring many souls unto me” D&C 18:15-16. I can also say if just one artifact or one pile of dirt or one huge temple is found and assists just ONE Person and it assists that person exercise faith into believing, and common sense into striving towards, how great will be John and Wayne’s reward in heaven if just one soul is helped by this physical evidence.” Rian Nelson


 God Moves in a Mysterious Way

Heartland Research seeks to find the truth as it comes out of the ground. In November, we will continue to use scanning technologies to measure magnetic and electric forces from anomalies of ancient human habitation found in the ground.

Split-Spoon-Sampler

Split-Spoon Sample

We will soon have to drill core samples to validate what we see from the scans on the digital maps. With this in mind, three weeks ago, we contacted a drilling supply company to see if they could help us in our search.

Last Thursday we met a representative of a large company that has offices around the country. The representative came to the meeting well prepared to discuss Zarahemla.

He had studied what we are doing as reported on the web. He said he is willing to go to Montrose in November to demonstrate how he thinks we should take spilt-spoon samples from the fields to find charcoal samples for radiocarbon-14 dating. We told him that we intended to use technologies from Russia to identify specific spots for sampling. The representative reminded us that eventually, we must get into the dirt, and that core drilling would be the best way to start.

At the end of the lunch, we thanked the representative for his time and interest. We asked why he had such a high level of interest in what we were trying to do. He said that his company has extensive experience working with temple foundations. We asked how is that? He said that they are responsible for supplying all the drilling equipment for the new foundation of the Salt Lake Temple.

We all agreed that temple foundations are essential. What better way to start the discovery of Zarahemla than with the foundation of an ancient temple that is more than 2,000 years old.

On Sunday morning, in General Conference, President Russell M. Nelson talked about how the Salt Lake Temple foundation will last through the Millennium. As he talked we thought of how the Zarahemla Temple foundation has been in the ground for at least 2,000 years and that it too would last through the Millennium.

It is mysterious how the very same drilling specialists who are involved with the re-enforcement of the Salt Lake Temple are now coming to Zarahemla to help us find the foundation of the temple that was used by King Benjamin and Samuel the Lamanite.

perspective-view-from-base-isolation-phase-video

Salt Lake Temple – New Foundation

2019-04-05-Seismic-Section

Will Stand Through the Millenium ©2021 Heart Land Research Group | 2681 Milan Street Easton, PA 18045

Joseph in Salem Folly and Fortune

0

Folly means:
Lack of good sense, understanding, or foresight.
An act or instance of foolishness.
A costly undertaking having an absurd or ruinous outcome
.
wordnik.com

(I don’t know of anything where this happened to Joseph. I don’t believe he ever had anything that was ruinous as an outcome. Including losing the 116 pages. He overcame all, died as a martyr, and was greater than anyone except the Lord Jesus Christ, that is my testimony. What an amazing man he was, and is today).

Rarely did the Prophet Joseph Smith do anything that may be even close to the word folly.

The Lord was pleased with Joseph Smith in spite of a few follies or instances of a lack of thought. The Lord said to Joseph, “I, the Lord your God, am not displeased with your coming this journey, notwithstanding your follies.” D&C 111:1 Joseph had heard about some possible treasure in Salem Massachusetts, and as broke as the Church was, he followed this somewhat silly path to seek out a quick way to bail the church out. Joseph had great intentions, but the Lord turned those intentions into something Joseph was not thinking about. Saving souls and Genealogy to name two.

How often do we seek after something foolish and the Lord bails us out by showing us a more valuable lesson than receiving money, but we receive something totally different and more eternal in nature?

JOSEPH , “SEALED HIS MISSION AND HIS WORKS”logo woj

Works of Joseph website was started by me in 2011 as a way to honor the Prophet Joseph Smith. Everything he has done, will do, and continues to do, has been and always will be focused on testifying of the Lord Jesus Christ.

As the scripture says in D&C 135: 3, “Joseph Smith, the Prophet and Seer of the Lord, has done more, save Jesus only, for the salvation of men in this world, than any other man that ever lived in it. In the short space of twenty years, he has brought forth the Book of Mormon, which he translated by the gift and power of God, (Blog on my idea of the Proper translation), and has been the means of publishing it on two continents; has sent the fullness of the everlasting gospel, which it contained, to the four quarters of the earth; has brought forth the revelations and commandments which compose this book of Doctrine and Covenants, and many other wise documents and instructions for the benefit of the children of men; gathered many thousands of the Latter-day Saints, founded a great city, and left a fame and name that cannot be slain. He lived great, and he died great in the eyes of God and his people; and like most of the Lord’s anointed in ancient times, has sealed his mission and his works with his own blood; and so has his brother Hyrum. In life they were not divided, and in death they were not separated!”

What ever Joseph Smith possessed, spoke of, acted out, preached, served, translated, worshiped, revealed, and testified of; witnesses as a testimony of the Lord Jesus Christ. He is the Prophet of this Last Dispensation and holds the keys in these last days. It will be well with us to learn about him and speak of him as he will lead us to the Savior.

To me, Joseph Smith loved the Lamanites and sought to share “their” book with them. I believe Joseph continues today bringing to pass the great “Blossoming as a Rose” as promised in the D&C here. “But before the great day of the Lord shall come, Jacob shall flourish in the wilderness, and the Lamanites shall blossom as the rose.” D&C 49:24

Along with Moroni holding the keys of the Stick of Ephraim (D&C 27:5), Joseph Smith and Hyrum I believe, will lead us during the millennium. May the Lord help each of us to become more familiar with these amazing prophets and strive to follow the Lord Jesus Christ in all we do.” Editor: worksofjoseph.com, Rian Nelson – [email protected]

Their Theories and Practice to Appear like Folly

“Our lives have already become jeopardized by revealing the wicked and bloodthirsty purposes of our enemies; and for the future we must cease to do so. All we have said about them is truth, but it is not always wise to relate all the truth. Even Jesus, the Son of God, had to refrain from doing so, and had to restrain His feelings many times for the safety of Himself and His followers, and had to conceal the righteous purposes of His heart in relation to many things pertaining to His Father’s kingdom. When still a boy He had all the intelligence necessary to enable Him to rule and govern the kingdom of the Jews, and could reason with the wisest and most profound doctors of law and divinity, and make their theories and practice to appear like folly compared with the wisdom He possessed; but He was a boy only, and lacked physical strength even to defend His own person; and was subject to cold, to hunger and to death. So it is with the Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-day Saints; we have the revelation of Jesus, and the knowledge within us is sufficient to organize a righteous government upon the earth, and to give universal peace to all mankind, if they would receive it, but we lack the physical strength, as did our Savior when a child, to defend our principles, and we have a necessity to be afflicted, persecuted and smitten, and to *bear it patiently until Jacob is of age, then he will take care of himself.” (Joseph Smith, Not Always Wise to Expose Evil. TPJS Section Six 1843-44, p.392 — June 27, 1844.)

*Meaning until the Kingdom of Israel or The Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-day Saints is of age; meaning strong enough to defend our principles. We have the gospel and all ordinances necessary to reign, but not the power and might to resist persecution.

Joseph is ONE Tribe of Israel, not 10 Tribes
North America, not Mesoamerica is the “Land Choice”

Those who believe in a Mesoamerican setting for the book of Mormon just don’t get it. You read quotes like this below and I am convinced the Native Americans of the united States are the original people of Nephi. Yes there are other great Lamanites in South and Central America, but that is not where the Book of Mormon events began. Mesoamerica is outside of the original Lamanites location and called the hinterlands. See my blog here: and also here:

Hinterlands vs. Where BofM Began

“In America there is a “multitude of nations,” called by us “Indians.” These Indians evidently sprang from the same source as is indicated by their color, features, customs, dialects, traditions, &c.; that they are of Israelitish origin is also evident from their religious ceremonies, their language, their traditions, and the discovery of Hebrew inscriptions, &c.

If America is not the land given to a branch of Joseph, where, or in what part of the globe shall that tribe receive the fulfillment of Jacob’s prediction? Where, if not in America, has a land been peopled by a multitude of the nations of Joseph? Can a multitude of the nations of Joseph be found in Europe, Asia, or Africa, or in any of the adjoining islands? If not, then America seems to be the only place where that great prediction could receive its accomplishment. The Book of Mormon testifies that America is “the land of Joseph,” given to them by promise. Is not this an additional evidence that Mr. Smith was sent of God?

If Mr. Smith was an impostor, how came he to discover that the tribe of Joseph was to be favored so much above all the other tribes of Israel? Perhaps it may be replied, that it was easy to discover that from the scriptures; but, we ask, why did not Swedenborg, Wesley, Irving, or some of the other impostors of former times, make this scriptural discovery, and incorporate it in their pretended dispensations?

It would be, at first, thought far more natural to suppose the American Indians to be the ten lost tribes of Israel; indeed, this is the opinion of many of the learned at the present day. Why did not this modern prophet, if a deceiver, form his deceptive scheme more in accordance with the opinions of the learned? or why should he choose a remnant of the tribe of Joseph to people ancient America?

Out of the twelve tribes of Israel, why did he select only a branch of one tribe to people this vast continent? All can now perceive why the Book of Mormon should profess to be the history of a remnant of one tribe, instead of being the history of the ten tribes.

All can see, why America should be represented as a promised land to Joseph, instead of being given to Reuben, Simeon, or any of the other tribes. All can now see, though it was not seen at the first, that if the Book of Mormon was different from what it now is; that is, if it professed to contain a history of the ten lost tribes; or if it had given the great western continent to any other people, or to any other tribe than that of Joseph, that it would have proved itself false–it would not have been the book or record which the prophets predicted should come forth to usher in the great work of the last days. An impostor would be obliged to take into consideration all these minute circumstances, many of which are in direct opposition to the established traditions of the day; yet none of them could be neglected without proving fatal to his scheme. But Mr. Smith, with all the accuracy of a profound mathematician, has combined all the minute elements of both doctrine and prophecy in his grand and wonderful scheme–nothing is wanting. Whatever department of his system is examined it will be found invulnerable. What an invaluable amount of evidence to establish the divine mission of the Prophet Joseph Smith!Divine Authority Or the Question: Was Joseph Smith Sent of God? Orson Pratt

“Because of his faithfulness and integrity, Joseph received greater blessings than the progenitors of Jacob, and was rewarded with the land of Zion. His brothers, with malicious intent, separated him and cast him out from among them. The Lord, in rewarding him, separated him from his brothers — the other tribes of Israel — and gave him an inheritance in a land that is choice above all other lands, which, we have learned from the Book of Mormon and modern revelation, is America… [Not Mesoamerica] We are informed in the revelations given to Joseph Smith the Prophet, that the city of Zion and the New Jerusalem is one and the same. [Located in North America not Mesoamerica] In a number of revelations the Lord speaks of the New Jerusalem which is to be built…” Zion and Jerusalem by Joseph Fielding Smith, Improvement Era Vol. 22 JULY 1919

“Go back to the promises of Jacob and Moses and Joseph, who was sold into Egypt and who was promised a new land in the utmost bounds of the everlasting hills. Nobody in this world, outside of this Church, can tell you where that new land is, and yet Moses, in describing that land, used the word precious five times in just four short verses in the bible (see Deuteronomy 33:13–16). He called it a precious land, and we read the history of how Lehi and his people came here and how they were told that it was a land choice above all other lands.[North America] This fact is repeated over and over again in the scriptures.

From a historical standpoint, it ought to be worth something to people to know about this land of America or when Columbus discovered it. The knowledge that we get through the Book of Mormon is a knowledge that we can’t get any other way in all this world. It not only tells us of the great destiny of this land of America, but it also gives the promises of the Lord through his prophets that it would be a land choice above all other lands and that it would be the land upon which God would build his New Jerusalem in the latter days. It was hidden away from the eyes of the world that it might not be overrun, and the Spirit of the Lord moved upon a man across the great waters to come here. We understand and know that man was Columbus. You see what a marvelous thing it is to have understanding.” LeGrande Richards, “You’re Fringe Benefits” 1975 Devotional

A great nation (the United States of America) shall be set up… by the power of God, so that the gospel may be restored, the Book of Mormon come forth, its message go to the American remnant of Jews, that the eternal covenants of the Lord with his people might be fulfilled.” “The remnant of Jacob, including the Lamanites in the Americas”, will assist in the gathering of Israel to the promised land  New Jerusalem.” McConkie, Bruce R., Mortal Messiah, Book 4, 1981, pp. 348-349, 358

Indicative of the continued concern for this chosen remnant was the dedicatory prayer of the Kirtland temple, received by revelation, wherein Joseph prayed: “And cause that the remnants of Jacob, who have been cursed and smitten because of their transgression, be converted from their wild and savage condition to the fullness of the everlasting gospel; That they may lay down their weapons of bloodshed, and cease their rebellions. And . . . come to a knowledge of the truth, believe in the Messiah, and be redeemed from oppression, and rejoice before thee. (D&C 109:65–67).” Byron R. Merrill, “Joseph Smith and the Lamanites,” in Joseph Smith: The Prophet, The Man, ed. Susan Easton Black and Charles D. Tate Jr. (Provo, UT: Religious Studies Center, Brigham Young University, 1993), 187–202

No Where Else but the United States

“This is the land that was given to Joseph—the son so well beloved by his father Jacob; and no king will ever reign upon it but the King, the Lord. Could that book [the Book of Mormon] have been brought forth and published to the world under any other government but the Government of the United States? No. He has governed and controlled the settling of this continent. He led our fathers from Europe to this land, and prepared the way to break the yoke that bound them, and inspired the guaranteed freedom in our Government, though that guarantee is too often disregarded. He could bring forth his work, and has prepared a people to receive and commence his kingdom. Could this be done anywhere else? No. He has known, from the beginning of creation, that this is the land whereon to build this Zion. He knows how to commence his work and how to finish it, and he will finish it where he commenced it. How our faith would stretch out and grasp the heavenly land where our father Adam dwelt in his paradisiacal state! That land is on this continent. Here is where Adam lived. Do you not think the Lord has had his eye upon it? Yes. Brigham Young, June 3, 1860, JD 8:67

Wow, the above Scriptures are direct in saying the Book of Mormon events began in North America.

Baseball vs Firm Foundation

All my life I have loved baseball and though I played at the University of Utah for a season, and a little semi-pro baseball, I was not born with the skills to reach the highest level. I settled for owning a minor league baseball team as my goal. I worked hard in sales to make all the money I could. I focused on more and more sales. It didn’t necessarily matter what product I sold, I just wanted to make money. Now don’t get me wrong I never sold anything evil or immoral, just things like Real Estate, Water Softeners, Insurance, Motivational tapes and books, gizmos and gadgets, and other ridiculous products, all in the name of becoming rich.

After about 20 years working hard in sales with a great income at times and then “no” income for months, (the old feast or famine idea), I read Jacob that said, “Think of your brethren like unto yourselves, and be familiar with all and free with your substance, (my wife hates this one, as I at times am a little too free with my substance, haha), that they may be rich like unto you. But before ye seek for riches, seek ye for the kingdom of God. And after ye have obtained a hope in Christ ye shall obtain riches, if ye seek them; and ye will seek them for the intent to do good—to clothe the naked, and to feed the hungry, and to liberate the captive, and administer relief to the sick and the afflicted.” Jacob 2:17-19. Here (Picture right) is my favorite quote by a wonderful man, Hugh Nibley.

This scripture changed my life. I slowly began focusing on what the Lord wants first. I began serving more, paying a very honest tithing, seeking to help strangers, and reading my scriptures even more. In my heart I knew my life of “folly” in seeking the wrong things, actually became a blessing to me. After several times suffering through being dirt poor and then rich again, and stressing my wife out regularly, my focus changed. I was now truly seeking first for Godly things and if I made money great and if not so be it. I only need enough for my needs anyway. I no longer had to have the nicest home or the biggest vehicle and I definitely didn’t want or need that baseball team anymore. My folly turned me inward towards God not outward against Him. I believe trials are important as they will either make you mad at God and life, or they will make you humble so you turn to the Lord. I am thankful I turned inward and today working with Firm Foundation and earning far less than I ever have, I am happier than I have ever been. I love serving the Lord everyday by writing a blog, speaking with a customer who is down in the dumps, helping someone who had a family member who is leaving the church, assist Rod with editing, publishing, and organizing wonderful events where people like you can feel the Lord’s Spirit. The thing I love the most is sharing my strong witness that the Book of Mormon is true, to everyone I meet.

Think and Grow Rich

Here is a book that helped me as well: Think and Grow Rich “One of the very best inspirational books ever written, Think and Grow Rich might be crucial monetary e book you may ever hope to learn. Inspiring generations of readers for the reason that time it was first printed in 1937, Think and Grow Rich—Hill’s greatest best-seller—has been utilized by thousands and thousands of enterprise leaders all over the world to create a concrete plan for achievement that, when adopted, by no means fails. However, it will likely be incorrect to restrict the e book to be nearly attaining monetary richness. a motivational private improvement and self-help e book, its core power lies in the truth that it not solely expounds upon materials wealth however that on the coronary heart of it, it’s a treatise on serving to people reach all traces of labor and to do or be nearly something they need on this world.”

Approaching Zion

Here is my favorite book of all time which I have read several times. (right) “Approaching Zion.” It’s over 600 pages and full of Nibley’s language. It is not for the faint of heart, but it is amazing. If you are a member of The Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-day Saints, and have not read this book, it’s because you have been intimidated by its size and scope. Other than the Scriptures, this is a must read. It will truly humble you and you will understand one great principle, “there is no such thing as a free lunch”.

“And about work? I once had a university fellowship for which I had to agree not to accept any gainful employment for the period of a year—all living necessities were supplied: I was actually forbidden to work for lunch. Was it free lunch? I never worked so hard in my life—but I never gave lunch a thought. I wasn’t supposed to. I was eating only so that I could do my work; I was not working only so that I could eat. And that is what the Lord asks us: to forget about lunch, and do his work, and the lunch will be taken care of.” Hugh Nibley Approaching Zion. I highly recommend it.

The Lord said, “before ye seek for riches, seek ye for the kingdom of God.” I am so blessed. I now know how the Prophet felt with his folly off to Salem (his baseball team) and then his being happier than ever (finding the genealogy of his family) and other things. Wow is the Lord wonderful. I think you will really enjoy the article I found about section 111. It is an eye opener and information that may be able to change your follies into happiness.


Learning from our Folly the Greater Things

Section 111: The Salem Experience by Michael J. Preece

“In the summer of 1836, a Brother Jonathan Burgess, a member of the Church from Massachusetts, came to Joseph and told him of a widow lady of Salem, Massachusetts, who was now deceased. Before her death, Brother Burgess had learned that this lady, also a member of the Church, had a treasure chest in her basement filled with gold, silver, jewels, and other precious things. Brother Burgess had spoken with her about her treasures and asked her what she intended to do with them. She told him that she intended to give them to the Church. Thus it seemed that the treasure was available for the taking, if only they could find it. Brother Burgess was the only one who had visited the home and knew of its location. The news of this treasure came at an opportune time, since the Church was struggling with an increasingly serious plague of debts.

Many factors had contributed to this debt. The loss of all church assets in Jackson County, Missouri, was estimated at $175,000. Funds had been raised and spent in support of the displaced Missouri members. The costs of provisioning Zion’s Camp had seriously depleted the resources of the saints who had contributed. The Church was still under divine commandment to raise money to purchase additional lands in Missouri (D&C 105:29). Finally, Joseph had borrowed tens of thousands of dollars to pay the financial demands of building the Kirtland Temple. It should be noted that the debts of the Church during this period were not due to foolishness or mismanagement. Rising land values in the Kirtland area had made it possible to keep securing loans for the Church with church-owned property used as collateral. Thus, the Church was land rich and cash poor. The debt problem was largely one of cash flow rather than of net worth.

So Joseph decided to take a trip to Salem to see if he could locate this treasure. He took with him Hyrum Smith, Sidney Rigdon, and Oliver Cowdery. They traveled first to New York City, where they spent several days with the church’s creditors, and then they continued on to Salem, Massachusetts, arriving there on August 4. They were joined in Salem by Brigham Young and Lyman E. Johnson who were doing missionary work in the area. They rented a house in Salem and began looking for the widow’s house. Brother Burgess met with them briefly and told them all he remembered about the house and its location, and then he disappeared. It seems that it had been some years since Brother Burgess had actually met with this woman, and considerable building had occurred since then, so that locating the house was going to be difficult. The group was in Salem for weeks looking for the treasure. They divided their time between preaching, sight seeing, and looking for the widow’s house. They never found the house or the treasure.

While in Salem, in the house they had rented, Joseph received, in the presence of Brigham Young and Lyman E. Johnson, a revelation—section 111. A copy of section 111 in the handwriting of Willard Richards was included in the Manuscript History of the Church sometime before January 4, 1844. The revelation was first published in the Deseret News (December 25, 1852, 9) and was first included in the Doctrine and Covenants in 1876.


1 I, the Lord your God, am not displeased with your coming this journey, notwithstanding your follies.

verse 1 A classic verse of scripture! Do we sense that the Lord may have had tongue-in-cheek here? What is a “folly” anyway? Perhaps it is best described as an honest mistake or an unwise decision made with good intentions.

In this verse and in subsequent verses, the Lord gives us a great example of how to deal with a folly committed by someone over whom we have responsibility. The Lord could have rebuked his young prophet and not let him off the hook for making this nearly fruitless trip to Salem. This would certainly have been embarrassing for Joseph and damaging to his self esteem. Instead, the Lord points out positive features of Joseph’s trip to Salem and provides encouragement for the “treasure” seekers. How often are we guilty of anger or abuse, both verbal and physical, when we are affected or inconvenienced by a folly of someone over whom we have authority—a child, an employee, or even a friend?


2 I have much treasure in this city for you, for the benefit of Zion, and many people in this city, whom I will gather out in due time for the benefit of Zion, through your instrumentality.

verse 2 “I have much treasure in this city for you” The Lord teaches that there is more treasure than just gold and silver here in Salem. This other treasure includes genealogical records (see verse 9).

“many people in this city, whom I will gather out in due time” In addition to the genealogical records, the Lord may be alluding to other potential treasures—contact with influential people, and potential converts.

Five years later, Erastus Snow and Benjamin Winchester were sent back to Salem. They were given a copy of the Salem revelation and told to fulfill it. They arrived in Salem in September 1841. They preached at public meetings, published a pamphlet, and challenged the notorious Mormon apostate, John C. Bennett, to public debate. Their efforts bore fruit. Within a year there were ninety members in Salem.


3 Therefore, it is expedient that you should form acquaintance with men in this city, as you shall be led, and as it shall be given you.

verse 3 “form acquaintance with men in this city” Joseph’s account of his time in Salem reveals a great deal of public relations work as well as public lectures and sermons. Joseph Smith and his associates visited most of the important people and places in the city, and several newspapers covered their activities while they were in Salem. It appears from all accounts that their visit left the community with a generally positive impression.


4 And it shall come to pass in due time that I will give this city into your hands, that you shall have power over it, insomuch that they shall not discover your secret parts; and its wealth pertaining to gold and silver shall be yours.

verse 4 “And it shall come to pass in due time” It seems likely that, even as of today, the whole story of Salem, Massachusetts, and Zion in the latter days has not yet been played out.

“they shall not discover your secret parts” In the Old Testament, this statement is a Hebrew idiom for being thoroughly and publicly humiliated. The Hebrew could be translated more literally “uncover your private parts,” and carries the connotation of being publicly stripped and humiliated (1 Samuel 5:9; Isaiah 3:17). In the context here, it is a promise that the brethren will not be publicly embarrassed or shamed.

“its wealth pertaining to gold and silver shall be yours” It would be hard to make a more explicit reference to financial treasure than this, and there will come a time when the wealth of Salem will be brought to adorn Zion’s fair head.


5 Concern not yourselves about your debts, for I will give you power to pay them.

verse 5 Two years before, the Lord had given Joseph Smith specific instructions and promises concerning his debts and those of the Church (D&C 104:79-86). The Lord had told Joseph that “in temporal labors thou shalt not have strength, for this is not thy calling” (D&C 24:9). Again, the Lord challenged the leaders of the Church to have faith in allowing him to deal with both Church debt and the redemption of Zion in his own due time. The promise concerning debt has been fulfilled. The promise concerning the physical Zion has not—as yet.


6 Concern not yourselves about Zion, for I will deal mercifully with her.

7 Tarry in this place, and in the regions round about;

verse 7 “Tarry in this place” One might think that Joseph, having learned that his purpose for going to Salem was “folly,” would have wanted to return promptly to Kirtland. But the Lord wanted Joseph in Salem for reasons of his own, and he would show Joseph where to go and what to do.


8 And the place where it is my will that you should tarry, for the main, shall be signalized unto you by the peace and power of my Spirit, that shall flow unto you.

verse 8 The word signalized means made evident, prominent, or eminent.


9 This place you may obtain by hire. And inquire diligently concerning the more ancient inhabitants and founders of this city;

verse 9 “This place you may obtain by hire” Joseph’s temporary lodgings on Union Street were acceptable to the Lord to serve as his base of operations in Salem.

“inquire diligently concerning the more ancient inhabitants and founders of this city” The Lord counsels Joseph to begin to do genealogical research. Salem was the county seat of Essex County, and many genealogical records were kept there. It was in that county that Robert Smith, the first of the Smith family in America, settled. Salem was the residence of many of the pioneer immigrants to America whose descendants joined the Church. The Smith family records were there in Salem.


10 For there are more treasures than one for you in this city.

11 Therefore, be ye as wise as serpents and yet without sin; and I will order all things for your good, as fast as ye are able to receive them. Amen.

verse 11 “be ye as wise as serpents and yet without sin” The Lord commands them to summon all their resources to do the Lord’s work and to remain pure. The dangerous “serpent” was prototypical of astuteness and cunning in the ancient world. Therefore, the Lord’s servants, in order to remain safe in the world, need to be “as wise as serpents.”


Brief Historical Setting

The spiritual high of the completion and dedication of the Kirtland Temple was followed by one of the lowest periods of our church’s history. The year following the Temple dedication saw a spirit of apostasy sweep through the Church. This apostasy even involved several members of the Quorum of the Twelve.

1837 July

In July 1837 the Lord warned Thomas B. Marsh that, as President of the Twelve, he should bring his quorum back into line [D&C 112 -Thomas B. Marsh and the Quorum of Twelve].


– Michael J. Preece

https://www.ldscleardoctrine.com/Doctrine-and-Covenants/section-111.php